Feb 272012
 

Title: The Christian Conception of Holiness

by Edward Harrison Askwith, M.A.
CHAPLAIN OF TRINITY COLLEGE,CAMBRIDGEhttp://www.archive.org/details/christianconcept00askwiala

[Editor's Notes: I have reformatted this book for ease in reading. I have moved all footnotes up into the actual text and put the footnote in brackets "[]“. I have tried to find all Greek and Hebrew words and phrases and reformatted the garbage text that the scanning process put it with Greek and Hebrew letters (but no vowel pointings). I have taken out all page breaks and replaced the page numbers and page break with “[CCH pg ##]” so that you can search on this phrase to find a specific page. There were a minor number of text scanning errors that I tried to correct, but probably didn’t find them all. None of the British spellings were corrected though. — David Cox Editor ]

London
MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
New York: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 1900
GLASGOW : PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
BY ROBERT MACLEHOSK AND CO.

CONTENTS

Preface. 1

Contents. 3
Chapter I. Introductory. 8
Chapter II. Moral Duty. 16
Chapter III. Virtue, Right and Good. 24
Chapter IV. Conscience and Reason. 32
Chapter V. Happiness and the Good. 41
Chapter VI. The Old Testament Notion of Holiness. 49
Chapter VII. The Kingdom of Heaven and the Divine Fatherhood. 58
Chapter VIII. The Gospel of Creation. 67
Chapter IX. Pauline Theology. 76
Chapter X. The Wil 50:84
Chapter XI The Fall and the Atonement. 95
Chapter XII. The Holy Catholic Church. 104

Preface.

THE thought of this essay is original. Yet it seems to me to be the logical outcome of some of the ethical and theological thought of our day. In publishing the book I do so in the hope that what is here written may seem to others as profoundly true as it does to myself, and that it may serve to restore the faith to some who, amid the unrest of the time and the unsettlement of old opinions, have felt the need of a restatement of the eternal Gospel of Christ in the language of modern thought.

My thanks are due to the Rev. F. R. Tennant, of Oonville and Caius College, for kindly reading through the proof-sheets.

E. H. A.
CAMBRIDGE, March, 1900.

Analysis of Contents.

CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTORY.

Purpose of the enquiry, – 3
Scientific and philosophical reason of things, – 4
‘The need of philosophy, 5
The relation of dogmatic theology to philosophy, 6
The reasonableness of dogmatic theology,7
The human reason, 10
No antagonism between Reason and Faith or between Reason and Authority, 12
The appeal to miracles Paley’s argument, 13
The insufficiency of Paley’s argument due to a defect in his moral philosophy, 15
The need of new evidences appealing to the moral reason, 18
“Moral Governor of the Universe” theory not the Christian philosophy, 18
General plan of this Essay, 19

CHAPTER II. MORAL DUTY.

The subject of the science of ethics, 25
The uses of ‘ ought,’ 27
The essentials of ethical propositions, 28
The ‘moral ought.’ Man a moral being the meaning of this, 29
The conscience, 31
Definition of Moral Duty, 33
Moral reason, 35
The expression ‘ ought to be,’ 36
Hypothetical oughts. The fallacy of Hedonism, 37
Suggestion of opposition in use of word ‘ ought,’ 38
Recapitulation, 39

CHAPTER III. VIRTUE, RIGHT AND GOOD.

Instincts of worship and self-respect 43
Self respect the basis of virtue 44
Virtue and virtuous instincts 46
Quotation from W. Wallace to illustrate ambiguous use of terms ‘ duty ‘ and ‘ virtue,’ 47
The notion of Right different from that of Virtue 50
The rightness of divine action 51
Aristotle’s definition of the Good 53
The forming of ideals. The ideal man 55
The epithet good as applied to God 56
The Summum Bonum quotation from Aristotle, 57
Ambiguity in use of term Happiness 58
Need of active and passive factors in the Good 60

CHAPTER IV. CONSCIENCE AND REASON.

Conscience a function of moral reason and of reason other than mora 50:63
Intuitionism 63
Ethical reasoning, 64
The appeal in St. John’s first epistle based on intuition of gratitude, 65
The ultimate reason of moral duty discerned by moral reason, 66
The moral difficulty in the story of Abraham’s trial to sacrifice Isaa 100:67
Murder traced by Christ to its root in hatred 70
The law of communities and the eternal law of God 72
Distinction between what is moral and positive in religion, 76
Reasons of precepts 77
Inappropriateness of term ” positive duties,” 78
The moral reason that whereby we can discern whether God has spoken. 79
Rational self-love must have its basis in the moral reason, 80

CHAPTER V. HAPPINESS AND THE GOOD.

Darwin’s theory of the conscience 85
Its insufficiency 87
Happiness. Hedonism and Utilitarianism 88
Hedonism not really reasonable 89
Utilitarianism only partly so 90
Error in interpreting the Good as Happiness 92
Summary of this and three preceding chapters, 97
The problem to be solved 100
Need of a knowledge of God to understand man 101

CHAPTER VI. THE OLD TESTAMENT NOTION OF HOLINESS.

Distinction between ‘ holy ‘ and ‘ common,’ 105
The use of llh 106
The notion of holiness common to Israel and other Semitic peoples 109
Holiness not commonly predicated of God Himself until teaching of the prophets, 111
Holy = Divine, as applied to God 112
Holy = in relation to the Divine, as applied to men and things, 112
Revelation could not start with a disclosure of Divine Character, though that is its end 113
The ‘ holy nation ‘ and the giving of the law, 114
Function of the prophets to interpret Holiness of Jehovah ethically, 115
” The Law of Holiness,” 118
Summary, 122

CHAPTER VII. THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN AND THE DIVINE FATHERHOOD.

The Kingdom of Heaven a Jewish expectation, 128
The claims of Jesus to be the Messiah through whom the Kingdom was to be realised 129
Carnal views of the Kingdom 130
Christ’s correction of these 132
The Old Testament idea of Fatherhood, 133
The Fatherhood of God has for its correlative the Sonship of Men 135
The Perfection of Divine Character set forth for our imitation 136
Eternal Life 137
The question of the young man St. Matt.  19:16, St. Mark 10:17, St. Luke  18:18, 137
The call to self-renunciation, 139
Christ’s teaching of obedience, 140
But Sermon on the Mount not a code of rules, but the teaching of a new spirit, 141
Christ’s teaching a fulfilment of Old Testament teaching, 143
This He fulfilled by a fuller revelation of God Himself, 144

CHAPTER VIII. THE GOSPEL OF CREATION.

Christ’s claim not merely to teach men about the Father but Himself to reveal Him 150
Christ’s life one of perfect self-sacrifice seeking the good of others 151
The moral reason demands this 152
GOD’S ABSOLUTE UNSELFISHNESS, 154
The Good, 154
Our day a fulness of the time, 156
Pain and suffering disciplinary, 156
The sinfulness of sin, 157
The truth of God able to purge out the self-seeking of men, 157
Opposition between self-love and love of others removed, 158
The necessity for suffering, 159
The doctrine of evolution, 160
Contrast between the cosmic and mora 50:161
Holiness and Love come to be one, 163
The error of Pantheism avoided by the Gospel of Creation, 164
Is the Creation necessary ? 165
The Divine Incomprehensibleness, 167

CHAPTER IX. PAULINE THEOLOGY.

Flesh and Spirit, 171
sarx (sarx) and kosmoj (kosmos) 172
The allegory of Galations iv., 173
St. Paul’s doctrine of justification, 174
Difference between Pauline theology and that of St. John, 176
Divine economy does not eclipse divine character, 178
‘The New Man, 179
Sanctification, 180
Holiness and Sanctification in Epistle to the Hebrews, 186
Christ’s fulfilment of the Divine Wil 50:187
Pauline theology not contrary to Gospel of Creation, 189

CHAPTER X. THE WILL.

The Divine Wil 50:193
Will and Character, 196
St. Paul’s statement of the dualism in human nature, 197
St. Paul’s determinism not inconsistent with responsibility, 198
Christ’s teaching on freedom, 199
Responsibility, 200
The meaning of human character, 201
Punishment of Offenders, 202
Christ’s Human Wil 50:203
Summary of points contended for here, 205
Predestination, 207
No suggestion of doom in ” Election,” 210
The Divine Glory, 212
Glorification, 214
Need of union of Johannine conception of Divine Character with Pauline conception of Divine Economy, 215

CHAPTER XI. THE FALL AND THE ATONEMENT.

Story of Fall not historica 50:219
Permanent truth in story of the Fal 50:220
Man only in Eden ideally, 220
The Fall not unforeseen in Divine counsel*, 221
Absence of the Fall in Christ’s teaching, 221
His doctrine of Marriage, 222
St. Paul’s doctrine of the first and second Adam, 223
Mortality and sin, 223
Why did God become man ? 22,5
The Atonement = Reconciliation, 226
The wrath of God, 227
Forgiveness of sin must carry with it removal of sin, 228
The requisites of an Atonement, (1) Knowledge, (2) Life, 229
The meaning of Sacrifice, 230
The entire absence of the cosmic spirit in Christ, 231
The evidence for the Resurrection, 232
The Holy Spirit leading men into the truth, 233
Need of a unification of knowledge, 234
The living oracles of God, 23o
Biblical criticism, 23o

CHAPTER XII. THE HOLY CATHOLIC CHURCH.

Holiness cannot now be interpreted as separateness, whatever be the root meaning of fdq (shdq)- – 239
The meaning of ekklhsia (ekklesia) Quotation from Hort, 240
The Holy Catholic Church, 241
The Church and the Kingdom of Heaven, 242
The laws of the Kingdom, 244
Forgiveness of injuries, 24o
Excommunication, 246
The Church an organism the Body of Christ, 247
Christ the Head of the Church, 248
The treasures of wisdom and knowledge, 249
The Church and the State, 251
In spite of self-will of men and schisms the Divine Spirit has been patiently working and revealing truth, 255
Return to the thought of God’s Absolute Unselfish Love, 256

1. Introductory

IT is the purpose of this essay to set forth the answer contained in the Christian Revelation to the question which Moral Philosophy has asked, and must ask : What is the rationale of man’s moral nature? The answer to this question will be found in the conception of Holiness as we have it in the New Testament. What that conception is, and how it was foreshadowed in the Old Testament, I hope to shew in the following chapters.

But it is obvious that it is useless to attempt to answer any question, unless the meaning of it be first apprehended. It will be necessary then to devote the earlier chapters of this essay to a preliminary enquiry into the principles of Ethics; for only so can we see the real purport of the problem, the solution of which is required. But while an incursion into the region of the science of ethics is a desideratum in order that we may get a clear notion of the question at issue, I wish to state plainly that this essay is not intended to be a treatise on ethics. It [CCH pg 4] is primarily concerned with dogmatic theology, which it will utilise for the supply of an answer to the question propounded by Moral Philosophy.

And it is important to make a clear distinction between ethics as a science and ethical or moral philosophy. It belongs to the science of ethics to discover from observation, including of course introspection, since it is man himself that is to be observed, what man’s moral nature is, and to come at the facts of the moral life. This is science. But moral philosophy, starting from an already acquired knowledge of the facts, proceeds to question their meaning, and to come at their reason. And in speaking of their reason we mean something other than their cause. Science concerns itself with cause and effect; philosophy seeks to penetrate into the reason of things, to come at their meaning, their teloj (telos)?

Confusion must inevitably arise when science and philosophy are not clearly discriminated. It is the function of both of these to enter into the reason of things; but this word ‘ reason ‘ is somewhat elastic, and care must always be exercised to have clearly before the mind the sense attaching to it in any particular connection. When we speak of the scientific reason of any thing, we mean what we may call its reason retrospectively; but the reason of things as philosophy has to do with them is their prospective reason. When science questions the Why of a phenomenon, it is that it may discover its cause, and the means by which it has come about; but when philosophy asks the Why of things, it seeks [CCH pg 5] rather to know whereto they are directed, for what purpose they are. We might illustrate the distinction by saying that a reason of the eye to the philosopher is sight; but this would not be a scientific reason for the eye. For science would want rather to get at the stages by which the eye came to be, and to know why, the eye being formed, it is formed as it is; and why, being what it is, it is an instrument of sight. We sometimes say that we do not see the reason of a phenomenon, and by this we mean that we do not understand its cause, what has made it to happen. This would be the reason in the scientific sense of the word. But when we say that we do not see the good or use of something in nature, we express our ignorance of the philosophical reason of it.

Now it may seem to some minds that philosophy is pure speculation, and that we can never know whether the conclusions of the speculation are correct or not. Science on the other hand is sure, and its results verifiable. It is the case that some scientific minds are prejudiced against philosophy which it seems to them but waste of time to pursue, carrying us, as it does, into regions where we are lost through our inability to verify what we have guessed at. But the fact remains that the human mind is naturally philosophical, and we can no more refuse to satisfy the craving after a knowledge of the reason of things than we can decline to heed the pangs of hunger when we feel them. For it must be remembered that the reason of things includes the reason [CCH pg 6] of ourselves. We naturally want to know what is meant by ourselves, what we are here for, and what is our destiny. It is absurd to prejudge the case and to say that no answer to these questions can be found. As a matter of fact, looking back over the world’s history, we see that when man has found an answer to the question as to the reason of him- self, he has been able to live more truly than before. Life has become richer and nobler; and we count ourselves qualified in some measure to judge of its richness and nobleness. This is a fact that moral science has to take account of.

Again, as a matter of history, we know that philosophy, speculative unaided philosophy, failed to discover a reason for man himself which gave true satisfaction to the human mind and heart. And at last philosophy was glad to welcome the light which revelation was able to throw upon those very problems with which philosophy had concerned itself. Dogmatic theology claims to give an authoritative answer to the question which philosophy raises. It supplies a philosophy which appeals to the human reason as does speculative philosophy, which rests on no other authority than its own intrinsic reasonableness. And it is a presumption in favour of revelation being what it claims to be, if it furnishes such an answer to the questions philosophy has already asked as will commend itself to the human reason as likely to be correct.

A point which will here be contended for is, that the answer given by revelation or dogmatic theology [CCH pg 7] to the question proposed by moral philosophy as to the reason of man’s moral nature is intrinsically reasonable; that it is indeed far more reasonable than any answer which speculative philosophy, ignoring the aid of revelation, is able to give. I know that to many the very epithet ‘ dogmatic ‘ will sound terrible. Dogmatism is the very last thing that people care for to-day. They ask for argument and reason, not for dogma, I recognise the justice of their request, and I here state that I am not going to dogmatise but to reason.

The argument is this: Men ask for some reason of themselves; to what end they are what they are, and so forth. They want to know what to make of themselves. They seek a philosophy of life. Has any been given which can satisfy them? There is a philosophy of life contained in the New Testament which claims to be authoritative, claims that is to be divinely given. Let us ignore at first its claims of authority, and ask only what this philosophy is. Let us examine it as we should examine any other system of philosophy and study its reasonableness. In doing this we are not troubling ourselves as to whether man thought out this philosophy or whether he received it from heaven. The point is : What is it? Is it reasonable? There are no anathemas compelling us to believe it against our reason. The appeal is essentially to the reason.

And this record of revelation contained in the New Testament, with its philosophy of human life, also claims to give some knowledge of God. Now [CCH pg 8] respecting the Divine life man can of course know nothing a priori, but of human life he does know something, and, if we may so say, he has a right to an opinion about it. Dogmatic theology, as we have it in the Christian books of the New Testament, is partly concerned with man and partly with God. It is true that the derivation of the word ‘ theology ‘ suggests that this is all about God and not at all about man; and it is possible that the popular objection to dogmatic theology arises from a notion that in it man is puzzling himself about questions which he is incapable of understanding, that he is pretending to comprehend what he cannot comprehend. However this may be, let it be explained that by dogmatic theology is not here meant merely what the New Testament professes to reveal about God, but also what it reveals about man; it includes, that is to say, a philosophy of human life. As then we know something of man apart from revelation, let us simply ask what the so-called revelation has to say of the meaning, the reason of this something we know. Does it throw any light upon it? It will be found that it sheds a most welcome light on what would otherwise be unexplained.

And further, the philosophy of human life as it is supplied by dogmatic theology is not only speculatively reasonable; it supplies also a working hypothesis of life. This hypothesis not only can work but it has worked; and the Christian Church, spite of all its imperfections (and they are many indeed), is the proof of this. History tells us what has been the effect upon [CCH pg 9] the world of the Christian philosophy of life. In spite of the fact that there have been among professing Christians many travesties of this philosophy, it yet remains true that what men count good in the world to-day is to be traced to the Christian view of human life. And if the holding of the Christian philosophy has for its result the making of man into just that which his philosophy sets before him as his reason or meaning in the scheme of the universe, we have a further proof of its reasonableness.

Is there then anything unreasonable in putting ourselves voluntarily to school under the authority that has given us this philosophy of life whose reasonableness we have once allowed? If Jesus Christ has so revealed God as that the Divine character is itself the explanation of man’s moral nature according to the highest demands of reason, shall we say that it is unreasonable to take His word about God Himself, of Whom we should otherwise be ignorant? For we can know nothing of God apart from a revelation He may make of Himself.

It may seem that we are here adopting an entirely new apologetic, and that we are tacitly assenting to the principles of Rationalism. But a candid reflection on the line here taken will make it clear that while an appeal is here made to the reason, no claim is made that the reason of itself is able to get at the meaning of the universe and man’s place therein. Rationalism repudiates authority altogether, but true reason can accept an authority which has once justified itself to reason. [CCH pg 10]

But we have passed from speaking of the reason of things to the human reason, and it is desirable to have clearly in our minds what this transition involves; and we must enquire whether there is a proper connection of thought between what we have called the reason of things and the human reason.

What do we mean by human reason? First of all we may say that we do not mean something separable from the human personality. There is not an Ego and a reason; but there is an Ego who reasons. Reasoning is a power, a function of the Ego, and the power to reason we call the reason. But there is no such thing as reason. It has not substance. It is only an abstraction. We know that we are and that we reason, and so we say that we have reason. Reason then is an element of our personality and inseparable from it save in thought.

When we speak of appealing to a man’s reason, we really mean appealing to the man himself as one capable of reasoning. A man is not at one time a reasoning being, and at another a moral being, and at another something else. He is always himself, and when he reasons it is himself reasoning, himself, all the time that he is reasoning, a moral being. I do not think it necessary to stop now to speak at length of what is meant by saying that a man is a moral being. To that we shall come in the next chapter. What is now insisted on is that, whatever abstractions we may make of man’s powers these are but abstractions and not realities save in relation to the Ego.

When then man reflects on the reason of things, it [CCH pg 11] is the man and not the reason of man that is reflecting. The very power he has to reflect on the reason of things, whether the scientific or philosophical reason of them, we call his reason, but it is not reason but a man reflecting, a man with all his powers.

It may be questioned how far it is justifiable to speak of the reason of animals lower in the scale of creation than man. Some would say that animals have intelligence but not reason. But it seems to me that some animals are endowed with reason in an elementary degree. They have a certain power to discern cause and effect, and this may be called reason.

But it is very much a matter of definition. I do not see why it should be considered necessary that reason should be conscious of itself to be entitled to be called reason. Reason does not of course come to maturity until the being in possession of it knows of his possession. Man has what the brutes have not, both speculative and moral reason; but men have these in very varying degrees, and the savage may have no consciousness of an endowment of moral reason and yet his action may be affected by it. We may say that man in general has a power to form ideals but the power is slight in the savage. The power to form ideals arises from the possession of moral reason.

What I am here calling moral reason will be seen to include what Kant calls ” practical reason.” Practical reason, according to Kant, is reason determining the will. But moral reason, while it does this, does [CCH pg 12] something more. By it we are able to judge of the dignity or worth of being, and even to speculate on the divine character.

There is reason determining action but not the will, reason determining, that is to say, action as distinguished from conduct. We speak of the action of brutes but not of their conduct. The term conduct is applicable to man because he is endowed with moral reason.

The end of all action with the brutes is determined by instinct, but the means whereby the instinct is to be satisfied may be partly reasoned. With man the end of conduct is determined by moral reason, but there must be, I believe, also an accompanying instinct. Of this more in later chapters.

What I am anxious to make clear here is that man’s estimate of the reason of things is necessarily conditioned by the fact that he is endowed with moral reason and not simply with speculative reason, which is that whereby he discerns cause and effect and traces the universal reign of law and order.

I shall speak in the next chapter of the relation of conscience to moral reason, but it will be seen at once that there is no necessary antagonism either between reason and faith, or between reason and authority. Indeed I should go so far as to say that the highest form of faith would be quite impossible to a being who had not moral reason, and some degree of faith would seem to be a necessary accompaniment of moral reason. Nor again can any reasonable being exercise faith to order, impelled that is by authority, until that authority [CCH pg 13] has first justified itself to reason. And even when this justification has been made, it needs to be constantly renewed. If what purports to be a divine revelation contains what is contrary to reason, its authority is inevitably weakened in men’s minds. Whatever we find in Revelation as new and undiscovered before by reason, we shall believe just so far as we believe the Revelation to be divinely given and so authoritative. If we find ourselves unable to believe the contents of the Revelation, our faith in it will be shaken.

Our belief then in the Revelation, our acceptance of it as authoritative, may be weakened or strengthened by examination of its contents. But it is most important to judge of it first of all by what it says of something about which we know, and not by what it has to say of something of which we know nothing.

But it will be said that it is a new line of defence which is being here adopted, and it will be asked whether the appeal to miracles is to be entirely superseded. What is the value of miracles to prove that a revelation is divine? This is really the question that has to be faced.

Paley’s argument, of the insufficiency of which I am more and more convinced, is this : If a revelation is to be given it can only be by miracles. Let then the reality of the miracles be established and you have a proof that the revelation of which they were the seal is divine.

I am quite ready to acknowledge that Paley has [CCH pg 14] proved satisfactorily that according to the belief of the first propagators of the Christian religion miracles really had taken place. But Paley has not shown, nor could he have shown, that those who, as he says, ” passed their lives in labours, dangers and suffer- ings, voluntarily undergone in attestation of the accounts which they delivered, and solely in consequence of their belief of those accounts,” believed the Revelation to be divine because of the miracles they had witnessed. Nor can you convince men to-day that the Christian Revelation was divinely given by arguing that miracles prove it so to be. And even if miracles help to convince those who witness them, the same cannot be said of their effect on those who hear of them eighteen hundred years afterwards and are themselves not eye-witnesses. If men are to be con- vinced by miracles at all, these must be miracles which they themselves witness. I am disposed to agree with Hume that “a miracle can never be proved so as to be the foundation of a system of religion.”

But it may be said : Is not the miracle of the Resurrection the foundation of the Christian religion? Unless the Resurrection is a fact of history where is the value of the Christian faith?

To such questions as these, supposing them to be put, I should answer that to attempt to prove the miracle of the Resurrection apart from the moral appeal made by the life and teaching of Jesus Christ would be futile. A system of religion, while it must rest on fact and not on fiction to be of any value, must yet appeal to man’s moral reason. [CCH pg 15]

It is just here as it seems to me that Paley’s Evidences and Moral Philosophy fail. He regards the Creator as benevolent and as providing for the good of his creatures, but he looks upon Revelation as simply a making known of what God wills men to do in order that they may attain to happiness in the next life. But there seems to be in Paley’s teaching an utter lack of the thought that Revelation is a Revelation of God and not simply a Revelation given by God of human duty. Characteristic of his utterances is the following passage from his Moral Philosophy [Book V. , Chapter ix.] : ” Had Jesus Christ delivered no other declaration than the following, ‘ The hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, and shall come forth : they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation’; he had pronounced a message of inestimable importance, and well worthy of that splendid apparatus of prophecy and miracles with which his mission was introduced and attested; a message in which the wisest of man- kind would rejoice to find an answer to their doubts, and rest to their enquiries. It is idle to say that a future state had been discovered already : it had been discovered as the Copernican system was; it was one guess among many. He alone discovers who proves; | and no man can prove this point, but the teacher who testifies by miracles that his doctrine comes from I God.”

This passage is thoroughly characteristic of the [CCH pg 16] writer. If we suppose that Jesus Christ had, accord- ing to the author’s hypothesis, spoken no other words than those quoted above, they would have been meaning- less according to Paley’s philosophy. For he does not make it clear how men could interpret what would be meant by ‘doing good’ and ‘doing evil’ respectively, seeing that he dismisses the question of man’s ” moral sense ” by saying : ” This celebrated question there- fore becomes in our system a question of pure curiosity; and as such, we dismiss it to the determination of those who are more inquisitive than we are concerned to be about the natural history and constitution of the human species.” [Moral Philosophy, Book I., Chapter v. ]

Thus ‘ doing good ‘ and ‘ doing evil ‘ would mean, according to Paley, acting according to the commandments of God and acting contrary to those commandments respectively, such commandments being given by the utterance of some prophet of God who must confirm his message by a miracle. God’s will is made known to man only when it is sealed by miracle. In this case it seems strange that we are not permitted to be ourselves the witnesses of miracles, instead of depending on the testimony of witnesses who lived more than eighteen hundred years ago.

There must be something very unsatisfactory in a philosophy which can dismiss the question of the ‘moral sense’ as Paley does and substitute for the Revelation which God has given of Himself, and which appeals to man’s moral reason, as I hope presently [CCH pg 17] to argue, a mere making known of what God requires of man under pain of eternal punishment. But it is only when we have understood Paley’s so-called moral philosophy that we see the real defects of his Evidences of Christianity.

These Evidences are, it seems to me, right so far as they go. Paley proves conclusively on the assumption that the New Testament Scriptures are authentic, a point which he himself investigates that those who first propagated the Christian religion themselves believed that they had witnessed miracles; but that , the miracles were an attestation of the divine origin of the revelation associated with them, this he does not [prove; nor could he by his own methods give proof of this, seeing that lying signs and wonders are possibilities contemplated in the Gospel. How then is the true to be discriminated from the false unless an appeal be made to the moral reason?

If it were the case that anyone not already pre- disposed to accept the Christian faith should be convinced by Paley's reasoning, I do not think he would " obey the Gospel " with any sense of freedom. For it would seem that Paley's philosophy is quite deficient, and his view of the end of divine revelation far removed from that of Him who appealed to His disciples not as slaves but as friends.

But I do not wish it to be thought that this essay is intended as a treatise on Christian Evidences any more than it is a treatise on Ethics. My desire rather is to extricate Christian evidences from their association with what seems to me to be no true philosophy [CCH pg 18] at all, and most certainly is not the Christian philosophy of the New Testament. The book on the evidences of Christianity suitable to the temper of the present time and sufficient to meet the demands of modern thought has yet to be written. If ever it comes to be written it will have to appeal to that department of the human reason which is conveniently classed as moral.

It is quite remarkable how few writers there have been in recent times ready to treat of moral philosophy from the standpoint of dogmatic theology, that is to say, regarding the Christian revelation as authoritative. There are, however, not wanting signs of an improvement in this respect; and the attention which is now being paid to the study of social questions makes it imperative that the very foundations of morality should be properly investigated from a Christian standpoint. The old “Moral Governor of the Universe ” theory which, however much it may represent the Creator and Governor of the world as working for the happiness of His creatures, yet forgets the essentially Christian doctrine of the Divine Fatherhood, is wholly insufficient. The so- called religious ” sanctions ” of morality, which mean the prospect of rewards and punishments, the one for obedience and the other for disobedience to divine commands, are a mere travesty of Christian doctrine. Where the Moral Governor of the Universe is substituted for the Divine Father whom Christ revealed, there can be no wonder that many are repelled by what claims to be Christian teaching from Christianity [CCH pg 19] itself. On the other hand, if the truth of the Divine Fatherhood be insisted on without due regard being paid to the complementary truth of the Divine holiness, an easy-going system of life is the inevitable result. Unless these two truths are rightly balanced and blended together, Christian teaching becomes but a caricature of its true self. Let us at least be clear what Christ and His apostles really did teach, and what was the philosophy of human life implicit in their doctrine.

It is my purpose then in this essay to set forth as clearly as I can what I believe to be the Christian teaching about God, and of man’s relation to the Supreme Being. I do not disguise at the outset that my object in doing this is essentially practical. I regard speculation on these subjects as useless unless it ultimately makes demands on life. It is a rationale of life, which will make life truer and better, that men are really asking for. And a mere speculative discussion, to whose conclusions we are more or less indifferent, is of no avail.

On the other hand, I recognise that we have to be careful not to assume as true what we only wish to be true. The a priori method must be carefully checked by a knowledge of the facts of life. At the same time it seems to me that through the moral reason we have d priori intuitions and that these are of real value, that they are not deceptive. I do not mean of course to suggest that a priori intuitions are possible to us through the moral reason [CCH pg 20] except as following upon knowledge and experience. We cannot form moral judgments without the experience of life. What these words imply will be better understood as the argument of the essay proceeds.

To this argument we had better proceed at once. First of all, in the two next chapters, we must investigate the elementary notions of ethics contained in the four words Duty, Virtue, Right, and Good. It is essential to clearness of thought to have some definition of these four. In the fourth chapter I propose to examine the relation of conscience to reason. On this point there is, as it seems to me, a good deal of confusion. In the fifth chapter I shall discuss the place assigned to Happiness in Utilitarianism.

It is not until we reach the sixth chapter that the subject proper of the essay is reached. The first five chapters rather point to the need for the introduction of the notion of holiness into ethical or moral philosophy. I shall try in Chapter VI. to trace the growth of the ethical conception of holiness in the Old Testament, not without the help of others, and particularly of the late Robertson Smith, whose fear- less sifting of the Old Testament is now bearing fruit on all sides. The persistence of the notion of holiness throughout the Old Testament and from the Old Testament into the New has to be explained; and I shall try to shew in the seventh chapter how the doctrine of Jesus Christ completely transformed the notion according to the tendency which had already been manifest in the development of Old Testament [CCH pg 21] doctrine. This will lead up to the central thought of the book, which will be found in the eighth chapter, for which I have borrowed a title from Bishop Westcott, but without any desire to make him in any way responsible for the views there expressed. The four remaining chapters of the book will show the consistency of this Gospel of Creation with the general drift of New Testament theology, and the reader must judge for himself whether or not he agrees with the writer that we have here a consistent whole which removes many difficulties, and is not alien to the demands of modern thought.

2. Moral Duty

IT has been said that the science of ethics differs from all other sciences in that it deals, not with what is, but with what ought to be. But this does not seem to me to be a proper account to give of ethics. For every science must deal with what is, or (not to lay too much stress on the word ‘ is ‘) with phenomena. To this rule ethics can be no exception, whether you call it a study or a science. It too must treat of phenomena and seek to give some explanation of them; otherwise it becomes mere speculation. Not that speculation is valueless; quite the contrary. For science must have her speculative hypotheses which she seeks to verify by an inductive method. But these are hypotheses to account for and to connect together phenomena.

It seems to me that the correct account to give of ethics is that it has to do not with what ought to be, but with the human cognition of an ought. This latter is a fact of experience, a phenomenon, as we say. It can then be made the subject of a science.

[CCH pg 26]

It would be fair enough to say of ethics that it has to deal with an ‘ ought to be/ provided that this ‘ ought to be ‘ were looked upon as real in the same way that mass and motion are regarded as real in dynamics. We could not make mass and motion the subject of a science unless we had some cognition of them. Nor is it of the least use to speculate what ought to be, apart from the present reality of an ‘ ought.’ As what ‘ ought to be ‘ is often opposed in thought to what actually is, we come to think of the ‘ ought to be ‘ as non-existent. But you can- not have a science of the non-existent. A subject of study must at least have an existence in the human mind; and so the ‘ ought to be ‘ of ethics must appear to the mind as clearly as do mass and motion, or you cannot study it or make of it a systematic science.

We must at once proceed to investigate the ethical use of the word ‘ ought,’ and it will conduce to clearness if we consider, first of all, what we mean when we say that men ought to do anything. In other words, we will postpone the discussion of what ‘ ought to be ‘ until we have considered the ‘ ought to do.’ Strictly speaking, it is with what men ought to do that ethics is concerned. Whether any meaning can be attached to the ‘ ought to be,’ apart from this that men ought to bring it about, will be considered after an explanation has been given of what it is convenient to call the ‘ moral ought.’

Now in propositions which have a human subject [CCH pg 27] and, for a predicate, a simple present ought with its completed infinitive, we soon detect that there are two distinct ‘oughts.’ Thus the ‘ought ‘ in ‘ You ought to speak the truth’ is not the same as the ‘ought ‘ in ‘ You ought to be rewarded.’ For while the ‘ ought ‘ of the first of these is really an ‘ ought ‘ of the subject addressed, the ‘ ought ‘ of the second, if it is properly an ‘ ought ‘ at all, implies the ‘ ought ‘ of some one else who ought to reward the person addressed. It might be that ‘ You ought to be re- warded ‘ meant no more than ‘ You deserve to be rewarded.’ If so, then clearly the ought of ‘ You ought to speak the truth ‘ and that of ‘ You ought to be rewarded’ are entirely different things. For to substitute ‘deserve’ for ‘ought’ in ‘You ought to speak the truth ‘ is to alter the meaning of what any one could possibly mean by using these words.

The ‘ oughts ‘ then which occur in propositions such as have been described above may be conveniently divided into (1) oughts of activity, (2) oughts of passivity. Thus in ‘ You ought to speak the truth ‘ the ‘ ought ‘ is one of the subject’s potential activity. In ‘ You ought to be rewarded ‘ the ‘ ought ‘ is one of the subject’s potential passivity. This second proposition may, as has been said, imply the ‘ ought ‘ of some other person’s activity; but as this is not expressed, the ‘ ought ‘ must be considered to be one of passivity.

When we speak of the subject’s activity, such activity must be understood to involve the activity of the will of the subject. That is to say, the [CCH pg 28] activity is or results from volition. If any one dispute the fact of human will and say that volition is purely illusory, then to that person the distinction here made between the ‘ oughts of activity ‘ and the ‘ oughts of passivity ‘ is illusory too. It becomes waste of time to argue further.

These propositions which have a human subject and, for a predicate, a simple present ‘ ought ‘ with its completed infinitive are possible ethical ‘propositions when the ‘ ought ‘ is one of the subject’s activity in the sense explained above. ‘You ought to help your friends,’ ‘ Men ought to abstain from theft ‘ are examples of what may be ethical propositions. But not all such propositions commonly used are ethical propositions, as will presently be seen.

But it must be carefully noted that the ‘ ought ‘ of these propositions must not be qualified in any way. Thus ‘ Men ought not to steal ‘ is not an ethical proposition if not qualifies ought. If this means Men ought to not-steal, or to refrain from stealing, the proposition may be an ethical one, not otherwise. That is to say, in ethical propositions the predicate must be an ‘ ought ‘ and not the negation of an ‘ ought.’

Consider the proposition : We ought to obey God rather than men. This, if it is to be an ethical proposition, must be understood to mean : We ought to prefer obedience to God to obedience to man. But it is not to be accounted a possible ethical proposition if it be understood to be : We ought to obey God more than we ought to obey man. For the words [CCH pg 29] ‘more than we ought to obey man’ serve here to qualify the ‘ ought ‘ of ‘ We ought to obey God.’

The proposition ‘ You ought to have gone out yesterday ‘ is not a possible ethical proposition as it stands. For it cannot be a present ‘ ought ‘ to go out yesterday. This proposition might be used to express the fact that yesterday the ethical proposition was true, ‘ You ought to go out.’ But as the proposition ‘ You ought to have gone out yesterday ‘ stands, the ‘ ought ‘ can only be one of passivity.

‘ You ought to sleep ‘ may be an ethical proposition, or on the other hand the ‘ ought ‘ may be one of passivity. There would be no difficulty in deciding the point if the meaning of the words were known. The ‘ ought ‘ in ‘ You ought to be asleep ‘ can only be one of passivity. For so far as the sleeping depends on the volition of the subject, the ‘ ought ‘ is a past and not a present ‘ ought,’ whereas the ‘ ought ‘ of an ethical proposition is, according to the definition, present and not past.

We may now pass on to a further analysis of the ‘ oughts ‘ of human activity. These may be classed under two heads, viz. (1) the moral oughts, and (2) the hypothetical or prudential oughts. The distinction between these which must now be set forth is of the greatest importance.

To explain what is meant by a ‘ moral ought ‘ it is necessary to have some clear notion what we mean when we speak of a man as a moral being. We cannot define the word ‘ moral ‘ straight away. For it is [CCH pg 30] impossible to define any adjective simply, except in terms of a noun from which it may be derived. And when the definition of the adjective is given in terms of the noun, it is of no value unless we have further a definition of the noun itself which is employed in the definition of the adjective. Thus if we define ‘ virtuous ‘ as ‘ shewing virtue,’ we have given no real definition of the adjective unless we give also a definition of ‘virtue.’ Those who have ever attempted to formulate a definition of the adjective ‘ good ‘ know how difficult it is.

Now it would seem that every finite being must have instincts. Man has instincts in common with the beasts. The beasts, so far as we can see, are entirely guided by their instincts, though it is not to be denied that they have also intelligence or incipient reason, by which they know how their instincts can be satisfied. They do not, so far as we know, set before themselves any end, except so far as that end is suggested by instinct. The means to an end instinctively desired may become known to them by reason.

It is not to be assumed that the instincts of the brute creation are all selfish. Quite the contrary. There are what are called altruistic instincts which direct the creature to a course of action seemingly detrimental to itself, instincts which even lead animals to sacrifice their lives in the interests of another, and even, as in the case of a moth at a candle, to sacrifice their lives, as it seems to us, to no purpose.

The animal creation then lower in the scale than [CCH pg 31] man is a marvellous machinery controlled by what we call instincts, the means to the gratification of such instincts being determined to some extent by reason.

But when we come to man the case is different. He has ends set before him by his reason, to the attainment of which his instincts may fail to carry him. From this fact, namely, man’s possession of what I am calling moral reason, which is at war with his instincts, results man’s unhappiness, which can only come to an end when his moral reason and highest instinct are ultimately at one. How this will come about we shall try to discover in the course of this essay.

By speaking of man as a moral being we mean that he has, besides instincts, moral reason, which, becoming imperative in what we call his Conscience, tells him that he ought to control his instincts, to prefer this to that, and, it may be, to suppress certain instincts altogether.

Man then, as a moral being, has a consciousness of having to choose between certain courses of action, while he has all the while a cognition of a dictate to choose in a particular way. It is as if he were free to choose, and yet he is enslaved by his instincts, which assert themselves in defiance of his reason. I do not now stop to discuss the question of Free Will, to which we shall come, however, in a later chapter.

It will be understood then that temptation is a sine qua non of a moral being. In the words of St. James : ” Each man is tempted when he is drawn away by his own lust.’ [CCH pg 32]

32 CHRISTIAN CONCEPTION OF HOLINESS

Conscience then dictates to us what we ought to do according to the particular circumstances in which we find ourselves, and the ‘ ought ‘ is absolute, and in no way conditional. This is that which we mean by the ‘ moral ought.’ It is Kant’s categorical imperative. It does not tell us what we ought to do in order to avoid punishment. If it whispers any threat of punishment, it tells us that we deserve to suffer if we disobey. For the conscience not only commands but commends. It tells us that that which is commanded is right and the opposite wrong. Conscience is the voice of God within the soul of man. It is God who teaches us the meaning of right and wrong. This is the great truth which leads us into life.

It will be understood that no human being can dictate to me my ‘ moral oughts.’ Say I am taught as a child not to lie. Unless, when desiring to lie, I have within myself a cognition of a dictate of conscience not to lie, or, at any rate, of a dictate to obey whoever so teaches me, then there is no ‘ moral ought ‘ not to lie. It is not dictation from without that makes the ‘ moral ought ‘ but the voice of conscience within. Whether the cognition of the ‘ moral ought,’ which is internal, has to be called forth by words from without spoken into the ear or by actions witnessed by the eye, is not now being discussed.

It is possible to deny the existence of the Conscience, and to say that the cognition of an ‘ ought ‘ is purely illusory. But I doubt whether any man living could deny that he ought to shew gratitude for favours disinterestedly bestowed upon him. If he allowed this [CCH pg 33] one ‘ ought ‘ he would be accepting the principle of the ‘ moral ought,’ however much he might wish to restrict its application. I do not in this chapter enter into the content of the ‘ moral ought,’ or what will be better called by the name ‘ moral duty ‘; but I shall assume that gratitude is at least included in it.

My moral duty is then that which I ought to do, whatever desire I may feel to the contrary.

And it is important to make a perfectly clear distinction between the fact of moral duty and the motive for its fulfilment. The answer to the question, Why ought I to speak the truth? or Why is it my moral duty to speak the truth? is not necessarily the same as the answer to the question Why should I speak the truth? This last question, where the word ‘ should ‘ is not intended as equivalent to ‘ ought,’ may only mean that the questioner desires some motive of advantage to himself or some one else sufficient to induce him to speak the truth. It is the first function of ethics to discover the ground of human duty and to supply a test by which it may be known what that duty is. The question whether or not it is, as men say, worth while to fulfil their duty is a separate one. In discriminating the two, however, I do not mean to imply that the one question should be considered to the neglect of the other. Unless the theory of ethics can contribute something towards the practice of life, it will neither win nor deserve to win much attention. But my own experience is that the study of ethics may not only conduce to clearness of thought but also prove a valuable moral discipline. Indeed it leads [CCH pg 34] us right into the presence of God Himself, as will presently appear.

My moral duty then is that which my conscience tells me I ought to do, and it varies from moment to moment. As circumstances change, my moral duty changes too, in its details, that is. When I say that I ought to do something, I mean by ” I ” what I am at that moment when I accept the truth of the pro- position I, that is, in those particular circumstances in which I am then placed. But it must not be thought that my moral duty is for that reason conditional. My moral duty to me at every moment is a categorical imperative, absolute and unconditional. I, being in such and such circumstances, ought to act in such a manner.

But it may be said : But if you were in other circumstances it would not be your moral duty to do what in these present circumstances you ought to do. To this I should reply that I am not in other circumstances. I am in my present circumstances and these determine my moral duty. It is true that I am always myself, but I cannot say that I ought to do anything apart from the circumstances in which I am placed.

It is true that we make use of general ethical or moral propositions such as ‘ Men ought not to steal,’ ‘ Men ought to speak the truth.’ By these propositions we do not mean that it is always man’s moral duty not to steal, and to speak the truth, but that these propositions hold good whenever they are relevant. That is to say, if man is tempted to steal, finds within [CCH pg 35] himself any desire to take what does not belong to him, he ought to check such desire and refrain from the theft. If tempted to lie, he should speak the truth. General moral duties, while always binding, are not always relevant.

Our power to form general moral judgments, and to judge of cases in which we are not ourselves the actors would be nothing at all, unless we had a con- science by which we could judge of our own duty in the like circumstances. All men are not equally instructed in moral duty; the conscience of all is not equally enlightened, nor their moral reason at the same stage of development; consequently some men might not recognise as moral duties what others recognise and fulfil.

When I say to another : You ought to do so-and-so, I either expect that my words will call forth in him a response, or that, failing that, there is some way by which I can persuade him of the truth of the moral proposition of which he is the subject. But if ever I am to convince him of the truth of it, it can only be by an appeal to his moral reason, which his conscience will make personal to him.

It would be extremely difficult, if not impossible, to define what I have been calling moral reason, as indeed it is difficult to define reason without the epithet ‘ moral ‘ prefixed to it. But we may come at an understanding of what is meant by moral reason by reflection on our own conduct and actions, and perhaps most of all by reflecting on [CCH pg 36] our conceptions of the Supreme Being. It may be that reason other than moral gives man his first conception of God. For reason demands a first cause of what we see, and know, and have experience of, and this first cause we call God. But we are not content simply to regard the Deity as the first cause. Quiet reflection brings to us the assurance that this Being who is the cause of all created things has also a character. That this is so is shown by the fact that people refuse to believe of God that which is revolting to their moral reason. I am not unmindful of the fact that men have had most unworthy thoughts of God, and still have. But this is where the moral reason is but slightly developed. Where the moral reason is fully active, men cannot allow that God can be anything but good and kind and merciful in all His dealings. If we could conceive of two beings perfectly happy, we should judge that one of the two the higher and the better who shared his happiness with others. Certainly we should account a being who was indifferent to suffering as unworthy of our highest reverence.

We may say then that moral reason is that department of human reason whereby we judge of the worth and dignity of being, and the possession of which enables us to say that God must be this or this. We cannot of course say of God that He ought to be or do anything, for we cannot conceive of Him as acting otherwise than perfectly. If we can say of anything that it ought to be, meaning by this some- thing which it is not a moral duty of humanity to [CCH pg 37] bring about, then we judge that God must bring it to pass.

But it seems inappropriate to speak of what ‘ ought to be’ unless we mean by this what man ought to bring about. But while exception may be taken to this expression ‘ what ought to be,’ if applied to that which is not seen to be a moral duty of man, we must nevertheless take into our consideration the thing intended by it, and recognise that moral philosophy cannot treat of its subject satisfactorily without taking into account those aspirations of the human soul to believe that there are certain things which the moral reason demands but which in the experience of man have not yet become actual.

Thus far we have spoken of the ‘ moral ought,’ the ‘ ought ‘ which occurs in ethical or moral propositions which are an expression of moral duty. But it must be acknowledged that men do make use of the word ‘ ought ‘ in a hypothetical sense. Thus we might say : You ought to go out, if you want to preserve your health. Here the ‘ ought ‘ is conditioned by the words ‘ if you want to preserve your health.’ Such ‘ oughts’ then are conveniently called hypothetical or prudential.

The Hedonistic system of ethics so far as it is based on an ‘ ought ‘ at all is based on a hypothetical ought. But the system is fallacious. It says to man: “You desire happiness all of you. Well then, find out what will produce your happiness. This is what you ought [CCH pg 38] to do.” Of course this is quite illogical. You cannot argue

You desire happiness.

You cannot be happy unless you do x.

Therefore you ought to do x.

The final ought is conditioned by ‘ if you desire happiness.’ It therefore has no moral use at all. The ‘ moral ought ‘ must be absolute. If it were true that I ought to seek my own happiness (the ‘ ought ‘ being moral) then I ought to do x.

” But,” says the Hedonist, ” ought you not to seek your happiness? ” I say ” No !” But he replies : ” But you do seek your own happiness; you cannot deny it.” I reply that I have an instinct to produce my own happiness, or I have an instinct to certain things which I think will produce my happiness, but I have no cognition of a moral duty to seek it. The two things are quite distinct. My conscience dictating to me my moral duty tells me in what order to prefer my instincts, which to satisfy and which to leave un- satisfied. It certainly does not single out my instinct to produce my own happiness and say that is always to stand first. Quite the contrary. It puts it low down in the scale of instinct, calls it indeed selfish.

It cannot be denied that there is always in our use of the word ‘ ought ‘ a suggestion of opposition, actual or possible. Thus ‘ You ought to speak the truth ‘ suggests that there is or may be an instinct prompting us to lie. But because such a proposition as ‘ You ought to speak the truth ‘ might have appended to it [CCH pg 39] the words ‘ If tempted to lie,’ this addition does not make the ‘ ought ‘ hypothetical; it merely defines the circumstances in which the proposition would be relevant.

There is a view taken by some writers, notably by Paley, that in saying that a man ought to do anything we really mean that he will be punished if he does not. When conscience then makes its voice heard, it is a voice of warning, of threatening. This is a view which will not be adopted here, for it is not according to moral reason. The threatenings of con- science would be worthless unless our moral reason gave us the power to see that we deserve punishment for transgressing the dictate.

In the ideal state of human existence every ‘ought’ will have become a ‘ must.’ Christ’s every ‘ ought ‘ was a ‘ must.’ With Him there was no ‘ ought.’

Before passing on, it will be well to recapitulate the contents of the present chapter. Ethics is the science of moral duty. Moral duty is the duty of man, that which he ought to do. It is absolute, unconditional, independent of desires or instincts. If any deny the categorical imperative, there is no science of ethics for such. Hedonism is the inevitable and logical creed.

But while moral duty is unconditional and imperative in its demands, there is nothing unreasonable in it. So far from being not according to reason, it is the outcome of moral reason, which, if undefinable, is yet intelligible to one in the possession of it. I have [CCH pg 40] not in this chapter attempted to investigate the con- tent of man’s moral duty. Though use has been made here of ethical or moral propositions, such as ‘ Men ought not to steal,’ ‘ Men ought to speak the truth,’ this has not been done with any assumption of their truth, but only for illustration. It would have done just as well, but would hardly be suitable to the general reader, if I had said, ‘ Men ought to ,’ thus leaving the completion of the predicate uncertain. The concrete appeals to some people better than does the abstract. I have therefore made use of concrete examples, and it is open to any to deny if they will that these are true ethical propositions. If they are ethical propositions, that is to say if they contain a ‘ moral ought,’ or, in other words, are an expression of moral duty, the ‘ ought ‘ is an absolute one.

3. Virtue, Right and Good

IN the preceding chapter something was said about man’s instincts. These he has in common with the beasts, though of course his instincts go far beyond theirs. Still instincts they are, even though man has the power to ascend in character to the dignity of God Himself. It seems necessary to say something more about instincts in order to elucidate the notion of virtue.

Some of the instincts that man has in common with the brutes are the instinct of self-preservation, the instinct to feed, the instinct to sleep, the sexual instinct, and there are sundry altruistic instincts, such as love of children, and other social instincts, including the instinct of sympathy. Of course it is not only man that is a social being; the social instincts are well developed in the lower animals.

But there are many instincts that men have which are not shared by the beasts, and there are two which seem to belong to all men as men, namely, the instinct of reverence or worship or holiness (but care must be taken not to attach an ethical meaning [CCH pg 44] to this word at this stage) and the instinct of self- respect. The instinct of awe or reverence or worship, or by whatever name we call it, would seem to follow upon the development of reason. Reason demanded a cause of the various phenomena of which men had experience; and to men in that stage there were very many causes or spirits or gods. Unseen beings, or beings resident in what was seen, presented themselves to the human imagination at this stage. Mysterious beings, some beneficent and some malevolent, were invented by reason to account for what was otherwise unaccountable. And with this invention of the reason came possibly the instinct of awe, reverence, worship, holiness. But while we may suppose that one was an accompaniment of the other, we must not confuse reason and instinct. The one is thought, the other is feeling. There must be an accompanying feeling, or reason could not determine action. This point has, I think, been very clearly set forth by Mr. Leslie Stephen in his Science of Ethics, to which reference may be made.

Then we have in man the instinct of self-respect, the instinct to care what others think of him. It is the possession of this instinct which gives meaning to virtue. To practise virtue is to give evidence of self- respect. Self-respect is indeed virtue, and the virtues are the evidence of it. Moral duty passes into conduct through the operation of the instinct of self-respect or virtue. And it is the conscience, which, as we keep saying, is the moral reason becoming imperative, that prescribes the moral duty. [CCH pg 45]

The instinct of self-respect then is associated with the moral reason, which gives man a knowledge of the worth or dignity of being, and so of himself. The virtues are those qualities, or, shall we say? those items of conduct which men recognise as proceeding from self-respect, the respect of man for himself as man. A virtue, such as fortitude, may be to some extent selfish, that is to say it may proceed from a desire to be thought well of by others, yet still there is the thought of our own worth involved in it.

The instinct of self-respect must be most carefully distinguished foom the altruistic instincts, the former being moral, the latter not. For the instinct of self- respect operates to carry out the dictates of the conscience which define our moral duty. It is not self-respect that makes a hen brood over her eggs. Nor is it self-respect that makes a mother care for her young. Yet in a degree both these sights may arouse in us respect, and through the moral reason make their demand upon us; so that, if a mother had lost the instinct to care for her children, she might yet know that she ought to care for them.

It may be permissible perhaps to hazard a guess that the altruistic instincts served the end in the evolution of creation, according to the purpose of God, of forming material for the exercise of the moral reason, which had before been latent. Though altruism is non-moral, the sight of it is yet beautiful. The moral reason sees in it the possibility of some- thing more than instinctive altruism; the conscience makes an imperative demand, and self-respect operates [CCH pg 46] to induce men to do acts of kindness. Kindness is a virtue if it proceeds from self-respect.

But again the instinct of sympathy must be distinguished from that of self-respect. Sympathy cannot be accounted a virtue. Sympathy is found in the lower animals, but we do not think of them as virtuous. Indeed virtue is that which distinguishes man as man, and depends on the fact that man is a moral being. If a man relieves pain because it is more painful to him to witness it than to remove it, he is not acting virtuously. But if a man relieves pain, when he might get away from the sight of it by going away altogether to another place, because he knows that he ought to relieve it, and because his instinct of self-respect operates to make him fulfil this duty, then he acts virtuously.

To act virtuously then, as I understand it, is to act from a motive of self-respect, though it must be allowed that there are degrees of self-respect.

Next I think a distinction should be made between virtuous instinct and the instinct of virtue or self- respect. And this is the distinction I should make. A virtuous instinct is an instinct which has been acquired through the habits of former generations in the practice of virtue. It is thus an altruistic instinct which has been, if we may so say, morally acquired, and while it is not in any way antagonistic to self- respect, yet is it not dependent on it. A man may acquire virtuous instincts for himself by the steady practice of virtue, so that it becomes comparatively easy for him to do what once he did with difficulty. [CCH pg 47]

It is a mistake, I think, to suppose that the virtues and the practice of virtue are not dictated to us by the conscience, and to regard them as something supererogatory. In his Lectures and Essays on Natural Theology and Ethics, posthumously published, the late Professor W. Wallace says : [P. 325.] ” One of the greatest defects noticeable in certain philosophers’ books on Morals is that they confound the duties (devoirs) with the virtues, or that they give names of virtues to simple duties : so that though, properly speaking, there is only one virtue, the love of order, they produce an infinity of them. This puts confusion everywhere and so embarrasses the science of ethics that it is hard enough to see clearly what one ought to do to be a good man (homme be Men).”

But surely it is all a matter of definition, and it is exactly here that confusion has arisen in the science of ethics. Writers do not clearly define their terms and oftentimes the reader is carried from one meaning to another of words until he hardly knows whether or not he agrees with his author. Imagine the confusion that would result in mathematics and the physical sciences if words were allowed to pass from one meaning to another ! Yet such is the state of ethical science; though some writers, notably Professor Sidgwick, have done excellent work in clearing it of equivocation.

The question is : What do we mean by ‘ duty ‘ and what do we mean by ‘ virtue ‘? When Wallace says a few lines further on ” Some of them imagine they [CCH pg 48] follow virtue, though they only follow the natural inclination they have to perform certain duties,” it is clear that he is using the word ‘ duties ‘ in a sense different from that for instance in which I have ventured to define ‘ moral duty’ (which is capable of subdivision into moral duties).

It seems likely that by ‘ duties ‘ in this passage Wallace meant what I have called ‘ virtuous instincts,’ for he speaks of there being a natural inclination to perform them.

Some writers mean by ‘ duty ‘ and ‘ duties ‘ what your fellowmen expect of you. Of course you cannot include all the virtues under the category of duty if you thus define duty. It seems to me to be a fatal mistake in ethics to restrict the term ‘duty’ to the claims of society upon us. If ‘duty’ be what our fellowmen expect of us, and if ethics be the science of duty, then to pursue it we must investigate what our fellowmen do expect of us. Clearly this would vary according to the community in which we happened to live.

I have not chosen this passage from Wallace through love of criticising. My one desire just now is to make clear the meaning of the terms I use. I cannot see that the virtues are other than moral duties, though what I do fully recognise is that Virtue, as a quality, might remain, when moral duty has ceased through the instinct of virtue becoming supreme.

When a man acts from a motive of fear he does not act virtuously, unless indeed the fear be based on self-respect. The fear of losing the good opinion of [CCH pg 49] your fellowmen I should call a fear proceeding from self-respect. The fear of being put into prison, I should say, did not proceed from self-respect, but from dislike of discomfort.

The notion of virtue serves, as it seems to me, to make objective what if looked at from the point of view of moral duty might appear but subjective. For moral duty is that which is dictated in the individual conscience, and no science of any value could be made of this unless individual consciences had some agreement one with another.

And there has been, I think, this advantage in considering virtue, as we have done, as distinct in idea from moral duty, that it has given the opportunity to draw attention to the use of both moral reason and instinct in the determining of conduct.

Lest it should seem to some that I am treating too much of instinct and saying too little about will, it is well to remind ourselves that, according to Christian teaching, it is God who makes us both ‘ to will ‘ and ‘ to do.’ God enables us to act by the instincts He has given us. Unless there were appropriate instincts the will would not pass into conduct. It must not, however, be assumed that man’s instincts are all a manifestation of divine character even though they be a divine gift. And if it seems to be inappropriate to speak of evil instincts as a divine gift, we must at least recognise that they proceed according to a divine law whereby evil begets evil for the setting forth of its own hideousness. [CCH pg 50]

We pass next to the notion of Right. I am not proposing to speak of what are called ‘ rights ‘ regarded as correlatives of duties, duties being regarded as what we owe to others, who in consequence of our debt have ‘ rights.’ I am treating of what we call right in regard to conduct. It will, I think, conduce to clearness if we define as right in human conduct that which is not contrary to the dictates of con- science. It will be seen from this definition that the notion of ‘ right ‘ is different from that of duty. For it is right to satisfy instincts which are not opposed by moral duty, and of which we should not say that it Was our moral duty to satisfy them if they were unopposed by other and stronger instincts. Thus it is not often my moral duty to eat my dinner, but it is right so to do.

The distinction between right and wrong has no meaning as applied to the action of the brutes, who have no conscience or moral reason. But the distinction is of the greatest importance for moral beings.

But the definition of what is right, given above, is really insufficient; for it seems to make what is right a matter for the individual conscience. The relation of individual consciences one to another is a question we have not yet investigated, nor will the limits of this chapter permit of its investigation. All that we can now say is that what is not forbidden by any individual’s conscience seems to that individual right. In other words, it is subjectively right. It is a fact that will have to be taken account of in the next [CCH pg 51] chapter that the dictates of conscience are not always the same, that morality is, as we say, progressive. It is also a fact that disobedience to the dictates of conscience tends to deaden the conscience, so that it becomes not a perfect instrument for determining what is right.

That the notion of right differs from that of duty is further clear from the fact that we think and speak of God acting rightly, though we could not conceive of Him acting according to duty. This would be impious, and contrary to the idea we have of an absolutely perfect Being, conditioned by nothing but His own perfection.

We finite beings have not the faculty to judge of right action save so far as that is determined for us by our cognition of moral duty. We do not know why particular instincts are right in the same way that we know why moral duty is right. This we discern in our moral reason. God alone can know the appropriateness of each instinct implanted by Him in His creatures; and while we can guess at and probably form a true opinion as to the ” reason ” of many instincts, we are not yet able to perceive the perfect wisdom and love which has formed them all.

For my own part I cannot conceive that there can be any instinct implanted by God in any creature that He has made which has not its root in the divine love and wisdom.

By assuming that God acts rightly, we assume that if we could perfectly know the whole plan and purpose of creation, we should find in it nothing contrary [CCH pg 52] to our moral reason. I do not mean by this that we should need a different moral reason. It is my pro- found conviction that the moral reason we have is true, and that, if we were to suppose, as some have tried to do, that God’s ways are not to be judged by ordinary canons of moral reason, we should be lodged in the most hopeless contradictions, and well-nigh reduced to despair. I am further convinced that unless the more we come to know of God the more we shall find we can love Him as well as reverence Him, then religion is a hopeless concern, and there is no gospel for the world.

When we speak of a good God we must mean to include in the divine attributes those qualities which we count good in man. There cannot be one standard of goodness in the moral reason of man and another standard of goodness for God Himself. We cannot call that good in God which we call evil in man.

But we must be careful to guard against judging what we have not the ability to judge. We should say that it was in general wrong to take the life of a fellowman. But we cannot say that it is revolting to our moral reason that God should take away life as He has Himself given it. We can only believe that when we know all, we shall find that even in death God’s love and wisdom extend to man.

We now pass to speak of the Good. This word is used both adjectivally and as a substantive. We find it applied as an epithet to persons and things. We speak of a good horse, a good poem, a good joke, [CCH pg 53] and we speak also of a good man. But we should not apply the epithet ‘ good ‘ to man except in reference to his moral qualities, whereas these have nothing to do with the application of ‘ good ‘ to a horse, or a poem, or a joke. We want then if possible to come at some common conception which shall explain the very wide application of the term, and shall connect naturally the epithet ‘ good ‘ with the substantive Good.

“Every art and every scientific enquiry (meqodoj)” says Aristotle in the introduction to his Ethics, “and similarly every action and purpose may be said to aim at some good. Hence the good has been well defined as that at which all things aim (ou pant efietai).” [Nic. Ethics, I. i., Welldon's translation.]

It seems to me that we have here in a nutshell a definition which is sufficient to cover the use of the epithet ‘ good ‘ in its various applications, as well as of the substantive ‘ Good.’

It will be observed that the underlying notion in this definition is essentially teleological, and things will be ‘ good ‘ which attain their end. Thus we form ideals of what things should be, and we judge of these things as good in proportion as they approach the ideal we have formed of them. Some writers seem to assume that things are good if and because they give us pleasure. But this appears to me an insufficient account to give of the epithet ‘good,’ as Professor Sidgwick has clearly shown in his Methods of Ethics. [Book I., Chapter ix.] It is true that we do call things good which are pleasant to us; but this is not necessarily because [CCH pg 54] they are pleasant, but because our ideal of those things is that they should be pleasant. If we speak of ‘good wine,’ meaning that it is wine which is pleasant to the taste, the epithet ‘ good ‘ is only properly applicable, if it be a property of ideal wine that it should be pleasant to the taste. If our ideal of wine is that it should be wholesome as well as pleasant to the taste, then we shall withhold the epithet ‘good’ from any wine that has injurious effects, however pleasant it may be at the time we drink it.

I am aware that we teach children to speak of things as ‘ good ‘ which are pleasant to the taste; but this is capable of explanation in accordance with what has been said above. In speaking to them of anything as ‘ good ‘ which is pleasant to the taste, we are not really limiting the application of the epithet to that which gives pleasure, but only acquiescing in what is perfectly obvious, that it is a property of our ideal of food that it should be pleasant to the taste. But we should be ready enough to instil into young minds that this was not the only property of the ideal, even of food. Indeed we speak commonly of things being good to eat when we mean no more than that they are suitable for food. If a traveller enquires whether water that he finds springing up by the roadside is. ‘Good,’ he does not seek to know what the taste of it may be, but whether it is fit to drink. Water that is good for one purpose is not fit for another. Our ideal of water for drinking is not the same as that of water that may be used for washing. [CCH pg 55] It is worth while to observe that ‘ ideal ‘ is some- times applied as an epithet to things when ‘good’ might be equally well used. Strictly speaking, nothing that exists is ideal, for the Ideal can exist only in imagination. When anything actually existing is called ideal, it is meant that it is perfectly good of its kind.

The epithet ‘ good ‘ then is applicable to that which, if it does not come up to, at least approaches our ideal of it. And when ‘ good ‘ is used of man (and chiefly in regard to his ethical qualities this is the case) we must, consistently with what has been said, under- stand the epithet to mean that the person to whom it is applied approximates to our ideal of what a man should be. That the term is chiefly applicable to man for his ethical qualities is in itself a witness that the common sense or reason of mankind regards those qualities as the distinguishing characteristic of man, and that without them there is no ideal man. We might call a man a good runner or a good athlete, because he had in a pre-eminent degree the qualities and powers necessary to a runner or an athlete; but we should not call such an one a good man because he had these qualities. The qualities of a ‘good man ‘ distinguish him as a man, as an ethical or moral being.

But it may be well to enquire what would be the bearing of this definition of ‘ good ‘ on the application of the epithet to God. It may seem at first that the definition breaks down at this point.

It must be remembered that we do not speak of [CCH pg 56] a good God as distinguished from a God who is not good. Such a way of speaking might be possible where a belief in polytheism was prevalent. But when once we have grasped the thought of one Supreme Being, the notion of Goodness as applied to Him is that of Absolute Perfection. But this notion we could never have had but for the fact that we are moral beings, endowed with moral reason. It is this which enables us to form any conception of God worthy of Him, and to judge whether or not a Revelation purporting to come from Him really does so. Our moral reason gives us then in some degree our idea of God, or supports us in it when it is given.

Man can become good because he is a moral being. But we cannot speak of God as a moral being, in the sense in which this was defined in the last chapter. ‘God cannot be tempted of evil.’ He is and does not become Good. It is because we conceive of God as the very Ideal of Being that we call Him Good — Good absolutely and perfectly.

God then must be conceived of as Good acting always rightly, so that of no act of His can it be said that it is a denial of His Goodness.

Having now considered the notion implied in the use of the epithet good as applied to things, persons and to God Himself, we go on to speak of the Good. The ancients introduced their science of ethics with an enquiry into the end of human conduct, and this it was that they meant by ‘ the Good.’ Aristotle opens [CCH pg 57] his treatise on ethics with the following words, some of which have been already quoted above:

“Every art and every scientific enquiry, and similarly every action and purpose may be said to aim at some good. Hence the good has been well defined as that at which all things aim. But it is clear that there is a difference in the ends; for the ends are sometimes activities (energeiai), and sometimes results (erga) beyond the mere activities. Also where there are certain ends (telh) beyond the actions, the results are naturally superior to the activities.” [Welldon's translation.]

Again: ” If it is true that in the sphere of action there is an end which we wish for its own sake, and for the sake of which we wish everything else, and that we do not desire all things for the sake of something else (for so the process will go on ad infinitum and our desire will be idle and futile), it is clear that this will be the good or the supreme good (tagaqon kai to ariston). Does it not follow then that the knowledge of this supreme good is of great importance for the conduct of life (proj ton bion)
and that [if we know it] we shall be like archers who have a mark (skopon) at which to aim, we shall have a better chance of attaining what we want (tou deontoj)? ”

Man then idealises human life; he knows that it must have an end (teloj) which must yield him perfect satisfaction. Happiness is therefore an element or factor in the summum bonum. But the question is : Wherein does his happiness consist? We want [CCH pg 58] to define the nature of happiness for man. And for this we need to ascertain the function of man (to ergon tou anqrwpou). ” For as with a flute player, a statuary, or any artisan, or in fact any body who has a definite function and action, his goodness or excellence seems to lie in his function, so it would seem to be with Man, if indeed he has a definite function. Can it be said then that, while a carpenter and a cobbler have definite functions and actions, Man unlike them is naturally functionless (argon)? The reasonable view is that as the eye, the hand, the foot, and similarly each several part of the body has a definite function, so Man may be regarded as having a definite function apart from all these. What then can this function be? It is not life (to zhn); for life is apparently something which man shares with the plants; and it is something peculiar to him (to idion) that we are looking for. We must exclude therefore the life of nutrition and increase. There is next what may be called the life of sensation (aisqhtikh). But this, too, is apparently shared by Man with horses, cattle, and all other animals. There remains what I may call the practical life of the rational part of Man’s being (praktikh tis tou logon econtoj).” Aristotle’s point then is that man is meant or designed for some end, and that if he can only find out what it is, and after striving to reach it find it, he will find Happiness.

I cannot but think that there is some confusion of thought among writers on ethics in the use they [CCH pg 59] make of the term Happiness. It is not always clear whether they mean by this a state or an activity. That the state can only be realised by an activity can well be imagined. But in investigating the summum bonum there must be perfect clearness as to what is meant.

It is clear from Aristotle that when he spoke of Happiness he meant something that was not capable of realisation by the lower animals. He did not mean simply a state of contentment and satisfaction. Everyone would agree that it was better to be a discontented man than a contented pig. And so, when Happiness is set forth as the summum bonum of human effort, it must surely be meant that the Happiness, regarded as a state of satisfaction, a state of pleasurable feeling, is to result from the realisation of true manhood. When Happiness is set forth as the end of human life then, unless some clear definition is given of the term, we are left in uncertainty whether it is meant that the reasonable thing for man is to seek for pleasurable feelings.

It is a fairly obvious criticism to make on Aristotle that he assumes Happiness to be the supreme good before he has defined what Happiness is. It is according to him that which is sought for as an end in itself, and not for the sake of something else. If it be the case that Happiness is sought for its own sake, why is there .any uncertainty as to what Happiness is? That there may be doubt what will produce it, is intelligible. But there cannot be any doubt what a thing is which is sought for its own sake. [CCH pg 60] I take it that what is needed to make this point clear is to carefully discriminate the two factors of the summum bonum. These we may call its active and passive factors. As when we speak of a man as a ‘good man,’ we mean that in him the qualities which make our ideal man are conspicuous, and that these qualities are displayed in action, so when we speak of the ‘ supreme good ‘ of human life we must include in this term a perfect human activity. But reason demands that this should be in a state of perfect happiness.

4. Conscience and Reason.

IT seems well now to say something of the relation of Conscience to Reason. I have already said that I regard conscience as the imperative aspect of moral reason. Conscience then, in mathematical language, is a function of the moral reason. But I take it that conscience is also a function of reason other than moral. In so far as conscience is a function of moral reason I hold that Intuitionism is true. In so far as conscience is a function of reason other than moral Intuitionism seems to me not true.

The intuitional view of ethics is in principle this: that we know the Tightness of actions intuitively, or, in other words, when the conscience tells us that some action is wrong, it is not that we have reasoned out that it is wrong, but that by a special faculty called conscience we know it to be wrong. This is, I believe, a false psychology. Conscience is much too complex a thing to be explained as a special faculty.

At the same time it seems to me clear that Intuitionism is partly true, and that we have an intuitive [CCH pg 64] knowledge that there are certain things which we ought to do. Unless there is some ‘ought ‘ intuitively known, there can be no ought at all. For by no possible process of reasoning can you get an ought out of a not-ought. But if there be some one moral duty known by intuition, other moral duties may be deduced from it by a process of ordinary reasoning. We have here an ethical syllogism by which an ethical or moral proposition is deduced from an ethical proposition and another proposition not ethical. Thus

I ought to do x.

To do x it is necessary to do y,

Therefore I ought to do y.

But it is important to notice that doing y must be an exercise of my volition, otherwise the syllogism is fallacious. We could not argue that because I ought to speak the truth, and because I cannot speak the truth without increasing my own happiness, therefore I ought to increase my own happiness. For here, in the non-ethical premise, the increasing of my own happiness may not express an activity of my volition, but only a result which will follow on speaking the truth. This being so the conclusion does not follow. The only conclusion that could be drawn from these two premises would be that it is not a moral duty to me not to increase my happiness; or in other words, that it is right to increase my happiness.

In the above syllogism then it is necessary that doing x and doing y should both express an activity of the subject’s volition. If this is so the ‘ ought ‘ of the conclusion is moral, as is the ought of the ethical premise.

[CCH pg 65]

This kind of ethical reasoning which can be ex- pressed in the form of the above syllogism is not uncommon. There are instances of it in the New Testament. Thus in the Epistle to the Romans St. Paul writes, ” We that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and not to please ourselves . . . for Christ also pleased not himself” (Rom.  15:1, 3).

It is here implied that Christians ought to be imitators of Christ, and this imitation makes necessary the duty of pleasing not ourselves.

There is a very remarkable moral appeal in St. John’s first Epistle : ” If God so loved us, we also ought to love one another. No man hath beheld God at any time : if we love one another God abideth in us, and his love is perfected in us.” It is here taken for granted that we ought to shew love to those who have shewn love to us. The argument may be ex- pressed in two syllogisms :

1. We ought to shew love to those who have shewn love to us.

God has shewn love to us, Therefore we ought to shew love to God.

2. We ought to shew love to God.

We cannot shew love to God except by shewing love to one another,

Therefore we ought to shew love to one another.

The conclusion here has been deduced from one ethical proposition, namely, ‘ We ought to shew love to those who have shewn love to us,’ and two non- ethical propositions, ‘ God hath shewn love to us,’ and [CCH pg 66]

‘ We cannot shew love to God except by shewing love to one another.’ This last seems to be what St. John means when he says : ‘ No man hath beheld God at any time.’

It becomes clear then that to derive an ethical pro- position, which is an expression of moral duty, by a process of reasoning, it is necessary to have one ethical proposition to start with and no more than one. All the other propositions made use of are non-ethical. It would of course be utterly useless to attempt to deduce ethical propositions by a logical process unless we had some admitted ethical proposition to form the ethical premise of the first syllogism. Nor is it of any use to have more than one.

We see then that if to do x, which is my moral duty, it is necessary for me to do y, then to do y becomes to me a moral duty, and the reason why the doing of y is a moral duty is that the doing of # is a moral duty. If we proceed further to enquire why the doing of a; is a moral duty, one of two reasons must be found for this. Either the doing of a? is a moral duty because it is necessary to the doing of a, say, itself a moral duty. Or the doing of x is a moral duty because it is intuitively seen to be such. In this case the reason for it lies in the nature of the case. Unless there is some one moral duty the reason of which lies in the nature of the case, there can be no moral duty at all, and no science of ethics worthy of the name of science. There must be at least one intuitively known moral duty, and there may of course be more than one, if there are any at all.

[CCH pg 67]

Thus if the moral intuitions were to remain constant moral duties would vary according to the growth of experience interpreted by reason other than moral. Say that it is a moral intuition to shew gratitude and to make return for benefits received from another person who has voluntarily bestowed them. Endless moral duties may flow by a perfectly logical sequence from this one. A Christian and another not a Christian have, say, both alike this moral intuition of grati- tude. Yet what consequences follow from it to the Christian who believes St. John’s words that “God so loved us,” which consequences do not apply to the case of the non-Christian who does not know God’s love ! If we know that we have freely received, we know also that we ought freely to give. Ignorance of the fact that we have freely received would mean that we could not know that we ought freely to give, even though the moral intuition to show gratitude for benefits were ours.

A critical case for testing any theory of the variations of conscience is that of the trial of Abraham to sacrifice his son Isaac. I have never yet seen a satisfactory explanation of this moral perplexity. Yet it seems to me that if the above analysis of the conscience be true, we can explain this incident without any shock to the moral reason.

For if we suppose, as just now, that it is a moral intuition to shew gratitude and to make return for benefits received, but that it is not a moral intuition not to kill on this point I propose to say something [CCH pg 68] presently then the moral perplexity is removed. For Abraham has, according to the story in Genesis, received a child in his old age, whose birth had been announced beforehand to him by a messenger from God. The child is born in due course. He is obviously from the circumstances of his conception and birth a divine gift. What gratitude can the father shew for this signal favour ? It seems to me possible that the people among whom Abraham was living were in the habit of sacrificing their children to their gods. If so, here was Abraham’s trial. Does he owe less to his God than these people were ready to give to theirs ? Ought he not to sacrifice his son to the God who has given him ?

And it must be remembered that the whole point of the story depends on the fact that this which God demanded of Abraham, and which accorded with his moral reason, was quite contrary to his altruistic instincts. The temptation, as we use the word, was to disobey. The temptation was not to slay his son. All the instincts of a father’s affection rebelled against the command ; and yet he owed his son to God. His moral duty was hard to fulfil, but it was clear. It was God’s trial of him, and he stood the test. There is nothing to shock the moral reason in the conclusion of the story.

Had Abraham wanted to slay his son, had an evil instinct prompted him to take his son’s life, and had he made a divine command an excuse for doing what he wanted to do, the story would have shocked our moral reason. As it is, I do not think it need at all.

[CCH pg 69]

But it may be said that this explanation of a great moral difficulty, though satisfactory in its conclusion, proceeds from a false hypothesis, namely, that it is not an intuitively known moral duty to refrain from killing a fellow-man. Against such a supposition I can imagine that some may recoil with horror, as possibly it seems to them so obviously intuitive not to murder. But I think that an impartial investigation of the matter will shew that the hypothesis made above to justify the story of Abraham’s meditated sacrifice of Isaac is correct after all.

For let it be remembered first of all that we do not even to-day with all our enlightenment consider it in all cases wrong to take a fellow-man’s life. It is true that the taking of life is regulated by law, yet still life is taken away, and even Christians take part in war which involves the slaughter of their fellows. I am not here discussing the ethics of war, for this is alien to the present subject, but I am insisting on the fact that man does even to-day under certain circumstances take away the life of man and that deliberately. This is a fact to be borne in mind. Further, I do not think that we are justified in regarding it as a primary moral intuition not to kill. For how would those who take this view explain the conduct of Moses recorded in Exodus 2:11, 12?

When people regard it as a moral intuition to abstain from murder, they are confusing, as it seems to me, two things, namely, moral intuition and virtuous instinct. It has become with us an instinct to refrain [CCH pg 70] from murder, and we shudder and recoil from the very thought of bloodshedding in revenge or hatred. This is one of those instincts of which I spoke in the last chapter, which have been acquired for us as instincts by the virtues of former generations. We do not count it a virtue to abstain from murder, because our instinct to do so is so strong apart from all motive of self-respect.

But if it is said : Well, but it is certainly vicious to murder, I reply that of course it is. We know that we ought not to murder if we are tempted to do so, that is to say if some instinct tends to overpower the virtuous instinct of abstention from murder, such as the instinct of revenge or the instinct to have some- thing for our own which is kept from us by the life of another. And we know all the more that we ought not to murder because we feel within us the virtuous instinct against which the lower instinct is striving. It is our moral reason which tells us that the one instinct is lower than the other.

But the moral duty of abstention from murder is really based on the general moral duty of refraining from hatred or injury of another. Jesus Christ traced murder to its proper source : ” Ye have heard that it was said to them of old time, Thou shalt not kill ; and whosoever shall kill shall be in danger of the judgment : but I say unto you that everyone who is angry with his brother shall be in danger of the judgment ; and whosoever shall say to his brother Raca [an expression of contempt] shall be in danger of the council; and whosoever shall say Thou fool [an [CCH pg 71] expression of condemnation] shall be in danger of the Gehenna of fire ” (St. Matt. 5:21, ff.).

As I understand this passage, we have here three gradations of punishment. Our Lord is not instituting a legal system. Such was far from the intention of Him Who declared unmistakably that His kingdom was not of this world. The three degrees of punish- ment ascending from the cognisance of the local court through trial by the Sanhedrim, the highest spiritual jurisdiction, to the punishment of the worst criminal, are designed to shew the ascending gravity of the sins of anger, contempt, and condemnation. [See Lange's Gospel of St. Matthew on this passage.] The root sin is, according to Christ’s teaching, anger or hatred. We may compare St. John’s words in his first Epistle (iii. 15) : ” Whosoever hateth his brother is a murderer, and ye know that no murderer hath eternal life abiding in him.”

The moral reason then gives the duty of abstention from hatred or injury. The moral life of men in its earlier stages was of course only struggling towards the recognition of this, and the duty of abstention from murder would receive an early recognition, murder being the extreme instance of hatred.

It is nothing to the purpose to say that abstention from murder only came about to make the life of a community at all possible, and that the law of the community, established in its own interest, made murder criminal. Human law such as this could not prove lasting unless it had its basis in the great moral law of God. Men who suffered the penalty of [CCH pg 72] the law of their community would recognise the justice and not merely the necessity of their sentence. Human law, while it supports itself by an appeal to cosmic principles what is implied in this expression later chapters will reveal is yet based on eternal laws of God. That it is possible that human law should not be based on eternal laws of God I fully recognise, for this is what we mean when we speak of a law as unjust. Unjust laws must in time give place to just laws, and the laws of man approximate more and more to the eternal laws of God. But the kingdoms of this world, which enforce the law, are not free from the cosmic spirit, yet are they God’s agents for advancing the eternal law until they become “the kingdom of our Lord and of His Christ.” In saying this I am anticipating much that will be worked out more fully in later chapters of this essay.

I have said enough now to justify the line I took up in regard to the story of Abraham’s meditated sacrifice of his son Isaac. The gratitude he owed to God was a moral duty proceeding from self-respect. In obeying the command of God he acted morally, and his obedience was a righteous obedience.

Of course it may be said that Abraham’s notions of what God required of him were crude. This seems to me undeniable ; and it were absurd to expect to find in Abraham Christian thoughts about God. God’s commands to men are, it would seem, a function of their moral state, and these cannot appear the same to a being with moral reason fully developed and to a [CCH pg 73] being whose moral reason is as yet/ only struggling to an understanding of itself.

It seems to me that one of the earliest intuitions of the moral reason would be the nobility and the duty of gratitude. And along with the cognition that we ought to shew gratitude is the instinct to do it.

But it may be said that the instinct is often but a weak one, and unable of itself to withstand stronger and selfish instincts. This is true. The weakness of the instinct of gratitude may result from our own selfishness which blinds us to the extent to which gratitude is due. For we find ourselves unable often to see that when we have received a benefit from some other person, the benefit has been bestowed disinterestedly. We are too ready to assume that when people do us good they have some ulterior motive other than the satisfaction of doing the good. And it is possible to withhold gratitude on the ground that it is not really due. The instinct to show gratitude is not blind. The reason must first be satisfied that gratitude is due, and the instinct then becomes very strong.

It may seem that gratitude is a merely mercenary instinct. It is such an obvious duty to pay our debts, and one that no self-respecting person can refuse to recognise and act upon. It is something if it be allowed that self-respect as distinguished from selfishness (and the two are absolutely distinct) is the basis of gratitude, for this is to allow that it has its root in the moral reason. ” What is thine is mine, and [CCH pg 74] what is mine is my own ” is the thought of selfishness, that is the natural unspiritualised thought. ” What is mine is thine ” is a thought that springs from self- respect, even if there be appended to the words, ” because I owe it to thee.” Only a being endowed with moral reason can have a cognition of a debt. This may at first seem strange, but I think that reflection will convince us that self-respect is necessary to the acknowledgment that we owe anything.

But it may seem that we are passing from the ‘ ought ‘ to the notion of what we owe, which is not necessarily the same; that while it is likely that ‘ ought ‘ is in origin the preterite of ‘ owe,’ the two words have so separated from one another that it is mere equivocation to bring them together again. This equivocation I am most anxious to avoid, and although I think that in the end it will come to be recognised that all moral duties can be performed from a motive of gratitude, I am bound to recognise that we have a cognition of other duties in the first place which do not seem to be reasoned from the intuitively known moral duty of gratitude. But what it does seem to me important to recognise is the fact that gratitude is both instinct and duty. As conduct does not proceed wholly from reason, but requires instinct to carry it out, and as the instinct of gratitude can become stronger than all other instincts, it is of the very greatest importance.

We have, as it seems, knowledge of other moral duties than gratitude through the discipline of law and moral training, but these moral duties, which it is [CCH pg 75] the part of education to set before us, could never become moral duties unless they were seen to have their basis in the moral reason. In what way then we may ask are these supported by an intuition of the moral reason ? My own view of the matter is this, that by the moral reason we discern, as I have already said, the dignity and worth of being, and we recognise the nobility of sacrificing ourselves for the good of others ; and it is just because we see that the laws of restriction which are imposed upon us by early training require us to control our instincts for the good of others that these laws become to us expressions of moral duty. In so far as these general moral laws are based on reason, they depend on the moral intuition that we ought to live for the good of others. We recognise that a being who deliberately chooses a selfish life is contemptible, and that true self-realisation conies from sacrifice of self in the interests of others. We inherit the rules from the past, but they justify themselves to reason because we soon detect that temptation to evade them proceeds from selfish desires; and these are just what moral reason demands that we should control.

For my own part I have no objection to interpret moral duty in terms of the promotion of the happiness of others, provided that it be not stated that it is a moral duty to promote my own happiness. This I could not allow. I naturally desire my own happiness, and what I naturally desire there can be no moral duty to me to promote. To seek my own happiness does not seem to be a requirement made by my moral [CCH pg 76] reason. It may be otherwise when we substitute the word ‘ Good ‘ for happiness ; but this will require some further investigation, which I think it better to reserve for the next chapter.

My view of conscience then is this : that it is the requirement seemingly made by circumstances interpreted by reason to carry out that which the moral reason absolutely and without condition declares to be good. I believe it to be the voice of God in the soul of man, as I have already said. But that it is a voice saying ‘ Do this/ without giving us any know- ledge of the reason why we are to do it, I cannot allow.

It seems well now, before concluding this chapter, to say something of the distinction which has been made by moralists between ” moral duties ” and ” positive duties.” Here, says Butler in the Analogy, “lies the distinction between what is positive and what is moral in religion. Moral precepts are precepts the reasons of which we see; positive precepts are precepts the reasons of which we do not see. Moral duties arise out of the nature of the case itself, prior to external command. Positive duties do not arise out of the nature of the case but from external command, nor would they be duties at all were it not for such command received from him whose creatures and subjects we are.” [Analogy of Religion, Part II., chap. i.]

We must observe that there is a twofold distinction made here. There is a distinction between what is [CCH pg 77] ” moral ” and what is ” positive,” and a distinction between ” precepts ” and ” duties.”

A precept, in Butler’s language, is an external command which may or may not find an echo or response in the conscience. If the precept does find a response in the conscience and moral reason, it is a moral precept, but not otherwise. The precept ‘ Thou shalt not steal ‘ is a moral precept if it finds itself supported by the moral reason. And it is by the moral reason that the reason of it is discerned. The precept ‘ Do this in remembrance of me ‘ does not find itself interpreted by the moral reason. We do not then see the reason of it. This is a positive precept.

It must be clearly understood that the reasons or reason of a moral precept are moral reasons. To shew more clearly what is meant by this we will consider the precept ‘ Do this in remembrance of me.’ Now suppose that we were told that unless we obeyed this precept we could not be partakers of Christ in the fullest sense; and suppose, for the purpose of the argument, that we believed this. It may be said that we now see the reason of the precept. Does it then become to us a moral precept ? Clearly it does not become to us a moral precept, because we now know the reason of it in the sense explained. This may be a cause-and-effect reason, a practical reason, but it is not a moral reason. Unless it be to me a moral duty to become a partaker of Christ, then the precept ‘ Do this in remembrance of me ‘ does not become to me a moral precept, just because I know that if I do not obey it I shall fail to become a partaker of Christ.

[CCH pg 78]

If, however, it were to me a moral duty to become a partaker of Christ, which partaking I knew to depend upon ” doing this,” it would become my moral duty to ” do this/” and the precept would be to me a moral precept.

We want now to understand in what sense the word ‘ duty ‘ is applicable in the expression “positive duty.” What is there in common between “moral duties” and “positive duties” to justify the application of the same term ‘ duties ‘ to both ? A precept is a command, and thus we can see the appropriateness of this term as applied to a moral precept ‘ Thou shalt not steal ‘ and a positive precept ‘ Do this in remembrance of me.’ But in what sense can the term ‘ duty ‘ be applied to what Butler calls a ‘positive duty’? There is really no justification for the use of the term ‘ duty’ here except it be a moral duty to obey the author of the positive precept, in which case, let it be noticed, it becomes a moral duty to “do this,” and the precept itself becomes a moral one.

If then there is any distinction at all between moral duties and positive duties it may be said to lie in this: that while ‘ a moral duty is a duty of obedience to a precept which finds a response in the conscience and moral reason, a positive duty is a duty of obedience to him who has given the precept, the moral reason of which we cannot see.

For my own part I think the distinction between moral and positive duties is not a desirable one. Nor would it ever have been made but for the fact that there was no clear recognition of the fact that [CCH pg 79] duty must justify itself to moral reason, and must not appeal merely to prudence. Bishop Butler in his anxiety to persuade people that it is as imprudent to disobey the positive precepts of Christ as it is to disobey the moral precepts has tried to include obedience to both as of the same order by using a common term ‘ duties ‘ for both. The result is, as it appears to me, some confusion of idea.

If I think that in disobeying a positive precept of Christ I shall perhaps be the loser myself in the long run, it may be prudent to obey, but it does not become to me a moral duty so to do. If I obey merely because I think I shall lose if I do not, I do not act morally. But if I think that in not heeding such a precept I am depriving myself of some good, such good commending itself to my moral reason and not merely appealing to my prudence, I recognise that it would become to me a moral duty to obey. Unless we have some clear definition of the Good we shall be unable to decide whether or not it would be likely to become a moral duty to obey a positive precept.

Butler’s point of view was that we ought to render obedience to God because We are His creatures and subjects. But then it must be remembered that it is only through the conscience that we can know assuredly that God has spoken. An external positive precept purporting to come from God has not the force of a moral precept whose reason we discern with our moral reason. There is, if we may say so, an element of uncertainty about every positive precept, while we may become quite sure that God has [CCH pg 80] spoken in a precept which commends itself to our moral reason. Thus there are men who listen with strict attention to the dictates of conscience, but who pay little heed to the ordinances of religion because they are not persuaded of their divine origin.

For my own part I do not think that obedience should be rendered to a positive precept of Christ by one who was in doubt as to the claims of Christ and the efficacy of His means of grace, on the ground that His claims might be true and it were imprudent to disobey. I do not myself hold that what is called self-love, unless it is rational and morally rational, forms any part of man’s moral duty. Self-love, unless it means self-respect, or respect for the worth of self as a man, means nothing better than selfishness, which is exactly that which it is the function of the moral reason to correct. On this more will be said in the next chapter.

What prudence demands of us is not moral duty, what self-respect demands is. If my self-respect demands of me obedience to any person, it becomes to me a moral duty to obey ; if obedience proceeds from fear of consequences, it has no moral quality. I have no duty to do anything from fear. Fear may be a useful instinct, but it is not that which should prompt us to perform our moral duty.

But if it be said that the fear of God is a moral quality, I should reply that it certainly is if it be coupled with love for Him. Reverence for the Perfection of the Divine Being is man’s highest duty and privilege, but that Perfection must be known in part [CCH pg 81] before such reverence is possible. I hold that every moral duty is a duty of obedience to the demands of divine Perfection; and it is to set forth this truth that I have entered upon the present enquiry as to the reason of man’s moral nature.

5. Happiness and the Good.

IN The Descent of Man Darwin sets forth the following proposition which seems to him ” in a high degree probable “: ” That any animal whatever endowed with well-marked social instincts, the parental and filial affections being here included, would inevitably acquire a moral sense or conscience, as soon as its intellectual powers had become as well, or nearly as well developed as in man.” His reasons he sets forth thus:

“Firstly, the social instincts lead an animal to take pleasure in the society of his fellows, to feel a certain amount of sympathy with them, and to perform various services for them. The services may be of a definite and evidently instinctive nature; or there may be only a wish and readiness, as with most of the higher social animals to aid their fellows in certain general ways. But these feelings and services are by no means extended to all the individuals of the same species, only to those of the same association.

Secondly, as soon as the mental faculties had [CCH pg 86] become highly developed, images of all past actions and motives would be incessantly passing through the brain of each individual ; and that feeling of dissatisfaction, or even misery, which invariably results, as we shall hereafter see, from any unsatisfied instinct, would arise, as often as it was perceived that the enduring and always present social instinct had yielded to some other instinct, at the time stronger, but neither enduring in its nature nor leaving behind it a very vivid impression. It is clear that many instinctive desires, such as that of hunger, are in their nature of short duration, and after being satisfied are not readily or vividly recalled.

Thirdly, after the power of language had been acquired, and the wishes of the community could be expressed, the common opinion how each member ought to act for the general public good would naturally become in a paramount degree the guide to action. But it should be borne in mind that however great weight we may attribute to public opinion, our regard for the approbation and disapprobation of our fellows depends on sympathy, which as we shall see forms an essential part of the social instinct, and is indeed its foundation stone.

Lastly, habit in the individual would ultimately play a very important part in guiding the conduct of each member; for the social instinct, together with sympathy, is, like any other instinct, greatly strengthened by habit, and so consequently would be obedience to the wishes and judgment of the community.” [Descent of Man, chap. iv.] [CCH pg 87]

These four propositions on which the main proposition is made to depend are proved by Darwin, and proved as I cannot but acknowledge convincingly. But what I cannot see is that the main proposition is established. For I cannot under any of these four headings see a trace of conscience as I understand it. Darwin has not proved how man could thus have come to have a cognition of a moral ought; if he has established any ‘ ought ‘ at all it is only a prudential one: I ought to live for others if I want to be happy. There is no categorical ought: I ought to live for others. It may be that in speaking of the “mental faculties” Darwin meant to include what is here called moral reason, but this does not seem clear.

What is wanted before we can hope ever to get at the rationale of the conscience is that a perfectly clear idea should be formed of the function of moral reason. It is not enough to say that our happiness depends upon being in harmony with our fellowmen, or even upon our promoting the happiness of others, though this seems to me strictly true. The moral reason discerns the appropriateness of this fact, and not simply the fact itself. Experience may prove that the greatest happiness is found in contributing to the happiness of others ; moral reason justifies this and tells us that it ought to be so.

But in saying this I am making use of the expression ‘ ought to be ‘ which, as I have said in the second chapter, I think it better to avoid. I will then say that moral reason enables us to discern the fitness of [CCH pg 88] the dependence of truest happiness on deliberate service and promotion of the happiness of others.

It seems desirable, as we have come to speak of happiness, to say something about Hedonism and Utilitarianism, and to point out what, as it seems to me, is deficient in both of them, and what is needed before the problem of the Good can be properly solved.

Hedonism says: ” Seek your own happiness, not necessarily a selfish happiness, do those things which give you real satisfaction ; this is that which it is reasonable to do.” Of course Hedonism can be made to seem contemptible, especially if we use the word ‘ pleasure ‘ instead of the word ‘ happiness,’ but it is my desire to see the best that Hedonism has to offer, and therefore I will make use of the word ‘ happiness,’ which sets the system in a more favourable light.

Utilitarianism says: ” Seek to promote as much happiness in the world as you can. Let not the thought of your own happiness blind you to the need that others feel for happiness. Remember that you are only one among many. Seek the general happiness. This is reasonable.”

Now it is most important to be perfectly clear what we mean when we speak of acting reasonably or according to reason. If I have made up my mind to some end, and I deliberate what means will bring it about, and adopt such as seem to me most likely to accomplish it, I so far act reasonably. It is reason- able to do that which will bring about a result which we desire and which will not effect some other result [CCH pg 89] which we should desire to avoid. This action may be called reasonable. Only a being endowed with reason is capable of such deliberation as to means to an end. But this reason is not moral reason ; it is not what Kant calls ” practical reason.” It is reason determining action but not conduct. The end chosen and sought for is not dictated by reason, but the means thereto are known by reason.

In this sense the Hedonistic system may be called reasonable. The Hedonist says: You desire happiness all of you. Make sure then what will produce it. Profit by the experience of past ages and by the experience of your own generation and learn which is the path of happiness, and then steadily follow it. What, it may be said, can be more reasonable than this? We must be meant to be happy, only we have to find out the conditions of happiness. Make these your study and you will then have a knowledge of life which will lead you into that which you desire.

Now this sort of argument is plausible. But let us be perfectly clear as to this point, that the quest for happiness, while it may be natural, has not its root in reason. Our own happiness as an end of our action is not, I maintain, prescribed by reason.

Reason which determines the end of conduct as distinguished from the means whereby that end can be reached is moral reason. Moral reason sets before us the worth or dignity of being. And I contend that a being who merely sought his happiness in indifference as to what would produce it, if only he could find it in [CCH pg 90] the end, would appear to one endowed with moral reason as a being of a low order.

The Hedonist’s advice is excellent for one who has made up his mind that all he cares for is to find his own happiness. But the Hedonist does not prescribe an end of life and human endeavour which justifies itself to the moral reason. The quest for happiness does not arise from the demands of reason. I do not say that it is unreasonable to seek for happiness. That indeed is a point which I do not attempt now to speak of, for it seems to me that it would be impossible to answer the question whether it is un- reasonable to seek for happiness or anything else unless we had it clearly stated what the word ‘un- reasonable ‘ was intended to mean.

When we come to Utilitarianism the case is different. Utilitarianism by some of its upholders has laid claim to be based on reason. The end prescribed by the Utilitarian philosopher, namely universal happiness, is said to be in this sense reasonable. We must enquire then whether the Utilitarian formula of universal happiness is supported by the moral reason.

In The Methods of Ethics [Book III. chap. xiii.] Professor Sidgwick has propounded two axioms of moral duty which are, according to him, ultimately reasonable. They are these: 1. I ought not to prefer a present lesser good to a future greater good. 2. I ought not to prefer my own lesser good to the greater good of another. These are, according to Professor Sidgwick, intuitively known moral duties.

[CCH pg 91]

Now when we come to examine them we must bear in mind first of all that ‘ good ‘ here means happiness. For I cannot find that the ultimate good is, according to Professor Sidgwick, other than happiness. We must then take these axioms to be: 1. I ought not to prefer a present lesser happiness to a future greater happiness. 2. I ought not to prefer my own lesser happiness to the greater happiness of another.

We have here an attempt on Professor Sidgwick’s part to meet the difficulty involved in the Utilitarian formula, as to how much of the general happiness that it is our duty to produce is to be our own happiness, and how much is to be the happiness of others. But here I find a great difficulty, for I fail entirely to see how the promotion of my own happiness is a moral duty. It may be prudent to promote my own happiness and to look for means for doing this, but I do not see that my moral reason makes any demand upon me to seek my own happiness. I do not see that a being who seeks his own happiness, even though he sacrifices present lesser happiness for the prospect of greater happiness to come afterwards, is on this account a being of greater worth or dignity. I can see that a being who seeks to promote the happiness of others is one whom the moral reason commends. I may admire a being who can calculate the happiness.-producing effects of certain kinds of conduct as clever, but he is not a higher moral being for all his cleverness When then I am confronted by Professor Sidgwick’s two axioms above quoted, I cannot assent to the first as a moral axiom, for the [CCH pg 92] ‘ ought ‘ seems to be purely prudential, and the second does not seem to me at all obvious for reasons which I will now try to explain.

I contend that in promoting happiness in others in preference to the promotion of our own supposed happiness we really gain happiness ourselves far greater than any that we forfeit. And therefore in preferring the greater happiness of another to my own lesser happiness, I am all the while adding to my own happiness. In other words, the axiom is meaningless. And here, as it seems to me, lies the weakness of the whole Utilitarian philosophy. In so far as it insists on universal happiness, and on the duty of contributing to it, it really does appeal to the moral reason ; it is thus far reasonable. But when it begins to compare our own happiness with the happiness which we promote in others, it seems to me to go wrong. In fact the error of the system lies in interpreting the Good as happiness. It ignores the fact that what really appeals to the moral reason is not happiness itself, but the promoting of happiness in others. I recognise fully that I ought, actively and of deliberate choice, to increase the happiness of my fellowmen, but this increasing of the happiness of others does not detract in any way from my own happiness; quite the contrary, it adds to it. And in promoting the happiness of another I am all the while realising happiness for myself. This is the purest happiness that is to be experienced, and our moral reason tells us that it is fitting that it should be so.

According to many moral philosophers, and [CCH pg 93] Professor Sidgwick is of the number, rational self-love is conceived of as a moral duty. Now it seems to me that it all depends on what you mean by self-love, as to whether it deserves to be called rational and whether it can be called a duty. If self-love means calculating what will produce most happiness for oneself and doing it because it will produce most happiness regardless of what it is save only that it be productive of happiness, I do not see that there is anything here that commends itself to the moral reason. I do not hold that there is any moral duty to me to realise my happiness or to exchange a lesser happiness for a greater one by prudential calculations.

Rational self-love, as I understand it, is a self-love which has its basis in the moral reason. It is essentially not selfishness. Too often by rational love is meant a sort of calculating by the aid of reason other than moral what will produce what result, and then doing that which will produce some result which we desire, and which will not bring about some result we do not desire. This may be prudence, but it is not the prudence of virtue. It does not proceed from self- respect. It has no moral quality, though it may show cleverness. It is not morally rational.

It may be said, Surely if you know that a certain course of conduct will bring you into eternal condemnation you ought to abstain from it? I would allow that it would be prudent so to do, but I fail to see that the ‘ ought ‘ is here anything but prudential. I have no cognition of a moral duty to save myself from eternal condemnation. I naturally desire not to [CCH pg 94] be eternally condemned. It is not of the least use for instruction in morality to appeal to men and say, ” You ought to do so and so, or you will suffer for it.” You may teach them prudence of a kind, but not morality. I do not mean by this to imply that prudence is useless, only that it is not a moral quality. It may have utility, but it does not provoke our moral admiration independently of the end to which it is put.

But to return once more to Utilitarianism. I recognise that this is the most Christian attempt to rationalise and to reduce to system human duty. John Stuart Mill held that in propounding Utilitarianism as a philosophy “of ethics he was all the while adopting the principles of Christ’s moral teaching. He was right, as it seems to me, in so far as Utilitarianism sets forth the happiness of all man- kind as worthy of our active consideration ; but I think that Utilitarian philosophy is wrong, and will come to see itself to be wrong as regards its interpretation of the Good in terms of happiness alone. At the same time I recognise that you cannot state the Good except by means of the term ‘ happiness.’ I regard happiness as a necessary factor in any definition of ultimate Good, but, as I have already said at the end of the third chapter, the Good must contain an activity as well as a passivity. Happiness describes the state of the person affected by it. It is not there- fore the whole of the Good, lacking as it does the content of activity. The question that has to be answered in order to reach a conclusion as to man’s [CCH pg 95] summum bonum is: What activity producing happi- ness is a perfect satisfaction to the moral reason?

In setting myself in opposition to Utilitarian teaching I wish emphatically to state that I do not do so because I regard the whole as radically wrong. I do not at all. I think that in the form in which it has been so ably developed by Professor Sidgwick it is of great use and value in the systematising of ethical thought. But I am persuaded that as a philosophy of human life it is deficient, and this is shewn, as I contend, by its inability to interpret the Good save in terms of happiness, which is in itself suggestive of passivity and not of activity.

Nor can I acquiesce in any view that the rationale of man’s moral nature lies in its being a contrivance for making human life happier only. It must, as I conceive it, have for its end the promotion of the Good, inclusive of happiness. But if happiness regarded, as a passivity only, be intended, why could not this have been brought about by infallible instincts, and why need there have been the dualism of man’s nature, which is that which is the cause of his dissatisfaction and general unhappiness? I cannot regard morality as merely a means for making the wheels of human life revolve more smoothly. At the same time, believing as I do in an absolutely Benevolent Creator such belief seems to me to be a demand of the moral reason I am convinced that man’s moral nature is a necessary step whereby he may be brought into perfect happiness a happiness which could not be experienced but for the preliminary discords from [CCH pg 96] which we now suffer. Man’s slowness to read the mystery of his own nature seems to me to arise largely from his slowness to grasp the Perfection of Divine Being, by which alone that nature can be explained.

Any philosophy of human life which seeks to explain that life in terms of itself alone, and not in reference to God Himself, is I believe doomed to failure. Any attempt to harmonise its mysteries except by a knowledge of God is futile. Of course if the agnostic position be taken up and it be assumed as an axiom of philosophic thought that God is un- knowable by finite creatures such as man, the problem of the Good seems utterly hopeless. But the fact that our moral reason gives us the power to discern goodness, and to check and refuse to accept unworthy thoughts of God, seems to me to argue further that God is knowable, and that our knowledge of Him can be checked and purified by this same moral reason. That which gives us the ability to discern nobility of human life gives us also the power to welcome a message of the Perfection of the Divine Being which is brought to us in the form of a Perfect Human Character Whose words and life command the admiration of man’s moral reason to-day as they have done these now nearly nineteen centuries.

But I doubt whether we have yet got to the real meaning of the Christian Revelation. It is surprising that the sublimity of its appeal to the moral reason of man should have been so often lost sight of, that it should have been even presented to man by its [CCH pg 97] own professed teachers in a form little better than Hedonism. The theological thought of our day, how- ever, gives promise of better things. The grandeur of the Christian Revelation is being revealed to us I believe as it has never been seen before, and the modern doctrine of evolution enables us to understand much that has hitherto been obscure.

But we must give up talking of the ” sanctions of religion” as if these were but a system of rewards and punishments. We must cease to be Hedonists in spirit, for the Hedonistic spirit is cosmic and carnal, and it is this spirit which it is the function of the moral reason to correct. Moralists, if they would establish a philosophy of moral life, must take account of the Christian philosophy and try to understand what the Gospel really is.

And it is, as it seems to me, quite useless to attempt to set up any system of moral philosophy without a metaphysical basis. Here lies I think a great deficiency in Professor Sidgwick’s Methods of Ethics. He owns that he purposely avoids metaphysics ; but how can the problem of the Good be solved without some theory of the meaning of life?

Before proceeding to set forth, as I intend to do in the remaining chapters of this essay, the Christian philosophy of life so far as it explains man’s moral nature, I think it will be well to collect together the results of this and the three preceding chapters. I have been trying to lay hold of some clear idea of what we mean by man’s moral nature, so as to [CCH pg 98] understand what are the facts of which we have to give an explanation. It is not man’s social nature that we are seeking to explain; it is not his prudence, nor his cleverness, nor his marvellous instincts whereby human progress in civilisation is secured. By man’s moral nature I understand the possession by him of moral reason whereby he judges of the dignity of his own being. This moral reason which man holds in possession (some men have it more highly developed than others) makes its demands upon us in the conscience, calling upon us not to be led by the instinct of the moment, but to rationalise our instincts to a higher end than the enjoyment of the moment. The gratification of every instinct promises enjoyment, other- wise instinct would not be instinct. It is a property of instinct that when it asserts itself, some pain and discomfort is felt in the suppression of it. Man’s moral reason tells him that the mere gratification of instinct is not the end of his being. Reason requires of him to realise himself in some better way. Moral reason when it operates does not make man more clever or more prudent but benevolent.

And we must ever bear in mind that Benevolence or Love is not the same as altruism. Altruism is instinctive, and has not its origin in the moral reason. It has utility and it may even furnish material for reflection on the part of the moral reason. But so far as it is not deliberate, not indulged for the sake of the end, but only for the gratification of the instinct of the moment, it is not moral.

Man’s moral reason does not set Happiness before [CCH pg 99] him as the sole end of life. According to my view of the matter the deliberate promotion of happiness is as important as the happiness itself. This indeed is the demand of the moral reason, so far as it interrupts the ordinary course of instinctive action. It calls upon us to realise ourselves in the promotion of the happiness of others. It sets this before us as a worthy end of life and makes us see that to turn away from this is to turn away from a high and noble form of self-realisation.

The Hedonist may ask whether it is worth while to adopt this form of self-realisation considering the extreme uncertainty and the shortness of life. He may argue that it is of no use to realise ourselves temporarily in such a way. Certainly I allow that the moral reason demands immortality as necessary for the explanation of man’s moral nature.

But while I hold that Benevolence or Love is the end prescribed by the moral reason I do not hold that in the exercise of this man is forfeiting happiness for himself. Quite the contrary. I think he is finding a happiness which can nowhere else be found. But I should not think it right to appeal to men and to say that this is what they ought to do because it brings them happiness. I hold that the moral reason forbids us to set our happiness first, regardless of that whereby the happiness is to be found. The moral reason requires us to set before us as an end not merely the feeling of happiness but the activity whereby that happiness is produced. While the Hedonist is content with the maxim, ‘ Seek your happiness,’ [CCH pg 100] the moral reason says ‘ Seek your happiness in the promotion of the happiness of others.’ In other words I take it that the Good does not only contain happiness but also the deliberate activity of its production.

It was Christian teaching that first solved the apparent contradiction between love of others and self-love. But this teaching is utterly obscured as often as love, which is rightly interpreted as pro- motion of good in the person loved, is taken to mean the promotion of the happiness of that person regard- less of the active cause of the happiness. In other- words when the Good is interpreted as Happiness only, the old contradiction returns in full force and cannot be evaded. Self-love, if it means only the promotion of the happiness of self, is not a moral quality at all. But if self-love be the realisation of the Good for self it may well be that there is no ultimate contradiction between self-love and love of others.

The real problem then is: What is the Good? And the answer must be supported by moral reason and not merely by instinctive desires for happiness. Can the summum bonum be determined? I contend that it can, and that it is all the while contained in the teaching of Jesus Christ. But the cosmic spirit has so invaded the Church in the course of her history, and the selfishness and self-seeking of men have so often obscured the real teaching about God and man contained in the Christian Revelation, that mere travesties of the truth are set forth as if they were the truth itself, and serious enquirers into the [CCH pg 101] principles of ethical philosophy have even been deterred from Christianity itself.

It is time that the old ” Moral Governor of the Universe ” theory should come to an end. This is not the Christian Gospel, which rather gives a Revelation of God Himself as an absolutely Perfect Being worthy to be loved and obeyed. The character of the Divine Being revealed by Jesus Christ perfectly corresponds with the demands of our moral reason. If it did not, Christianity could not be the final religion.

I spoke in an earlier chapter of the instinct of holiness that instinct of awe and reverence which primitive man has for the unseen causes of things seen. That somewhat blind instinct of holiness is capable of being purified and becoming the very highest of which man is capable. Men have not a crude belief in God or gods at first, only that it may at length be taken away from them altogether, but that it may be purified. This can only come about through knowledge the knowledge of God Himself. Can we know God? Has He revealed Himself? Can we find such a thought of Him as will perfectly satisfy the moral reason? If so, it may be that, as we use the epithet ‘ good ‘ of man as well as of God, and judge the goodness of God by the ethical qualities of man, the answer to the question, What is man’s Good? will be found in the knowledge of God Him- self. Such I contend is the case, and the remaining chapters of this essay must be devoted to this point. [CCH pg 102]

I shall devote the next chapter to a general outline of the growth of the ethical conception of holiness in the Old Testament. Then I shall treat of the teaching of Jesus Christ on the Divine Fatherhood and the Kingdom of Heaven ; from this in the eighth chapter will follow a thought about God which, if true, solves the problem of the contradiction of man’s carnal and spiritual natures. Whether this thought is in keeping with the New Testament theology generally will be considered in the concluding chapters of the essay.

I think it will come to be recognised that the enlightened moral reason of our day is nothing less than the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Who is all the while taking of the things of Christ and shewing them to us.

6. The Old Testament Notion of Holiness.

As applied to things the word ‘holy’ (vrdq) is commonly used in the Old Testament to distinguish them from things called ” common ” or ” profane,” or, to use a Hebraism, ” things of profanity.” l Thus in 1 Samuel  21:5, Abimelech the priest says to David : ” There is no common bread under my hand, but there is holy bread.” The prophet Ezekiel writes ( 22:2(i) : ” Her priests have done violence to my law and have profaned my holy things : they have put no difference between the holy and the common.” And again in a later chapter it is said that the priests, the Levites, the sons of Zadok ” shall teach my people the difference between the holy and the common” ( 44:23). In Ezekie 50:48:13-15 a distinction is made between the land which was to be for the use of the priests, and that which was to be for common use. Of the priests’ land it is said : ” They shall not sell of it, neither exchange it, nor shall the first-fruits of the land be alienated, for it is holy unto the Lord.” But the five thousand [CCH pg 106] reeds in front of the five and twenty thousand appropriated to the priests ” shall be for common use, for the city, for dwelling and for suburbs : and the city shall be in the midst thereof.” Again in Ezekiel 10:52:20 the wall round the temple is said to make a separation between that which was holy and that which was common.

From these instances that have been given we see that a distinction is made between what is ‘ holy ‘ and what is ‘ common.’ But there is nothing disparaging about the word ‘ common.’ It is simply the regular epithet applied to things which are intended for ordinary use, in contradistinction to things set apart for a religious use, which are called ‘ holy.’ The holy things are subject to certain restrictions in their use. Ground that is holy may not be trodden as ordinary ground. Thus Moses is told to take his shoes from off his feet because the place whereon he stood was ” holy ground ” (Exod. 3:5). It was holy, as the context shews, because of the presence of God in the burning bush. That which had to do with God was ‘ holy.’ A vow vowed unto the Lord was sacred, and a man so bound might not break his word. The expression used in Numbers  30:2 is : ” He shall not make his word common ” (2rr)- This of course means that his vow may not be treated as an ordinary promise and be withdrawn or broken.

This verb llh (to make common) is frequently used in the sense of ‘profaning.’ Examples of this use are Psalm 1:24:7, where we have : ” They have set thy sanctuary on fire, they have profaned the [CCH pg 107] dwelling place of thy name even to the ground ” ; and Isaiah Ivi. 2 : ” That keepeth the Sabbath from profaning it ” ; and Zephaniah 3:4 : ” Her priests have profaned the sanctuary.” Numerous other instances might be given.

But it does not seem that the verb llh necessarily denotes ‘ profaning ‘ in our sense of the word. By ‘ profaning ‘ we mean putting a thing which is meant for a religious use to a common one. Thus “profaning the Sabbath ” means treating the Sabbath as an ordinary day, not setting it apart to its religious use as holy to Jehovah. Indeed our English word ‘ pro- fane ‘ is used in a depreciatory sense. But ppH is also used in the sense of treating a thing as common and for ordinary use, when there was no profanity (in our sense of the word) in so doing. For example in Deut.  20:6 we read : ” And what man is there that hath planted a vineyard and hath not used the fruit thereof” (literally hath not made it common). The same expression is found in Deut.  28:30. The meaning of this expression is clear from Leviticus  19:23-25:” [It will be understood that there is nothing absurd in interpreting the words of Deut. and Jeremiah by a commandment found in the Levitical code. For even though this last be post exilic in its form, there is no reason to suppose that its requirements were all new, and that nothing was borrowed from previous legislation.] And when ye shall come into the land, and shall have planted all manner of trees for food, then ye shall count the fruit thereof as their uncircumcision. Three years shall they be as uncircumcised unto you ; it shall not be eaten. But in the [CCH pg 108] fourth year all the fruit thereof shall be holy, for giving praise unto the Lord. And in the fifth year shall ye eat of the fruit thereof, that it may yield unto you the increase thereof.”

Of course there is no “profanation” in this act of the owner of the vine in ” making the fruit common.” He is not treating as common what is holy, but what once had been holy and is now so no more. Profanity comes in when that which actually is ‘ holy ‘ at the time is treated as if it were not.

The common then is, as we see, the ordinary, the secular, as we say, as distinguished from the religious, which Hebrew calls holy.

But the epithet ‘ holy ‘ is not only applied to things, it is applied also to persons, and as the word can have no ethical significance when used of things, it may well be that it had no such significance when used of persons. Indeed there can be no doubt that outside Hebrew religion the epithet ‘ holy ‘ was applied among the Semitic peoples to men and women in a sense far from ethical. Robertson Smith says : ” While it is not easy to fix the exact idea of holiness in ancient Semitic religion, it is quite certain that it has nothing to do with morality and purity of life. Holy persons were such, not in virtue of their character but in virtue of their race, function, or mere material consecration ; and at the Canaanite shrines the name of ‘holy’ was specially appropriated to a class of de- graded wretches, devoted to the most shameful practices of a corrupt religion, whose life, apart from its connection with the sanctuary, would have [CCH pg 109] been disgraceful even from the standpoint of heathenism.[ Religion of the Semites, pp. 140, 1.] :

Now the notion of holiness must have been shared by the people of Israel with other Semitic peoples before they were specially chosen out to be the recipients of the Revelation of Jehovah. It is recognised by Joshua in his appeal to the people in the twenty-fourth chapter of the book called by his name that their ” fathers dwelt of old time beyond the river, even Terah, the father of Abraham, and the father of Nahor, and they served other gods.” [This is given by Driver as belonging to the "Elohistic" section of the Hexateuch.] Now it is not to be supposed for an instant that when Abraham was called to leave his land to go forth to another land which was not his but which God would one day give to him, every religious notion he had hitherto had was suddenly obliterated, and an entirely new conception of the divine and the human, and of the relation between them, was substituted in the place of all that he had thought before. The mind of Abraham when he came forth to obey the command of God was still imbued with the religious notions of the people from whom he had come ; and the nature of the God who had called him could not become suddenly unfolded to him, nor to his son, nor to his son’s son after him. God’s first revelation of Himself was of His presence and of His favour. Therefore when we read the history of the patriarchs, and indeed the history of Israel generally, we must be prepared [CCH pg 110] to find that there were many crude notions still possessing their minds. As an illustration we might mention the incident of the meditated sacrifice of Isaac, of which something has been said in an earlier chapter.

It would greatly help our understanding of the Old Testament if we could bear in mind that God deals with men as He finds them in order to educate them to a higher knowledge and service. When the total result is seen to be an evolution of good, we cannot quarrel with the Divine method because of its gradualness. It is God’s way to bring reason out of unreason, and the human out of the infra-human.

It is a matter of some importance, if we would trace the progress of religious thought in the Old Testament, to get behind its first beginnings as we find them there, and it is well to understand what were the conceptions underlying the religious practices of the Semites from whom God called Abraham.

As then we find in the Old Testament exactly the same distinction between the ” common ” and the ” holy ” which belonged to the other Semitic religions, it is simplest to understand that the notion of holiness is one belonging to them all and springing from a common original notion.

We have become so accustomed to speak of the holiness of God, meaning by this the inherent per- perfection of His character, that it is not easy to realise that there was a time when the epithet ‘holy’ did not in men’s minds apply to their God or gods in themselves so much as to times, places, persons [CCH pg 111] and things in their relation to Deity. ” The holiness of the gods is an expression to which it is hardly possible to attach a definite sense apart from the holiness of their physical surroundings ; it shows itself in the sanctity attached to the persons, places, things, and times through which the gods and men come in contact with one another.” And ” the idea of holiness comes into prominence wherever the gods come into touch with men ; it is not so much a thing that characterises the gods and divine things in themselves as the most general notion that governs their relations with humanity.” [Religion of the Semites, p. 141]

And it is remarkable how even in the Old Testament holiness is rarely predicated of Jehovah Himself until we come to the teaching of the great prophets. In Moses’ song of triumph, given in Exodus xv., we have (v. 11): ” Who is like unto Thee, Jehovah, among the gods ?

Who is like Thee, glorious in holiness,

Fearful in praises, doing wonders ? ”

The term ‘ holiness ‘ here need have no reference to Divine Character as we should understand the word ; it would seem rather to refer to the manifestation of Jehovah’s Divinity.

And it is important to bear in mind that even though fdq has originally no ethical meaning, but is rather a term to distinguish that to which it is applied from what is common, yet it does not mean uncommon or rare. It is always used in a religious sense. If there were no Deity, there would be nothing [CCH pg 112] ” holy/’ The word has an essentially religious application. It is Deity that makes things holy, and only in relation to Deity have they holiness. The use of the word witnesses to the fact that even in the mind of primitive man the distinctiveness of Deity is apprehended. This is in itself important.

In the words quoted above the special point insisted on is the superiority of Jehovah (not His absolute supremacy, which was not yet known) over other gods. There had been no manifestation of Divinity such as He had given His chosen people.

In Hannah’s song we have a like sentiment: [On Hannah's Song see Driver's Introduction to the Literature of the Old Testament.] “There is none holy as Jehovah.” It was a gradual discovery to Israel that Jehovah Alone, as He revealed Himself, was worthy to be called Holy or Divine. Other so- called gods were seen to be no gods.

It is true that there is the appeal in Leviticus ( 19:2) : ” Ye shall be holy, for I the Lord your God am holy,” where the Divine Holiness is made the ground of the nation’s holiness, but it is not necessary to consider this here, for the words occur in the group of chapters conveniently designated ” The Law of Holiness,” which is not pre-exilic. They do not then disturb the position here taken up that holiness is hardly at all predicated of God in the Old Testament until the teaching of the great prophets.

If we have been in the habit of supposing that the very basis of a revelation must have been the character [CCH pg 113] of Him who made it, and that the appeal ‘ Be ye holy for I am holy ‘ is the most natural one to be made by a perfect Being in choosing a people whom He would make worthy of Himself, a very little reflection will serve to shew how impossible this is. This would be to read into the first religious conceptions of man the thought which could only be gradually evolved. How could man understand the Perfection of the Divine Being all at once ?

It is not of course denied here that the ultimate purpose of revelation was the revelation of God Himself in the perfection of His Being, as One Holy. But we can see that God did not reveal Himself in His Character all at once. Such revelation as He gave to patriarchs and through Moses was not so much a revelation of Himself, as of His Presence, His Power and His working in the world. It is a matter of some importance, if we are to understand the Old Testament, to bear this in mind. In fact we may say that the earlier part of the Old Testament is characterised more by an exhibition of Divine Presence and Power, and an inculcation of human duty, than by a revelation of the nature of the Divine Being, though it must be admitted that those prepared the way for this other.

It is, I think, in the close connection that exists between the revelation God made of Himself to Israel, and the giving of the law for their obedience that we shall find ultimately the explanation of the transition of the non-ethical conception of holiness to that which is ethical.

[CCH pg 114]

For it must be remembered that the nucleus of the Mosaic law was distinctly what we should call moral as distinguished from ceremonial. We have as a perpetual reminder of this the words of the prophet Jeremiah : ” I spake not unto your fathers, nor commanded them in the day that I brought them out of the land of Egypt, concerning burnt offerings and sacrifices : but this thing I commanded them, saying, Hearken unto my voice, and I will be your God, and ye shall be my people : and walk ye in all the way that I command you, that it may be well with you ” (Jer. 7:22, 3). The table of the ten commandments is the very centre of the Mosaic code. In this are definite instructions in morality set forth as the declared will of Him who has called the nation to be holy. ” If ye will obey my voice indeed and keep my covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me among all peoples : for all the earth is mine : and ye shall be unto me a kingdom of priests and an holy nation ” (Exod.  19:5, 6).

This last expression is most striking, and I have not been able to learn that there is anything like it in other Semitic religions. An holy nation this call to be holy implies a relationship between the people and the God who calls them. For what was ” holy ” might not be used except in relation to Deity. And with this call into a relationship of the nation with Jehovah is associated obedience to certain moral precepts given by Jehovah Himself. Though it might not be recognised at the time, yet it can now be seen that there is here a first step towards an ethical conception of holiness.

[CCH pg 115]

And let it be noticed that the appeal of the Decalogue is an appeal to the moral reason. Israel’s gratitude to Jehovah is asked for on the ground of His deliverance of them from bondage. He has done them good and He asks their service in return. The first four commandments are an appeal for their service of Himself. The other commandments find their basis in that intuition of the moral reason which we have called Love or regard for the good of others. The honour to parents inculcated in the fifth commandment may be said to be based also on the intuition of the duty of gratitude.

It was the function of the prophets of Israel to interpret the holiness of Jehovah ethically. They had to teach that the holiness or relationship with Jehovah was impossible unless the moral law was observed. And the relationship is expressed in tender terms. In Hosea first do we find the terms of human re- lationship used to express the relation between Jehovah and Israel. ” When Israel was a child, then I loved him, and called my son out of Egypt” (Hosea  11:1). Or again Israel is as the prophet’s false wife Gomer ; the nation has forsaken the Lord, committing whoredom in going after the Baalim. Jehovah invites her to return and to become faithful to Himself. ” I will betroth thee unto me for ever ; yea I will betroth thee unto me in righteousness, and in judgment, and in loving-kindness and in mercies. I will even betroth thee unto me in faithfulness, and thou shalt know the Lord” (Hosea 2:19, 20).

[CCH pg 116]

Thus in Hosea we are made to feel that Jehovah is to be known by moral obedience. But we do not yet find Jehovah’s holiness spoken of as expressive of His character; it is rather the distinctive title of His Godhead. ” I am God, and not man ; the Holy One in the midst of thee ” (Hosea  11:9).

When we come to Isaiah there cannot be much doubt that in his oft-repeated expression The, Holy One of Israel the word ‘ holy ‘ is used in an ethical sense. It will be remembered that Isaiah’s call dated from his vision of Jehovah, and his overwhelming sense of the Divine holiness. ” Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of hosts ” was the song of the seraphim one to another. And the prophet’s consciousness of the Divine holiness was the consciousness also of his own uncleanness. ” Woe is me I for I am undone, because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips, for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts.”

” In Hebrew idiom,” says Robertson Smith, [Prophets of Israel, p. 231.] ” a man’s words include his purposes on the one hand, his actions on the other, and thus impurity of lips means inconsistency of purpose and action with the standard of Divine holiness.”

The whole drift of Isaiah’s prophecies makes it clear that the expression The Holy One of Israel meant with him that there was a certain character of the Deity with which the conduct of the people must be brought into correspondence. His complaint is that the people ” despised the Holy One of Israel,” [CCH pg 117] that they hated the moral drift of the prophet’s teaching as interpreting the holiness of Jehovah, that they said : ” Cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us” (Isaiah  30:11). They would have no more of Jehovah’s holiness because, when Isaiah spoke of it, he did so to censure the nation’s apostasy in the matter of morality. Sacrifices were offered in abundance to Jehovah. He was ” full of the burnt offerings of rams and the fat of fed beasts.” It was not apostasy from Jehovah that the prophet was rebuking, but an unreadiness to recognise what Jehovah really was. A low estimate of His person was at the root of the national sin, a contempt of His holiness. Jehovah must vindicate His character : God the Holy One shewed Himself holy in righteousness (Isaiah 5:16).

Micah had to reprove the senseless security which could say : ” Is not Jehovah in the midst of us ? no evil shall come upon us.” He had to remind the nation that the Lord had, since His bringing of them up from Egypt, had a righteous plan for them. ” He hath shewed thee, O men, what is good; and what doth Jehovah require of thee, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and walk humbly with thy God ? ” (Micah 6:8).

The prophets then were not content with an acknowledgment of Jehovah as the national Deity, not even as the sole national Deity, without a recognition of His true character. Jeremiah expresses the utter fallacy of a trust in Jehovah which is not based on such recognition. ” Trust ye not in lying words, [CCH pg 118] saying, The temple of Jehovah, the temple of Jehovah, the temple of Jehovah are these. For if ye thoroughly amend your ways and your doings; if ye thoroughly execute judgment between a man and his neighbour; if ye oppress not the stranger, the father- less and the widow, and shed not innocent blood in this place, neither walk after other gods to your own hurt, then I will cause you to dwell in this place” ( Jer. 7:4-7). We mark these words ” to your own hurt.” The worship of the false gods was wrong because of utter corruptness, the worship of Jehovah was faulty because they knew not Him they worshipped.

To the Jews of Jeremiah’s day it seemed quite absurd that Jehovah should give them up. Was He not their Deity ? How could a holy nation specially consecrated to Jehovah, Whom they duly served with their sacrifices, be deserted ? So necessary then had it become that Judah should undergo a temporary captivity for the purifying of the national faith. Had the people been allowed to dwell securely in their own land they would never have understood the holiness of Jehovah. But what a change the captivity wrought ! The punishment inflicted by Jehovah gave the nation, or rather its best members, time to think. And the conception of Jehovah’s holiness as we have it in the Priest’s Code of Leviticus and particularly in The Law of Holiness (Leviticus  17:-xxvi.) is most striking. Jehovah’s holiness is now made the ground of the nation’s holiness. ” Sanctify yourselves and be ye holy, for I am holy ” (Lev.  11:44). ” Ye shall be holy [CCH pg 119] for I the Lord your God am holy ” (Lev.  19:2). ” I the Lord which sanctify you am holy ” (Lev.  21:8). Jehovah is henceforth seen to be far above the gods of the heathen. He has a Character. The character of the nation which He has called His own must correspond with His Character. Hence the laws of moral and ceremonial cleanness and uncleanness. There is no fear of Judaism now being mixed up with the worship of other gods, or with the immorality attaching to it, not if it is true to itself. We remember how it struggled for its own peculiar position under the Maccabees, nor after that does it seem ever to have shewn any tendency towards idolatry nor to have compromised itself by the admixture of the immoral practices of other religious worships.

But we cannot forget the ultimate decadence of Judaism. But the decadence of Judaism was due to its formalism rather than to its vice. The letter of the law became a substitute for its spirit. There was moreover a confusion in the Jewish mind between the ceremonial and the moral. But the Jew did not now forget that the moral law was part of the covenant with Jehovah.

We see then that the Old Testament revelation takes as its essential basis a relationship between man and God. Man is brought into connection with God. He is holy according to the primitive meaning of the term. Certain rules of holiness had to be observed. Such rules of holiness were a part of the experience [CCH pg 120] of all Semitic peoples. But in the case of Israel the rules of holiness were largely moral as distinguished from ceremonial. It was not easy for a primitive people to grasp the moral purport of their religion all at once. They soon became satisfied with the notions of the heathen around them. Sacrificial duty was thought to be a substitute for moral obedience. But Jehovah left not Himself without witness, and the breach of the moral law was found to lead to the confusion of His people. Prophets were raised up, some to declare the Divine Will in special cases, that they might guide the action of those who professed the service of Jehovah, and some to discern and make known the general principles of Jehovah’s government of the people, and indeed of the whole world, which was at length seen to be His. To this latter class belonged those prophets whose writings, in the providence of God, have come down to us.

And such prophetic teaching is not confined to what we call the ” prophetical books.” The Psalter is pervaded by it. There we see how the direct relationship with God of the people and of individuals among the people is sought after as the satisfaction of the soul. There recognition is found of the great moral foundation of Israel’s covenant with Jehovah. Take such words as those of Psalm 1:16-23 : 16. ” But unto the wicked God saith,

What hast thou to do to declare my statutes, And that thou hast taken my covenant in thy mouth ? [CCH pg 121]

17. Seeing thou hatest instruction, And castest my words behind thee.

18. When thou sawest a thief, thou consentedst

with him, And hast been partaker with adulterers.

19. Thou givest thy mouth to evil, And thy tongue frameth deceit.

20. Thou sittest and speakest against thy brother ; Thou slanderest thine own mother’s son.

21. These things hast thou done, and I kept silence ; Thou thoughtest that I was altogether such an one as thyself :

But I will reprove thee, and set them in order before thine eyes.

22. Now consider this, ye that forget God,-

Lest I tear you in pieces, and there be none to deliver.

23. Whoso offereth the sacrifice of thanksgiving glorifieth me ;

And to him that ordereth his conversation aright Will I shew the salvation of God.” These words speak for themselves, declaring to the end of all time, to Christians as well as to Jews, that there can be no divorce permitted by God of the moral from the ceremonial. ” If I regard iniquity in my heart the Lord will not hear ” (Ps. 1:16:18).

We see from the Psalter how communion with Jehovah was entered into by pious individuals speaking for themselves or for their nation. We note how real such communion could be on the ground of what Jehovah was in Himself righteous, gracious, [CCH pg 122] merciful. The religious fervour of the Psalmists is so deep, their expression of human need so true, their realisation of the Divine supply of that need so intense, that their hymns and prayers and confessions are found to express still some of the innermost thoughts of a Christian heart. But this is not the place to illustrate this point.

The review that has here been made of the notion of holiness in the Old Testament impresses upon us three chief points: (1) the pre-existence of the notion, (2) its persistence, (3) its purification.

On the first of these points a good deal has been written by those who are competent to deal with the question, and such a book as Robertson Smith’s Religion of the Semites is invaluable to the study of it. What impresses one after reading books which deal with the crude primitive conceptions of deity and of man’s relation thereto is how remarkable it is that such a notion as that of holiness should have persisted as it did, until it became transformed into the Christian conception. By the persistence of the notion I do not of course mean its stationariness. The conception changed, but it was never lost and was never intended to be lost. For there was in the notion even in its crudest form a permanent truth of human life. If the notions of primitive religion respecting the relation between man and his gods seem to us crude and revolting, that only proves their insufficiency for ourselves at the stage of development to which God has brought us. If the gods were conceived of as a [CCH pg 123] part of the material universe so that only by the aid of material things could man hold converse with them, if the rules of that converse seem to us ridiculous, we can with patience discern elements of truth in such things.

The point, as it seems to me, that we ought to lay hold of is that in spite of all that was crude in ancient worship, yet worship there was, persistent worship, because worship is a permanent instinct in man. The wonder is, not that the primitive conception of holiness was so mean, but that from so mean a conception has come forth by the operation of God’s Spirit within man the great and all-important notion of Absolute Good, and of man’s relation thereto.

Man’s unworthy thoughts of God have proceeded from his sin and selfishness, from the fact that he is yet carnal ; but that he has any thoughts of God at all proves him to be on the way to become spiritual. As carnal, man thinks that God is such an one as himself; but God is in His love and infinite wisdom giving him reproof and setting in order before his eyes, that, so far from God being what man is, man is being brought into what God Himself is.

There were undreamt of depths of meaning in that old word ‘ holiness ‘ which the prophets of Israel partly saw, and which Jesus Christ has perfectly revealed.

7. The Kingdom of Heaven and the Divine Fatherhood.

IN the preceding chapter something has been said about the Old Testament conception of holiness. I tried to trace in broad outline the steps by which the notion became purified. Starting from a bare notion of having to do with deity and with but a vague idea of the nature of Godhead itself, the conception at last became clearer as it was interpreted by prophets inspired by the Divine Spirit. They saw that the essential basis of any relation of the human to the Divine must be a moral one, and that the Character of God Himself could only be interpreted ethically.

It is necessary now to pass from the old Testament to the New, in order to see how the relation of the human to the divine was set forth by Jesus Christ, and to see how His teaching and life influenced the life and thought of those who interpreted them to the world. We shall find running through the New Testament, as through the Old, the two-fold conception [CCH pg 128] of holiness as defining on the one hand relation to Deity and on the other the Character of God Himself. We shall learn, as we could not learn from the Old Testament, how God Himself can be known, and what is the hope of mankind of realising this Divine knowledge.

It would be impossible to understand Christ’s teaching without bearing in mind the two most important features of it, namely, His proclamation of the Kingdom of God or the Kingdom of Heaven, and His revelation of the Fatherhood of God. These two points must be touched on here.

We have become so accustomed to the expression the ‘ Kingdom of Heaven,’ that we perhaps fail to enter into the grandeur of the conception implied in it. The very simplicity of the petitions of the Lord’s Prayer, ” Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth as it is in Heaven,” may blind us to the full extent of their meaning.

There does not seem to be any real difference between the Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of Heaven, and I shall use the two expressions as synonymous. The phrase “The Kingdom of God” would seem to be equivalent to the Rule or Reign of God. The idea was a Jewish one; and the announcement that the Kingdom of Heaven was at hand, made both by the Baptist and Christ Himself, fell on ears which already knew the sound of the words, even though those who heard them failed to gauge the fulness of their meaning.

[CCH pg 129]

The expectation of a kingdom which should be universal and directed from Heaven had been awakened in men’s minds by the visions of prophets. Thus in Zechariah  14:9 we have : ” And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall the Lord be one, and his name one.” And there was the vision of Daniel which promised the fulfilment of this Kingdom through the agency of a Son of man. ” I saw in the night visions, and behold there came with the clouds of heaven one like unto the Son of man, and he came even to the ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all the peoples, nations and languages should serve him : his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed ” (Daniel 7:13, 14 [There are some interesting statements about the Kingdom of Heaven to be found in Edersheim's Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah, vo 50:1. , pp. 267-8. I have no acquaintance with Rabbinic literature and therefore cannot verify Edersheim's quotations. Their accuracy and their interpretation must be left of course to experts.]).

Now, there can be no doubt that Jesus claimed to usher in the true Kingdom of God, and Himself to be the Messiah through whose mediation the Kingdom was to be realised. That He, in spite of His refusals to be made a king, yet claimed to be a king is clear, from His own words in answer to Pilate’s questioning: ” Thou sayest that I am a king. To this end have I been born, and to this end am I come into the world that I should bear witness to the truth. Every one

[CCH pg 130]

I that is of the truth heareth my voice.” [St. John  18:37.] But that His Kingdom was of no ordinary kind is shewn by His previous words to Pilate : ” My kingdom is not of this world : if my kingdom were of this world, then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews; but now is my kingdom not from hence.” To which Pilate had said in words of utter surprise and perhaps of scorn : ” Art thou a king then ? ” (oukoun basileuj ei su). [Compare with this emphasis on the personal pronoun that in Pilate's other question : " Am I a Jew ? " (mhti egw Ioudaioj eimi)]

Nothing then could be more marked than the con- trast between the claims of Jesus to be a King, and the appearance He presented to the eyes of men in general.

And that the Kingdom of the Messiah, by whose advent the Kingdom of God was to be fully manifested, was not after the kingdoms of this world was just what the disciples of Jesus found it so hard to under- stand. Such a request as that made for the two sons of Zebedee : ” Command (eipe) that these my two sons may sit, one on thy right hand, and one on thy left hand in thy kingdom,” [St. Matt.  20:21.] shews how earthly were their notions of the Messiah’s Kingdom. We remember too how on the eve of the passion as the disciples sat at meat with Him, there arose a contention among them which of them is accounted the greatest. And He said unto them: ” The kings of the Gentiles have lord- ship over them; and they that have authority over [CCH pg 131] them are called benefactors (euergetai). But ye shall not be so : but he that is the greater among you, let him become as the younger ; and he that is chief as he that doth serve. For whether is greater, he that sitteth at meat, or he that serveth ? is not he that sitteth at meat ? but I am in the midst of you as he that serveth. But ye are they that have continued with me in my temptations ; and I appoint unto you a kingdom, even as my Father appointed unto me… ” [St. Luke  22:24 ff. I do not think the wealth of meaning contained in the words of verse 25 has been appreciated by commentators. I do not think that ' benefactors ' should be written with a capital B as in the Revised Version. Benefaction or doing good is thought by the carnal mind to proceed from self-assertion, but to the spiritual mind it is seen as service. This seems to me to be the meaning of the Lord's words.]

The rulers of the Jews could not receive the Kingdom because they were so carnally minded. When the Pharisees asked Jesus when the Kingdom of God cometh, He answered them and said, ” The Kingdom of God cometh not with observation : neither shall they say Lo here ! or There ! for lo, the Kingdom of God is in the midst of you” (entoj umin, within you)/ St. Luke  17:20, 21. The realisation of the Kingdom of God meant to them no doubt the setting up of Messiah’s Kingdom in visible splendour, shaking off the dominion of Rome, and inviting or compelling all nations to recognise the divinely appointed king. It is when we realise this that we see the force of the temptation wherewith Jesus Christ was assailed.

Whatever expectations then the Jews had of a Rule of God and of a Kingdom of the Messiah, we can see [CCH pg 132] clearly that Christ’s teaching of the Kingdom and their hopes were radically opposed. Their proud boast of descent from their father Abraham seemed to them sufficient claim for a share in the Kingdom. John the Baptist had to correct such misplaced hopes: ” Think not to say within yourselves, we have Abraham to our Father : for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham ” (St. Matt. 3:9). And Jesus Himself would make clear to Nicodemus the spiritual nature of the Kingdom of God when He told him in words which sorely puzzled his hearer : ” Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born anwqen (anew or from above) he cannot see the Kingdom of God.” [St. Johu 3:5.] The Kingdom of God was not to come “with observation,” but none the less it was very real.

The Rule or Reign of God. The notion is of a complete; surrender of man as a subject of the Divine King. Nothing short of this is intended by the Kingdom of God the recognition of God’s right to rule and man’s duty to obey. And in speaking of man’s duty I mean what I have all along been calling moral duty, not, if I may be pardoned the expression, his prudential duty. It is not that, if he does not obey, he will be punished. But he ought (absolutely and unconditionally) to obey. But such a duty of obedience, if it is to be moral, must have its justification in the moral reason.

I do not propose here to speak of the connection between the Kingdom of God and the Church. We [CCH pg 133] are not now speaking of the exact way in which the Kingdom was to be realised but rather of the general notion of the Kingdom of God.

We must now pass to the second great subject of Christ’s teaching the Fatherhood of God. This thought of the Divine Fatherhood is one with which we have become so familiar that it is not at all easy to go back in thought to the time when the teaching was new, as it was when Christ revealed God as Father. There had been nothing like this in the Old Testament. The prophet Hosea’s simile of Israel as a son whom God had brought forth out of Egypt in love and tenderness falls very far short of our Lord’s teaching of the Fatherhood of God and the sonship of men.

Bishop Westcott has said on this point : ” The idea of Fatherhood in the Old Testament is determined by the conceptions of an Eastern household, and it is nowhere extended to man generally. God is the great Head of the family which looks back to Him as its Author. His ‘ children ‘ owe Him absolute obedience and reverence: they are ‘in His hand’: and conversely He offers them wise counsel and protection. But the ruling thought throughout is that of authority and not of love. The relationship is derived from a peculiar manifestation of God’s Providence to one race (Ex. 4:22; Hosea  11:1) and not from the original connection of man as man with God. If the nobility of sonship is to be extended to Gentiles, it is by their incorporation in the chosen family (Psalm Ixxxvii.).”

” But in the gospels the idea of Sonship is spiritual [CCH pg 134] and personal. God is revealed as the Giver and Sustainer (Matt. 7:9 if.) of a life like His own, to those who were created in His image, after His likeness, but who have been alienated from Him (Luke  15:11 ff.) The original capacity of man to receive God is declared, and at the same time the will of God to satisfy it. Both facts are set forth once for all in the person of Him who was both the Son of Man and the Son of God.” [See Westcott's Epixtles of St. John, Additional Note on 1. 2.]

These words seem to me so exactly to express the truth of Christ’s teaching that I have ventured to quote them at length rather than use poorer words of my own. It may be questioned whether many Christian teachers of to-day have, as much as they should, entered into the depth of meaning of this truth of Divine Fatherhood, which is too often restricted to mean only the love and tender care of God for the creatures whom He has made. But that there is far more than this contained in Christ’s doctrine of the Divine Fatherhood is clear both from His own words recorded in the gospels, and from the doctrine of the Apostles preserved for us in the later books of the New Testament. With these last we are not at present concerned; it is with the words of Jesus Christ Himself we have now to do assuming always, I may here add, that the gospels give a faithful report of what He did and taught. To enter into a critical discussion on this last point is alien to our present purpose. I may observe, however, that if we will but take the recorded words and works and see what [CCH pg 135] follows from them we shall perhaps be the better able to form a judgment whether Christ really said and taught and did what is reported of Him.

Now it is to be noticed that Christ did not reveal God as the Father of sentient creatures in general as He would have done if the Fatherhood of God had meant no more than the care of God for His creation. The correlative of the Divine Fatherhood in the gospels is the Sonship of Men. This comes out strikingly for example in Christ’s words as recorded in St. Matt, 6:25, 26 : ” Therefore I say unto you, Be not anxious for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink ; nor yet for your body what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than the food, and the body than the raiment ? Behold the birds of the heaven, that they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns ; and your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not of much more value than they ” ? We must not fail to notice that Christ does not here say ‘ their heavenly Father ‘ but ‘ your heavenly Father.’ And the force of the appeal is greatly strengthened if this point be noticed. If God care for the birds, how much more will He care for His children, who are of much more value than the birds ? The same thought occurs again in St. Matthew 10:29 (|| St. Luke  12:6, 7) : ” Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing ? and not one of them shall fall on the ground without your Father 1 [do not stop and discuss the matter, but this verse has often seemed to me to encourage the belief that the lower animals pass through death to another sphere.] [CCH pg 136] but the very hairs of your head are all numbered. Fear not therefore ; ye are of more value than many sparrows.”

Christ then addressed Himself to man and spoke of ‘ your Father.’ It is not as the Creator that He would reveal God nor yet as the Creator who cares for what He has created, though such thoughts are implicit in His teaching. The truth He reveals goes infinitely beyond this. He teaches men what they had not realized before, though glimmerings of the truth had already reached them through the inspiration of the Divine Spirit on a chosen few, that man is intended to have, and in part already has, a share in the Divine nature, the Divine life. The community of nature between the Divine and the human, made intelligible to us by the Incarnation of the Divine Son, will be found to be the key to unlock the deep meaning of Christ’s teaching. If for the truth of the Divine Fatherhood revealed in the Gospel, we substitute the smaller truth of the Divine love or care for the creation, we miss the very point which gives meaning to the Incarnation.

And we observe .that Jesus Christ sets the Divine Father before us for our imitation as when He says : ” Love your enemies and pray for them that persecute you ; that ye may be sons of your Father which is in heaven : for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sendeth rain on the just and the unjust” (St. Matt. 5:44); and again ” Ye therefore shall be perfect as your heavenly Father is perfect.” I think then that we must conclude that our Lord Jesus Christ [CCH pg 137] taught that man’s moral life was in some way or other based on the Divine Life.

And it is the doctrine of the Divine Fatherhood which helps us to understand Christ’s teaching about the ‘ Eternal Life.’ The one cannot be understood without the other. For the Eternal Life of which Christ spoke cannot be interpreted as a mere endless prolongation of life in another sphere. It is a sharing in some sense of the Divine Life.

This Eternal Life Christ seems often to have spoken of. In St. John’s Gospel in particular we find the words many times on his lips. And though the synoptists do not so frequently as St. John refer to this manner of speaking, yet we can see from their writings that the Eternal Life must have been an important subject of Christ’s teaching and that it must have formed the ground of the question asked by the young man : ” Master, what good thing shall I do that I may have eternal life ? ” This question and the answer our Lord gave to it are sufficiently instructive to justify a further examination of the incident.

The question asked by the young man is slightly differently given by St. Matthew and St. Mark. [See St. Matt.  19:16 ff. St. Mark 10:17 f. Compare St. Luke  18:18.] According to St. Matthew the question was : ” Master, what good thing shall I do that I may have eternal life ? ” According to St. Mark it was : ” Good Master, what shall I do that I may inherit eternal life ? ” But according to both evangelists the Lord questioned the eager young man as to the meaning of the question [CCH pg 138] he had put, but without waiting for his answer. ” Why dost thou ask me about the good ? One there is who is good.” These are the Lord’s words as given by St. Matthew. And St. Mark has, suitably with the form in which the question was put by the young man according to this evangelist : ” Why callest thou me good ? None is good save one, God.”

Of course we do not know which was the actual question put by the young man. It may have been a combination of these two reports of it. He may have said : ” Good Master, what good thing shall I do that I may have eternal life ? ” It would be profitless to discuss this point. But one thing is clear. Both evangelists record how the Lord called the enquirer to an analysis of his question This word ‘ good ‘ how laxly you use it ! Its only true application is to God Himself.

We shall see in the next chapter that our Lord was here giving an answer to the question that philosophers have long sought to answer, and could not : What is the Good ? Men have sought to know what is the highest Good for man, the suramum bonum. Christ has given an answer, as we shall presently see.

This young and eager enquirer after eternal life, then, the Lord directs to the source of all life and goodness God. But what is he to do ? The answer is that if he would enter into Life (eij thn zwhn) he must keep the commandments. But what command- ments ? What is their nature (poiaj) ? Jesus said The commandment (to) Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt [CCH pg 139] not commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, Honour thy father and thy mother ; and Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. But this is just what he had all along been doing. There must be something more. What was it ? ” If thou wouldest be perfect (teleioj) if thou wouldest reach the fulness of thy purpose and attain the Eternal Life then go, sell that thou hast and give to the poor and thou shalt have treasure in heaven ; and come, follow me. But when the young man heard the saying, he went away sorrowful : for he was one that had great possessions.”

Now this incident is deeply instructive. For it is the Lord’s instruction in Life. The first requirement Jesus Christ teaches his enquirer is obedience to the Divine commands. These commands are in the first place general they are the restrictions imposed upon and the requirements made of all alike. But then a further limitation must be laid upon this young man. What men call worldly goods were keeping him from the Good God, the very fount of the eternal Life he wished to share in. ” Go sell all thou hast, give to the poor, and come follow me.”

It was a tremendous demand to make, but then the young man had asked a great thing for himself. What he had asked for was nothing short of a share in the Divine Life. He wanted to attain to the highest of which he is capable. He wished to know how this Eternal Life of which Jesus spoke was to be had ; what he must do to get it. The demand made upon him was great because the prize was great. The [CCH pg 140] great renunciation of self was more than he expected to be required for sharing the Divine Life.

Now this question put by the young man and our Lord’s answer thereto help us to put together the two separate yet complementary truths contained in the teaching of the Kingdom of Heaven and the Divine Fatherhood. The latter of these teaches a community of nature, possible though not actually realised, between man and God, the former the absolute dependence of man on God for the realisation of that nature. Man’s obedience to God is still the essential condition of learning what God is and of entering into the Divine Life.

Hence the great importance attaching to obedience in our Lord’s Sermon on the Mount. It would of course be the very greatest mistake to say that Christianity is the Sermon on the Mount. The strictness of the morality imposed in that discourse (and it is very strict) must be coupled in thought with the revelation of the relation of the Human to the Divine as given by Christ Himself in the teaching of the Divine Fatherhood. Obedience to a divine rule is seen to be a necessity for understanding and sharing in the divine nature. Man is to learn God in the truth of his own moral life.

And it should be borne in mind that Christ’s law as contained in the Sermon on the Mount is positive rather than negative. The old law consisted of a series of negatives, though there are positive injunctions even there, as for example in the fifth commandment : ” Honour thy father and thy mother that thy [CCH pg 141] days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” Yet we may say that on the whole the old law consisted largely of restrictions placed on human conduct. ‘ Thou shalt not ‘ is more common than ‘ Thou shalt.’

On the other hand Christ prefaces His law with the beatitudes : Blessed are the poor in spirit. Blessed are they that mourn. Blessed are the meek. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousness. Blessed are the merciful. Blessed are the pure in heart. Blessed are the peacemakers. Blessed are they that have been persecuted for righteousness’ sake. It is a certain positive temper of mind that Christ commends rather than a series of restrictions that He imposes. But at the same time while restriction is not the chief and foremost part of His teaching, He is careful to assert its absolute necessity on His followers. ” Think not that I came to destroy the law or the prophets : I came not to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass away, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass away from the law, till all things be accomplished. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven : but whosoever shall do and teach them, he shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you that except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [St. Matt. 5:17-20. ] [CCH pg 142]

And then He proceeds to shew the absolute bindingness of the restrictive commandments upon His disciples. And these restrictions he makes more stringent than before. ” Ye have heard that it was said to them of old time, Thou shalt not kill ; and whosoever shall kill shall be in danger of the judgment : but I say unto you (and in so speaking He makes Himself a Divine Lawgiver) that every one who is angry with his brother shall be in danger of the judgment ; and whosoever shall say to his brother Raca, shall be in danger of the council ; and whosoever shall say Thou fool, shall be in danger of the Gehenna of fire.” [St. Matt. 5:21,22.] So does the new Lawgiver brand as dangerous and deadly the sins of hatred, contempt and condemnation.

Again, the seventh commandment He makes more strict. ” Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt not commit adultery : but I say unto you, that every- one that looketh on a woman in order that he may lust after her (proj to etiqumhsai authn) hath committed adultery with her in his heart.”

Once more : ” Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour and hate thine enemy : but I say unto you, Love your enemies, and pray for them that persecute you; that ye may be sons of your Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sendeth rain on the just and the unjust. For if ye love them that love you what reward have ye ? do not even the publicans the same ? And if ye salute your brethren [CCH pg 143] only, what do ye more than others ? do not even the Gentiles the same ? Ye therefore shall be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect.” [St. Matt. 5:43-48.]

These concluding words shew how much more the Sermon on the Mount is than a mere code of rules. So far as it is a code of rules at all, it is one based on the fact of a certain relationship between God and man, and a certain partly revealed character of the Father in heaven. God, who is the Father of mankind, is merciful and kind. We who are His children must be like Him. There was no such revelation of God and His character in the old law. By laws of restriction men had first to learn, and to learn gradually, the holiness of God, who now reveals Himself in holiness and love.

And it was, as we have seen, emphatically declared by our Lord Jesus Christ that He came to fulfil and not to destroy the law and the prophets. In the last chapter we saw how the old dispensation took as its starting-point an already existing notion of consecration or holiness, and attached to the conditions of its maintenance certain moral laws. These moral laws were declared to be the will of Jehovah for the people whom He had favoured by a great deliverance from Egypt, and whom He proposed to hold in a certain relationship with Himself. Israel was a ” holy ” nation, with a definite law to obey. Now the privilege of relationship involved in the call to be ” holy ” was one that would naturally be clung to; but the conditions of the continuance of the privilege were [CCH pg 144] irksome. It was easier to do ceremonial service, to offer sacrifice and burnt offerings to secure the divine favour. But obedience to the divine commandment in other respects was not easy, and the necessity for obedience was hardly learnt. In the last chapter we traced the gradual purification of the conception of the nation’s holiness. We saw how inspired prophets had insight to see in the divine law given to Israel not an arbitrary restriction placed on the liberties of the nation, but an expression in some sense of the divine character. The relationship of the nation to Jehovah was impossible unless His commandments were obeyed, for Jehovah was Himself holy.

Now the new dispensation starts where the old left off, and not where it began. The holiness of God as meaning His character is taken for granted, but there is a further step forward when the moral life of man is seen to be not merely pleasing to God but also an entering into the life of God Himself. The moral law is declared to be not only the expression of the divine will for man, but to be also a manifestation to man of what God is in Himself. God is seen to be Love as well as Holiness.

It would be the very shallowest reading of the New Testament to say that Christ came simply to give a law of human duty of man to man ; came, as we say in modern phraseology, to save society. There is no salvation for society save in the society of God. Christ declared in plain and unmistakable words that He came to give men life eternal. And this is [CCH pg 145] life eternal, to know the Father, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom He sent.

Thus our Lord’s teaching on the Kingdom of Heaven and the Divine Fatherhood is designed to present to us two complementary truths, namely, that man’s moral life can only be regulated by obedience to the divine rule and guidance, while at the same time such rule is not only governance and external control, but is also the means whereby God imparts His own character to us, that we may know it our- selves, and present it before Him for the satisfaction of His infinite love.

Man is not like to horse and mule, which have no understanding. He is not in receipt of a rule for his obedience without a knowledge of its reason. He is not kept in check simply to prevent him from doing mischief. He is himself made to know the ‘ Good,’ the end of his own being, and to become a fellow- worker with God in the fulfilment of that end.

8. The Gospel of Creation.

WE have now reached the stage when some attempt must be made to set forth the Christian answer to the question : What is the Good ? What is the summum bonum, the ideal of human life and endeavour ?

If it be indeed true that man is made in the image of God, and that he can only attain his goal in God Himself, it is clear that the answer to the great question, now more than two thousand years old, is to be found in what God Himself is. We have then to enquire whether we have any reliable knowledge about God.

Have we any means of knowing what God is? We have certainly a means of knowing what He is not, a means which we are ready enough to make use of when we hear unworthy thoughts put forward about Him. The ready answer of the moral reason to every unworthy presentation of what God is is this : I will not believe in any God who is not good, in the sense in which the word ‘ good ‘ can be used of a good man. We must judge anything that claims to be a revelation of the divine by our sense of its moral fitness. [CCH pg 149]

[CCH pg 150]

Now we have seen that it was Jesus Christ who brought the relation between the human and the divine into a clear light, revealing a heavenly Fatherhood, and a Sonship of men. But He claimed to do much more than this. He not only taught the relationship of the human to the divine, He claimed to be Himself both human and divine. There are some who deny this, but such denial makes it necessary either to explain away the obvious meaning of plain words, or to suppose that the words of Jesus as given in the gospels were not His words, but claims made for Him by the reverence of a later time. If we accept the gospels as giving on the whole a faithful representation of the life and words of Christ, His claims to divinity are perfectly clear. And certainly the prologue to St. John’s Gospel could not have been written by one who did not hold the divinity of Christ. ” In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” ” And the Word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, glory as of the only begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth.” The words purport to come from one who had himself known the Incarnate Word.

Assuming as I shall here do that St. John the beloved disciple was the author of the fourth gospel, we gather that Jesus not only revealed the Divine Fatherhood but revealed also the Divine Father. ” If ye had known me, ye would have known my Father also : from henceforth ye know him and have seen him. Philip saith unto him, Lord shew us the Father, [CCH pg 151] and it sufficeth us. Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and dost thou not know me, Philip ? he that hath seen me hath seen the Father ; how sayest thou, shew us the Father ? ” (St. John  14:9).

Jesus Christ then puts His own life before His disciples as a proof of what He claims to be. He has been long time with them. What then, supposing Him to reveal the Father, must the Divine Father be?

When John the Baptist from his prison, as it would seem for the confirmation of his wavering faith that Jesus was the Christ, sent to ask whether He were or not, Jesus sent the two disciples back again with the answer : ” Go your way and tell John the things which ye do hear and see : the blind receive their sight, and the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised up, and the poor have good tidings preached to them.” [St. Matt.  11:4, 5.] These are all works of love and mercy. And indeed the life of Jesus on earth might be summed up in the words : ” He went about doing good.” This must have been the impression left on the minds of the disciples that there was absolutely no self-seeking in Him, that His every thought was for others. Even Judas who betrayed Him did so because the service of His Master was not paying. He grudged his Master’s self-sacrifice.

It is no exaggeration to say that the impression got from a study of the Gospel history is that Jesus had no [CCH pg 152] thought for Himself. It is true that in the garden of Gethsemane He prayed earnestly that the cup of suffering might pass from Him, that He might not drink it, but there was no faltering about the fulfilment of the divine purpose for the redemption of the world. Whatever was needful for ‘ doing good ‘ that He did. In this way did He reveal the Father.

What has just been said will help to throw light on Christ’s answer to the young man enquiring what he was to do to inherit eternal life. After insisting on an observance of the restrictive commandments of God. Jesus told him to go and sell all that he had and give to the poor. Why was this necessary, but because his riches were for him selfishness, self -enjoyment ? To enter into the divine life, all self-seeking and selfishness must be left behind.

The essential character of God is Love. This was the conclusion come to by St. John after living with Jesus Christ, and after working for Him when the Lord was removed from earth, and after quiet meditation on the meaning of what he had seen and heard. God is Love. The apostle’s life was changed by the knowledge of this truth.

And all men whose moral reason is illuminated by the Divine Spirit must conclude : God must be loving if there be any God at all, for otherwise God is not as good as good men, and a God who was not as good as the creatures He has made could not be God at all; He could not be worthy of man’s worship.

God must love His creation, if He be good ; and a [CCH pg 153] God that is not good is a contradiction in terms to the enlightened moral reason. In fact we can see that Christ expressed a far-reaching truth when He said : ” None is good, save one, God.” There is more in the words than might at first appear. Unless the Good find its perfection in Him, there is no such thing as Good, no such thing as perfection. The words have no steady meaning. We had better cease to talk of these things.

But ‘ God is Love ‘ goes far beyond ‘ God is loving.’ The latter only expresses an aspect of His activity, the former expresses His essential character.

God is Love. And yet there is the fact of sin and suffering, and of human misery, to say nothing of the pangs of the brutes and of the whole creation groaning and travailing together in pain now as for long ages past.

But what if all the misery and suffering of the world are only the birth-pangs of a great spiritual creation of love and goodness ?

There has come to me a thought about God which has transfigured everything. It has illuminated for me the whole record of Revelation. It is a thought about God which is not out of touch with the thoughts of men about nature and about man himself ; a thought which seems to explain the long-sealed mystery of finite will, and to unveil the mystery of sin and suffering. It is a thought about God which contains all that is true in every worthy thought that men have ever had about Him, a thought about God [CCH pg 154] which transfigures all life, a thought about God which is indeed life. It is this :

GOD is A BEING WHOSE EVERY THOUGHT is LOVE,

OF WHOSE THOUGHTS NOT ONE IS FOR HlMSELF

SAVE so FAR AS HIMSELF is NOT HIMSELF,

THAT is, so FAR AS THERE is A DISTINCTION OF

PERSONS IN THE GODHEAD. CREATION is ONE GREAT UNSELFISH THOUGHT,

THE BRINGING INTO BEING OF CREATURES WHO CAN KNOW THE HAPPINESS WHICH GOD HlMSELF KNOWS.

God has not one selfish thought. If this be true, and I am profoundly convinced that it is, we shall be able to find a clear and unequivocal answer to the problem, What is the highest good for man ?

That being is perfectly good who finds his own happiness entirely in promoting the good of others.

The Good is finding one’s happiness in the promotion of the Good of others.

This will seem like defining ‘ Good ‘ in terms of itself. But this is quite right. There is really no ambiguity. We have here an infinite series which is perfectly intelligible.

God is not good merely because He provides for the happiness of His creatures, but because He provides for them the same happiness He has Himself ; the happiness not of contentment merely, but of that activity which freely and purposively directs itself to promoting in others the same happiness.

We thus get in the summum bonum both a state of happiness and the activity of promoting happiness. [CCH pg 155] In Chapter III. I pointed out that both activity and passivity must find a place in the final answer as to what is the Good. Here we have them both.

And we may here note that if this thought about God be true we can see that conscience is indeed the voice of God in the human soul, however imperfectly the voice be heard at each stage of human development. Conscience gives men audience of the divine voice as they are able to receive it. The voice accommodates itself, in God’s infinite wisdom and eternal patience, to every child of man according to the circumstances in which he finds himself. It is a revelation of God’s will for that particular person, and that no arbitrary will. Indeed, the word ‘ arbitrary ‘ has no meaning as applied to the Perfect Divine Being.

There is thus an element of truth in the extreme, intuitional view of ethics, which maintains that by a special faculty we know intuitively what we ought to do. This is not true, as I have tried to shew, if by it is meant that we cannot see the reason of the demand made by conscience. The reason lies in God’s own unselfish being, and the end is the purging of us from all selfishness that we may become sharers of the divine life and character. But in so far as the conscience makes demands upon us, it is for the suppression of the cosmic self and the bringing out the true spiritual self.

And this conception of a Perfect Being of infinite love and self-communication is entirely in accord with the highest demands of the moral reason of [CCH pg 156] man, which to a Christian can appear as nothing short of the inspiration of the Holy Spirit of God.

That this illumination of the moral reason could not come to man before Christ came and lived and died, is clear when we reflect that His own life and words are the material on which the moral reason had, as we may put it, to operate.

Moreover, we can see that our day is also a ” fulness of the time,” when the discoveries of science which have all taken place in Christian countries, however much many professing Christians may have disowned them, and disowned too the alliance of science with the teaching of the Church, have made it necessary that some answer of Revelation should be found to the question : What mean all these things ? How is it that the ” cosmic process,” which is one of self- seeking, and the moral intuitions are opposed ?

May it not be that pain and suffering are the means whereby that which is natural is in process of becoming spiritual, by which I mean being made to share in the divine life of perfect and absolute love ? Even the cosmic sets before us by many illus- trations the beauty of altruism ; but it is the altruism of constraint, and not, till it becomes spiritual, is it the altruism of willing freedom, that altruism which is called in the New Testament Love (agaph).

Nor, as will be seen, does this great thought of God give the least encouragement to sin, nor does it in any way deny the sinfulness of sin. It will be impossible to say : ” Let us continue in sin that grace may abound.” The New Testament doctrines of justification [CCH pg 157] and sanctification are seen as they could not otherwise be seen, and the forgiveness of sin is seen to be a necessary law of the spiritual, without in any way lessening the sinfulness of sin.

That terrible bugbear of free will is removed, when we see the hand of God in every page of history; and the will is really free only when we know that we are instruments in God’s hands, not of His wrath but of His Love, which would make us to share His own Life and Love.

The theory of evolution is seen in its sublime beauty, and by welcoming its truth we shall learn to understand better the lesson of Divine love. And every discovery of science will have to be brought to the elucidation of Christian truth.

And in this truth of what God is will come the reunion of Christendom, when the self-seeking and self-assertion of men shall be purged out by the discipline of God’s perfect love. The instinct of gratitude, God’s great gift to man and that by which man can return the divine love, will become supreme in man when he recognises, as he must come to do, the infinite benefit God is bestowing upon him; it will overpower and control all other instincts, and God will shew forth the glory of His perfection in the sons of men.

But it may be said: All this is very well if the thought is true ; but is it true ? Certainly it solves many very serious difficulties that men have hitherto felt weighing them down. [CCH pg 158]

In the fifth chapter I tried to set forth the problem of moral philosophy to reconcile the opposition between self-love and love of others. This opposition disappears altogether in the light of this truth about God. There is really no dualism at all. ‘ Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself becomes possible of fulfilment. And ‘ Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, with all thy mind, and with all thy strength ‘ becomes a necessity. Who can fail to love so perfect a Being of love and self-communication?

We have all along in Christian history been sup- posing that God had a purpose of love for His creation, but that there was also a further selfish purpose of so-called self-love, whereby the creation was to be made to shew forth His glory and His wisdom. But that He has not one selfish thought, this we have never seen before. But it is true. The very thought is the sign of its truth.

Some will say : Yes, a priori it is ; but does it accord with our knowledge of the creation ? What about sin and suffering ? Is there no sin ? I have already said that in the light of this truth of God sin becomes exceedingly sinful. It is seen in all its hideousness as never before.

According to this belief in God, the creation is one great act of love. No state then which the creature finds to be one not of happiness can be a final state. Suffering is disciplinary. Leaving aside the sufferings of the lower animals and looking only at the sufferings of man, we think of these as intended to purge out the carnal which is selfish and to substitute [CCH pg 159] the spiritual which is according to God’s own character. The scene of human life is a great purgatorium of infinite love, wherein the self of the flesh is being transformed into the self of the spirit, the true self, the self that we hear speaking within us, the self which is divine, for we are all potentially children of God.

I can foresee that some will think this doctrine i( dangerous.” If these will reflect upon it the “danger” will vanish.

If God has it for us in store to make us like Him- self with not one selfish thought but finding our perfect happiness in the good of others and this is what the Kingdom of God means then we must suffer, inevitably suffer, nor can we resent the suffering, until the carnal self be wholly eradicated. It is all His work. It is He that is purging us. It is He that prompts us to the acts of self-sacrifice we have to make. And the thought of His infinite love is so overpowering that our instinct of gratitude will, as already said, overpower every other. We simply must respond to His call, the invitation of His love.

It would therefore be wrong and unreasonable to say that this doctrine of God will make men careless.

Nor will it, let it be observed, take men out of the world to save their own souls. Monastic life, regarded as a means of saving the individual soul by privation, is seen not to be the means of a true salvation.

But if this thought of God be true, why have we not known it before ? Because the fulness of time had [CCH pg 160] not come. The great discovery of evolution was necessary to the understanding of this truth, and without the theory of evolution this truth of God is not intelligible at all. Let us try to see how this is.

First let it be clearly stated that the doctrine of evolution is not a denial of divine working. Quite the contrary. Evolution is divine working, but it is working by a method and for an end. There is nothing godless in the doctrine. The whole cosmic process is divine. God is everywhere and in every thing.

But the cosmic process has hitherto been seen to be the direct contrary of what is called moral, and the difficulty has been to see how that which was not moral could be the work of a holy God. The explanation would seem to be this. The cosmic process is the evolution of the self. The moral process which is the preliminary to the spiritual is the discipline of the self until it becomes transformed into its true self like to God Himself in character. There is nothing im- moral in the cosmic process in itself ; it is simply non-moral.

Then what is sin ? Sin is the resistance of the cosmic to the spiritual, the striving of the ” flesh ” against the spirit. It is absolutely and utterly alien to the divine character, and can only be seen to be such by those to whom God imparts the knowledge of what He Himself is. There is no sin in the cosmic until moral reason begins, then comes sin when the cosmic fails to respond to the demand of the spiritual. [CCH pg 161]

But what about the Fall ? On this subject I propose to say something further on in the eleventh chapter. Preconceived notions of how the story of the Fall is to be interpreted must not make us shut our eyes to fuller truth which God would make known to us. The truths made known in Revelation must all be seen in their right perspective, and the truth about God will bring into their proper places all the separate truths the Holy Scriptures contain.

According to the theory of evolution, man is evolved from a lower form of life. In so far as man was a part of the cosmic process, he was a creature of instincts uncontrolled by reason. Nor would the dawn of reason other than moral bring what we call responsibility. Responsibility only comes in when the moral reason begins, because man has then set before him some ideal of what he may become and he knows that he ought to become it. I do not mean by this that man attains at once to a knowledge of the summum, bonum I That of course would be quite absurd, for men are still asking what is the highest Good. But man has some notion of a ‘ Good,’ as human language shews ; and the languages of men tell unmistakably, some more than others, of a knowledge of duty and so forth. These things are undeniable. But they are not the same in the savage as in the civilised community; and it is absurd to suppose that when moral reason began in men, it had the fulness of its more developed light. Of course it had not. But man realised gradually, by the slow growth of conscience within him, that self -restriction [CCH pg 162] and self-suppression were expected of him for the good of others. All this was the work of the Divine Spirit, and in so far as He was teaching men the sacrifice of themselves, we may say that it was the work of the Spirit of Holiness. But the gift of the essentially Holy Spirit could not come to men until Jesus Christ had set forth a life of perfect self- sacrifice and perfect love; had, that is, perfectly revealed God and the demands the divine character made upon men. This is the spiritual ideal. To man, who is a moral being, this spiritual ideal makes its appeal, and the appeal made is ever by the operation of the Holy Spirit in men’s hearts. Thus the natural man has become more and more the spiritual man, but not without retrogressions and resistance.

It may be said that all the suffering that has been undergone in the process of evolution is revolting to our moral reason. But it is absurd to speak as if all the sufferings that have ever been endured could be put together as if they were one collective suffering endured by one sentient being. After all the lifetime of any one sentient being is but short, and we know not what happens at death, because we have not passed through it. But we have no reason to suppose that all that has happened in the way of suffering has not in the eternal beyond its counterpart of joy. We can see so little of the process that we are incapable of judging of the whole. We discern the divine perfection in our moral reason, and we believe that the Judge of all the earth must do right. [CCH pg 163]

For ourselves, if once we can learn the truth of God’s love love without reserve and without stint we shall welcome suffering when it comes, though we shall not invite it, as the discipline of ourselves into the truer selves, which we cannot but wish to become.

That much of the disease and suffering in the world is due to sin, is undeniable, and we do not yet know how much of what we suffer is due to our own selfish- ness and the selfishness of the generations that are past, who have bequeathed to us a heritage of woe as well as of partial goodness. The solidarity of man- kind is a truth that science has made clear to us, and it is of no use to shut our eyes to it. It may well be that there are great discoveries yet to be made which will throw light on the problem of suffering. It may be that we shall come to see how every suffering is a corrective of some self-assertion.

God has not one selfish thought. But what has become of the Holiness of God, if God is essentially Love, self-communicating Love? The answer to this is that in the light of the great truth of what God is, Holiness and Love are seen to be one. Holiness appears as sternness to the natural, carnal man; it is seen as Perfect Love to the spiritual man. “God is light, and in him is no darkness at all.” “God is love.” “Perfect love casteth out fear.” When Holiness comes to be seen by us as Love, the fear of God and the love of God will become one.

The sternness of the Old Testament revelation is explained to us when we come to understand that God [CCH pg 164] reveals Himself to men as they are able to receive Him, and that the hard thoughts men have had about God have been a reflection of their own hardness and selfishness.

I have ventured to borrow from elsewhere a phrase to sum up the contents of this chapter. “The Gospel of Creation” is meant to describe, to use Bishop Westcott’s words, that the promise of the Incarnation was included in the creation of man, and that it was independent of the Fall. [See Bishop Westcott's Essay in his Epistles of St. John.] In borrowing this singularly apt phrase I have not done so to make anyone responsible for the views which I have here expressed.

It has long ago been seen that the Christian doctrine of the Trinity in Unity, though not discovered by reason but seen to be contained in the expressions of Revelation, is demanded by reason, and can therefore be welcomed by reason. A solitary monad it has been recognised could have neither thought nor love. Some distinction of Persons in the Godhead then is needed for the Divine Perfection.

But it does not seem to have been sufficiently realised by those who have taken hold of this thought that the relation of the Creation to the Perfect Divine Being is left unexplained. If God be Perfect and Complete in Himself why is there a creation at all ? According to Pantheism God is not Perfect and Complete in Himself and creation is a necessary part of the Divine Being. [CCH pg 165]

But then of course Pantheism is seen to be unsatisfactory because it makes no proper distinction between good and evil.

Now I cannot but think that this Gospel of Creation seizes what is of the truth in Pantheism and at the same time reconciles the apparent contradiction involved in the Christian doctrine of the Trinity. For the truth seems to me to be that while the divine wisdom and power are manifested everywhere in the creation, the creation is not, in its becoming, a reflection of the divine character.

There is a sense in which it is true that “whatever is right.” But this aphorism is wholly and hopelessly false if it be taken to mean that there is no such thing as evil in the world. Nor will men ever get free from evil except by learning to call it by its proper name. Evil is the negation of the divine character in beings endowed with moral reason, and is due to the failure of moral beings to respond to the demands of the spiritual upon them. This is the permanent truth contained in the story of the Fall, about which something will be said in a later chapter.

What then according to the Gospel of Creation here set forth is the relation of the Creation to God Himself? Is the Creation necessary?

We have to be careful to understand what we mean by speaking of necessity when we are thinking of the Being or Activity of God. There is as I understand it no necessity at all with God except the necessity of His Own Infinite Perfection. God is conditioned by [CCH pg 166] nothing but by His Own Goodness. There is not a something called Holiness to which God conforms. Holiness is the divine character. To ask whether God could be different from what He is seems to me non-sensical.

The creation then, as I understand it, cannot be said to be necessary except so far as it may be a necessary expression of the Divine Perfection. And in this sense I should say that the creation is necessary. It is and I think the thought is intelligible a necessary expression of the Divine Love, necessary, that is, to give satisfaction to that Infinite Love.

But it must be borne in mind that the creation if regarded as a necessary thought of Divine Love, a thought not of contemplation only but of ceaseless activity, must not be interpreted as to us it seems. For we are only in the process of becoming, and can only very partially enter into the eternal thought of which it is the expression. The creation, as I under- stand it, is one great thought of love, the bringing into being of creatures who can know the happiness God Himself knows, who can partially enter into the Divine Perfection.

I am aware that human language fails to express the truth about God. Thus I have spoken of ” the thoughts of God.” But the plural word ‘ thoughts ‘ suggests succession and so change, whereas the Eternal Being cannot be conceived of as changing. When I say that of God’s thoughts not one is for Himself except so far as Himself is not Himself, I confess that I am using human language where it is inadequate, [CCH pg 167] but it conveys to my own mind a truth which I desire to commend to others.

What we call the thoughts of God are only parts, of our making, of one great thought. But we are lost through inability to grasp this stupendous thought. We must acknowledge, and with profound humility, the divine incomprehensibleness.

The Gospel of Creation does not, it must be acknowledged, solve the problem of the relation of this earth of ours to the other parts of the great and apparently infinite universe. But though our earth is but a speck of dust in comparison with the whole, we know well within ourselves that we have the promise of a far higher destiny than anything this earth can give us. Yet it is for the time being the scene and the means of our discipline. For my own part I believe that nothing material avails anything except as the means whereby persons made in the divine image can come to know one another, and collectively come to know Him who has made us all to be sharers in the Divine Life and Character of Holiness and Love manifested forth in Infinite Wisdom.

9. Pauline Theology.

IT will be seen that the thoughts of the preceding chapter throw much light upon many points in the Pauline theology, which is the complement of the Johannine theology of love, but in no way opposed to it. The two theologies will be found to blend in perfect harmony in the light of this great truth of God.

First of all we can see how the Pauline teaching on the opposition of flesh and spirit is illuminated by the doctrine of evolution of which something was said in the last chapter. The flesh is the non-moral part of man, that part of him which belongs, if we may so say, to the ” cosmic process,” which is in opposition to the moral, for the ” cosmic ” is self-asserting, the moral self-restricting. There is nothing in the ” flesh ” which is in itself evil, for in the very epistle in which the contrast between flesh and spirit is specially insisted on St. Paul speaks of Jesus Christ being ” born of the seed of David according to the flesh ” (kata sarka) [Romans 1. 3:17] [CCH pg 172] and again speaking of Israel he says of them : ” whose are the fathers, and of whom is Christ as concerning the flesh (ex wn o cristoj to kata sarka) who is over all, God blessed for ever.” [Romans 9:5.]

But though Christ was God manifest in the flesh, He was not kata sarka, for concerning this St. Paul writes : ” For they that are after the flesh (kata sarka) do mind the things of the flesh ; but they that are after the spirit the things of the spirit. For the mind of the flesh is death ; but the mind of the spirit is life and peace : because the mind of the flesh is enmity against God ; for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be : and they that are in the flesh (en sarki) cannot please God. But ye are not in the flesh but in the spirit (en pneumati) if so be that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you. But if any man hath not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his. And if Christ is in you, the body is dead because of sin; but the spirit is life because of righteousness. But if the Spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwelleth in you, he that raised up Christ Jesus from the dead shall quicken also your mortal bodies through his Spirit that dwelleth in you.” [Romans 8:5-11.]

We see then that the sarx in St. Paul corresponds with the kosmoj in St. John. ” Love not the world (ton kosmon) neither the things that are in the world (ta en tw kosmw). If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the vainglory of life (tou biou) is not of the [CCH pg 173] Father, but is of the world. And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof ; but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever.” [1 John 2:15-17.]

But the kosmoj is not in itself evil any more than the sarx is with St. Paul. It is St. John who records the words : ” God so loved the world (ton kosmon), that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on him should not perish, but have eternal life. For God sent not the Son into the world (ton kosmon) to condemn the world but that the world (o kosmoj) through him might be saved.” [St. John 3:16, 17. It is not worth while to discuss here whether these are the Lord's own words or a comment by St. John himself on what the Lord had just before said. See Westcott's St. John.]

But to return to St. Paul. It is instructive, in illustration of what has been said above on the sarx to recall his famous ” allegory ” of the two covenants in Gal. iv. Here he writes : ” It is written, that Abraham had two sons, one by the handmaid, and one by the freewoman. Howbeit the son by the hand- maid is born after the flesh (kata sarka) ; but the son by the freewoman is born through promise (di epaggeliaj), which things contain an allegory,” which allegory he then sets forth, and then continues : ” Now we brethren, as Isaac was, are children of promise. But as then he that was born after the flesh persecuted him that was born after the Spirit (ton kata pneuma) even so it is now.”

It will be noticed that the first time St. Paul speaks [CCH pg 174] of Isaac as being ” through promise,” the second time as being ” according to spirit ” (kata pneuma). The point of this seems to be that Isaac was the son of his father’s old age when the natural desires of the flesh not wrong in themselves, yet self-asserting would have abated. It was not according to fleshly desire but according to the promise of God that Isaac was conceived. Hagar and Sarah, then, or Ishmael and Isaac, taken by St. Paul to represent the two covenants, might be taken also to represent the cosmic and the spiritual.

We pass next to St. Paul’s doctrine of justification and consider this also in the light of the thought of last chapter. And I think we shall see at once that it shines forth with a wondrous light. For according to the Gospel of Creation, God sees what presents itself to our eyes as the cosmic in a process of be- coming spiritual as having attained its end. It is impossible for us creatures of time and space to enter into this great thought, but feebly as we can penetrate the eternal we can discern that what to us is becoming, to God is. God then sees us as we are meant to be and looks not upon our sins for judgment save so far as we are living in sin and continuing therein. When then men, seeing what God calls them to be, respond to the call and seek to become obedient to the truth of life as Christ has taught it, they are invited to see themselves as God sees them ; they are justified that they may become sanctified. “There is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus. For [CCH pg 175] the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus made me free from the law of sin and of death. For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God, sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh and as an offering for sin, condemned sin in the flesh : that the ordinance of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh but after the spirit.” [Rom. 8:1-4.]

We may compare the words of St. John’s Gospel : ” He that believeth on him is not judged : he that believeth not hath been judged already, because he hath not believed on the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the judgment, that the light is come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light; for their works were evil. For everyone that doeth ill hateth the light, and cometh not to the light, lest his works should be reproved. But he that doeth the truth cometh to the light, that his works may be made manifest that they have been wrought in God.” [St. John 3:18 ff.]

” Justified ” in Pauline language means ‘ declared just,’ ‘ forgiven,’ ‘rescued from the judgment,’ which judgment only threatens men until they become obedient to the truth of God.

Faith too, the faith by which man is justified, is in St. Paul essentially a product of the moral reason. Man sees a perfect spiritualising of human life effected by Christ Himself and believes that the same operation is possible for himself by the grace of the Holy Spirit. He enters then upon the life of [CCH pg 176] self-renunciation, having crucified the flesh with its affections and lusts, without fear of judgment.

If it were required to define in words the difference between the theology of St. John and that of St. Paul, it might be said that, among other differences, this stands out clear: while St. John sees the essential nature of God, St. Paul discerns more particularly the divine economy. This difference can be illustrated by setting side by side with St. John’s dogmatic statement ” God is Light ” that of St. Paul : ” Seeing it is God that said, Light shall shine out of darkness, who shined in our hearts, to give the light of the know- ledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.” [2 Cor. 4:6.] And by St. John’s words ” God is Love ” we set what St. Paul says: u God commendeth his own love to- wards us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us.”

Characteristic of St. Paul’s point of view are those fine outburts of praise and wonderment which occur in the Epistle to the Romans: “O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God ! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways past tracing out ! For who hath known the mind of the Lord ? or who hath been his counsellor ? or who hath first given to him, and it shall be recompensed unto him again ? For of him, and through him, and unto him are all things. To him be the glory for ever. Amen.” [Rom.  11:33-36.] And again: “Now to him that is able to stablish you according to my Gospel and the preaching [CCH pg 177] of Jesus Christ, according to the revelation of the mystery which hath been kept in silence through times eternal, but now is manifested, and by the scriptures of the prophets, according to the commandment of the eternal God, is made known unto all the nations unto obedience of faith ; to the only wise God, through Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory for ever. Amen.” [Rom.  16:25--27.]

And in keeping with these recognitions of the wisdom of the divine economy are those words of the Apostle in the Epistle to the Ephesians : ” Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places in Christ : even as he chose us in him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blemish before him in love : having foreordained us unto adoption as sons through Jesus Christ unto himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glory of his grace, which lie freely bestowed on us in the Beloved : in whom we have our redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of our trespasses, according to the riches of his grace, which he made to abound toward us in all wisdom and prudence, having made known unto us the mystery of his will, according to his good pleasure, which he purposed in him unto a dispensation of the fulness of the times, to sum up all things in Christ, the things in the heavens, and the things upon the earth ; in him, I say, in whom also we were made a heritage, having been foreordained according to the [CCH pg 178] purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of his will ; to the end that we should be unto the praise of his glory, we who had before hoped in Christ; in whom ye also, having heard the word of the truth, the gospel of your salvation in whom, having also believed, ye were sealed with the Holy Spirit of promise, which is an earnest of our inheritance, unto the redemption of God’s own possession, unto the praise of his glory.” [Eph. 1. 3-14.]

With this we may compare but the passage is too long to add to an already long quotation the opening words of the third chapter of this same epistle, in which the manifold wisdom of God is exhibited in the unfolding purpose of the ages, the mystery of universal redemption.

It is characteristic of St. Paul’s view of the divine economy that he recognises the working of God, even where God Himself was unrecognised but unconsciously served. “Rulers are not a terror to the good work, but to the evil. And wouldest thou have no fear of the power ? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise from the same : for he is a minister (diakonoj) of God to thee for good.” [Rom.  13:3, 4.] And again: “For this cause ye pay tribute also ; for they are ministers of God’s service (leitourgoi gar qeou eisin), attending continually upon this very thing.” [ 13:6.]

And in keeping with this is the Apostle’s view of the divine justice overruling all : ” For as many as have sinned without law shall also perish without law : and as many as have sinned under law shall be judged by [CCH pg 179] law ; for not the hearers of a law are just before God, but the doers of a law shall be justified : for when Gentiles which have no law do by nature the things of the law, these, having no law, are a law unto them- selves ; in that they shew the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience bearing witness therewith, and their thoughts one with another accusing or else excusing them ; in the day when God shall judge the secrets of men, according to my gospel, by Jesus Christ.” [Rom. 2:12-16.]

But everywhere in St. Paul, though the thought of the divine economy seems more prominent than that of the divine character, yet this latter is unmistakably taken for granted, and is essential to the understanding of the other. The great divine purpose goes steadily forward to its fulfilment. And this purpose is not simply a renewed social order, though it includes this ; it is humanity, redeemed humanity, becoming a sharer in the divine life. It is humanity “according to God” (kata qeon). We feel all through in reading St. Paul that man’s moral life is a reflection of the Divine, and that by it man is to come to a knowledge of the Divine. His doctrine of the New Man is no mere positivist conception of a perfected humanity which can be satisfied with itself. It is humanity not by itself, but in its relation to God. “This I say therefore and testify in the Lord, that ye no longer walk as the Gentiles also walk, in the vanity of their mind, being darkened in their understanding, alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is [CCH pg 180] in them, because of the hardening of their heart ; who being past feeling gave themselves up to lasciviousness, to work all uncleanness with greediness. But ye did not so learn Christ; if so be that ye heard him, and were taught in him, even as truth is in Jesus ; that ye put away, as concerning your former manner of life, the old man, which waxeth corrupt after the lusts of deceit ; and that ye be renewed in the spirit of your mind, and put on the new man, which, after God, hath been created in righteousness and holiness of the truth (ton kainn anqrwpon ton kata qeon ktisqenta en dikaiosunh kai osiothti thj alhqeiaj)” [Eph. 4:17-24.]

This expression “the new man who is created kata qeon” is a striking one. We have not in the words kata qeon merely an equivalent of upo qeou, as if God were the Author of the Creation here spoken of, true as this would be. If we compare the parallel passage in Colossians 3:10 ” Seeing that ye have put off the old man with his doings, and have put on the new man which is being renewed unto knowledge after the image of him that created him ” we cannot but be reminded of the purpose of man’s creation from the first ” God created man in his own image.”

This conception of man kata qeon will then assist us to understand St. Paul’s doctrine of Sanctification (agiasmoj). Man’s moral life is not obedience to rule on pain of punishment, but a sharing in the divine life; not a law, but a life.

St. Paul teaches holiness then, not morality; or rather it would be truer to say he links morality with [CCH pg 181] holiness, which is its interpretation. Needless to say St. Paul’s conception of sanctification is emphatically ethical. Here are some exhortations of his in which the word ‘sanctification’ occurs three times consecutively : ” For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye abstain from fornication ; that each one of you know how to possess himself of his own vessel in sanctification and honour, not in the passion of lust, even as the Gentiles which know not God ; that no man transgress, and wrong his brother in the matter : because the Lord is an avenger in all these things, as also we forewarned you and testified. For God called us not for uncleanness, but in sanctification. Therefore he that rejecteth, rejecteth not man, but God, who giveth his Holy Spirit unto you.” [1 Thess. 4:3-6.]

It is unfortunate that the sameness of root, in the original, of the words for ‘ sanctification ‘ and ‘ holy ‘ in the expression ‘ Holy Spirit ‘ is lost in translation. Holiness would of course not do as the rendering of agiasmoj which denotes rather the progress and advancement into a state of holiness than the final attainment of it; God has called us in a process of being hallowed. The cosmic process is to the Christian exchanged for a spiritual process.

We must not take ‘ Sanctification ‘ as if it were only in antithesis with ‘ uncleanness ‘ and synonymous with ‘ cleanness.’ That would be to narrow the meaning of it, and to forget the connection, which must never be forgotten, between holiness and God himself, of which connection we are reminded here by the words : ” He [CCH pg 182] that rejecteth, rejecteth not man but God, who giveth his Holy Spirit unto you.” This process of hallowing is the work of the Divine Spirit Himself, bringing men into their true relationship with God, which true relationship can never be realised except by man’s recognition of God’s own Character as Holy. Man becomes voluntarily enslaved to God, rendering Him a willing obedience, and in so doing has his “fruit unto sanctification, and the end eternal life.” [Rom. 6:22.]

St. Paul in that wonderful appreciation of his, contained in the Epistle to the Romans, of the wisdom of the divine economy, in the preparation for the gospel of Christ, dwells on the purpose served by the law. He teaches that it set before men a standard of righteousness without. Through the commandment sin was seen to be exceeding sinful. The law served to awaken the conscience which else had not known sin. To be made to know what separates from God is the first step towards establishing a relationship with Him. Therefore the Law was holy, and the commandment holy, and righteous and good.

The moral law then is the expression of the divine will, not arbitrary (for it were absurd to think of arbitrariness in such a connection) but necessary. Only by it could man be brought to know the Divine Character. In the conscience is heard not the voice of man, however consentient, but the voice of God Himself. The Law was holy. “He that rejecteth, rejecteth not man but God.” [CCH pg 183]

No one can say then that St. Paul’s teaching is not moral, or that it could have any other result than the inculcation of a high morality ; but men are made to see themselves in their true relation not only to man but to God. We revert once more to those words in the grand opening chapter of the Epistle to the Ephesians which speak of God ” having chosen us out for Himself in Christ before the foundation of the world (pro katabokhj kosmou), that we should be holy and without blemish before Him in love.”

What a conception we have here ! It may be thought that this is purely speculation, and hardly appropriate to the actual facts of life. But if it be not the truth, how did man ever attain to such a conception ? It is harder to believe that this is useless speculation than it is to believe that we have here the truth of man’s being as it is revealed by the teaching of the Divine Spirit.

We have in these words of St. Paul a statement of God’s eternal purpose. What we now call the evolution of the universe is seen to be not purposeless or aimless. From the first (pro katabokhj kosmou) God has chosen out a people for Himself, that they should be holy and without blemish before Him. Here is redeemed humanity viewed from the Divine standpoint. Man is to be holy, consecrated to God, and he is to be with- out blemish, that is, a perfect and acceptable offering to a Perfect Being. The language is the language of sacrifice ; the metaphor is sacrificial. The sacrifice is holy because offered to God, and the character of the victim must correspond with the character of Him to [CCH pg 184] whom it is made. There must be no blemish. [The epithet amwmoj is used in the LXX. in this sense. See Light- foot's note on this verse in Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, p. 313.] And it is God Himself who is here represented as deciding upon the fitness of the offering that is made to Him. We are to be without blemish before Him (katenwpion autou). As Bishop Lightfoot says of this : ” God Himself is thus regarded as the great mwmoskopoj who inspects the victims and takes cognizance of the blemishes.” But while there is inherent in this con- ception the thought of judgment, that is not the chief thought of the passage. For if God Himself has made choice of the offering which is to be made to Him, then He Himself can purify His own offering. The thought is to encourage rather ‘ than to terrify. [Note the mention of Adoption (nioqesia) in verse 5.]

The same thought of the Divine cleansing of the offering made to Himself is prominent in another figure used by St. Paul in a later chapter of the Ephesian Epistle. ” Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave himself up for it that he might sanctify it (agiash), having cleansed it by the washing of water with the word, that he might present the church to himself a glorious church (endoxon), not having spot or wrinkle or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish (agia kai amwmoj).” [Eph. 5:25-27.]

We do not stand in our relation to God as individuals merely, but as members of one body. This [CCH pg 185] thought will be further developed in the chapter on the Holy Catholic Church.

But while it must be acknowledged that we do not enter into the divine life alone as so many independent units, we must yet never forget the important truth that man’s moral and spiritual life cannot be interpreted only in relation to his fellows, nor can we explain the conscience of the individual in relation merely to the claims upon him of the society in which he lives. Society cannot create a conscience except there be already a conscience in the individuals composing it. The moral value of man lies in his individual personality, even though it may require an environment of society to give his moral personality a field of action. Society does not make the personality or create its responsibility. As Dr. Martineau has well said : ” Mere magnitude of scale carries no moral quality ; nor could a whole population of devils by unanimous ballot confer righteousness upon their will and make it binding on a single Abdiel. Such as the natures are, separately taken, such will be the collective sum; no crowd of pigmies can add themselves up into a God ; and self- love multiplied by self-love will only become self-love of higher power.” [Religion, p. 67.]

There is of course an element of truth in the doctrine that the human conscience is from the society. For as Dr. Martineau says again : ” If you will take ‘society’ to mean the affiliated multitude of consciences, the common council of responsible 1 Seat of Authority [CCH pg 186] men, then it is most true that the moral authority which we acknowledge, is brought to an intense focus in our minds by the reflected light of theirs ; and we should but dimly own it, did they not own it too.” But the fact that society expects something of us, while it may quicken our sense of duty, does not create it.

To return to St. Paul. We may say that the thought of holiness in his writings is that of consecration, the notion of such consecration being associated with that of fitness. Man in Christ is consecrated to God; man possessed by the Holy Spirit of God enters into the mind of Christ and the spirit of His obedience. The Divine Spirit changes man and by degrees makes effectual his original consecration. Such a gradual process is suggested by the word agiasmoj (sanctification) which is not the same as agiothj (holiness), which refers rather to the final character whereto the agiasmoj is directed. The actual expression, ‘ the Holiness of God,’ does not find a place in St. Paul’s writings, unless we take tou qeouin 2 Cor. 1. 12 to depend both on agiothti and on eilikrinia a dependence which is, to say the least, extremely doubtful.

In the Epistle to the Hebrews, which, though not Pauline in authorship is yet Pauline in doctrine, the term holiness (agiothj) is used as defining the divine character, in which Christians are called upon to share. In the twelfth chapter of the epistle the divine chastening is said to be for our profit that we [CCH pg 187] may share God’s holiness (eij to metalabein thjagiothtoj autou). The thought of sharing the divine character is particularly appropriate to the general tenor of the passage in which the Sonship of Christians to the divine Father is specially insisted on. To speak of men as sons of God would be, of course, extremely inappropriate, unless there were some common type of character between the Divine and Human. Perhaps this thought is not absent from the words of 2:11 : ” For both he that sanctifieth and they that are sanctified are all of one.” But such a thought is not the only one, for in these words special stress is being laid on the oneness of the human nature of Jesus and those whom He is pleased to call His brethren.

And in the Epistle to the Hebrews as in St. Paul’s own epistles, we find the notion of consecration very prominent, and the Christian consecration is regarded, as in St. Paul, in connection with the bringing to perfection. [See Bishop Westcott's note on Heb. 2:10 (teleiwsij).] That is to say, there is not merely consecration, but what we should call sanctification, which is the process of consummating the final purpose of that consecration.

And the meaning of human consecration is understood only by the offering of Jesus Christ Himself to fulfil the divine will.

“When he cometh into the world he saith, Sacrifice and offering thou wouldest not, But a body didst thou prepare for me ; In whole burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin thou hadst no pleasure : [CCH pg 188]

Then said I, Lo, I am come
(In the roll of the book it is written of me)
To do thy will, O God.”

Saying above, Sacrifices and offerings and whole burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin thou wouldest not, neither hadst pleasure therein (the which are offered according to the law) then hath he said, Lo, I am come to do thy will. He taketh away the first, that he may establish the second. In the which will (en wi qelhmati) we have been sanctified (hgiasmenoi esmen) through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.” [Heb. 10:5-10.]

But there is, to say it again, no suggestion of arbitrariness in the divine will. The divine will cannot be dissociated from the divine character. It is absolutely necessary for man being relative, and having nothing that he has not received, to learn the divine character by obedience to the divine will.

Christ perfectly fulfilled the divine will and manifested the divine character under the conditions of earth. To interpret the thought contained in the words ” A body didst thou prepare for me,” Bishop Westcott says : ” The King, the representative of men, recognises in the manifold organs of His personal power His body the one fitting means for rendering service to God. Through this in its fulness He can do God’s will. Not by anything outside Himself, not by animals in sacrifices, not by the fruits of the earth in offerings, but by the use of His own endowments, as He is enabled to use them, He will accomplish that which God designed for Him to do.”

[CCH pg 189] But as we have already seen the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews presently goes on to speak of sharing the divine holiness, implying that the fulfilling of the divine will as made known to man, under the conditions of his essentially relative position, was an entering into the knowledge of the divine character. And we may put this the other way and say that the knowledge of the divine character, that thought about God which I set forth in the last chapter, enables us, in a way unknown before, to take our place in the fulfilment of the divine will.

I am convinced then that the Gospel of Creation as I tried to set it forth in the preceding chapter throws a flood of light on the whole of the Pauline teaching respecting (1) Flesh and Spirit, (2) Justification and Sanctification

10. The Will

IN the New Testament Scriptures it is but rarely that any reference is made to the human will, but the thought of the divine will is everywhere prominent. Before then we discuss the question of ” free will ” it will be well to get some clear notion of what we mean by will, and this we can best do by investigating what is meant in the New Testament by God’s Will

Jesus Christ taught His disciples to pray to the Father in heaven : ” Thy will be done, as in heaven so on earth (genhqhtw to qelhma sou wj en ouranwi kai epi ghj).” [St. Matt. 6:10.] He taught them that entrance into the kingdom of heaven was not for such as said to Him, Lord, Lord, but for him ” that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven.” [St. Matt. 7:21.] And when His mother and brethren were seeking for Him and making claims which relationship seemed to them to give them a title to, He said ” Who is my mother and my brethren ? And looking round on them which sat [CCH pg 194] round about him he saith, Behold, my mother and my brethren ! For whosoever shall do the will of God, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother.” [St. Mark. 3:33 ff.]

And in St. John’s gospel Jesus speaks of Himself as seeking and doing the will of Him who sent Him. ” My meat is to do the will of him that sent me, and to accomplish his work.” [St. John 4:34.] And again : ” I can of myself (ap emautou) do nothing : as I hear, I judge : and my judgment is righteous; because I seek not mine own will, but the will of him that sent me.” [St. John 5:30.] And similarly : ” I am come down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me.” And this time He discloses that will : ” This is the will of him that sent me, that of all that which he hath given me I should lose nothing, but should raise it up at the last day. For this is the will of my Father, that every one that beholdeth the Son, and believeth on him, should have eternal life.” [St. John 6:38 ff.]

We may notice in passing that Christ speaks of His own will as distinguished from that of His Father. ” I am come not to do mine own will.” And in the garden of Gethsemane He prayed in words, which, as reported by St. Luke, are : ” Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me : nevertheless not my will, but thine be done.” [St. Luke  22:42.] To this conflict of the will we must return presently when we come to speak of human will.

To return now to the divine will. St. Paul in the grand opening chapter of the Epistle to the Ephesians, [CCH pg 195] about which something was said in the preceding chapter of this essay, three times makes mention of the will of God, using the word qelhma in a different combination each time. He speaks of God ” having foreordained us unto adoption as sons through Jesus Christ unto himself, according to the good pleasure of his will (kata thn eudokian tou qelhmatoj autou),” and speaks too of ” the mystery of his will (to musthrion tou qelhmatoj autou) according to his good pleasure which he purposed in him unto a dispen- sation of the fulness of the times,” and then he speaks of ” him who worketh all things after the counsel of his will (kata thn boulhn tou qelhmatoj autou).”

We get from these words the notion of a great purpose of God willed by Him not in time but from all eternity, a purpose long hidden but at length dis- closed (to musthrion).

Again and again in the epistles we have mention of the Will of God which Christians are to fulfil, and there is one passage in 1 Peter where the divine Will is personified and made the subject of the verb to will : ” It is better if the Will of God will (ei qeloi to qelhma tou qeou) that ye suffer for well-doing, than for evil-doing.” [1 Peter 3:17.]

Now it may seem strange to begin a discussion on the human will by reference to the divine will, with which it would seem it is hardly comparable. But I believe that we shall get clearer notions by so doing.

” To will ” with us is to change ; it is a definite [CCH pg 196] activity in time differing from previous activities. But we cannot conceive of an Eternal God thus willing. This only can we lay hold of, that according to the New Testament the creation is set forth as a great will or purpose of God, having its meaning in what God Himself is, in what we have already called His Character. The Will is inseparable in thought from the Character of Him who wills.

If the Gospel of Creation be true, God’s Character is absolute and perfect self-communicating Love. His Will then must perfectly correspond.

But our character is only in process of formation ; we have a certain character which is, however, liable to change, and must change if we are to make pro- gress. Consequently our wills are not constant but liable to change.

Our characters have been partly formed for us by the cosmic process, and we have made them what they are by our response or non-response to the demands of our conscience. We are not wholly spiritual. There is still in us the self-asserting element, the carnal mind. There is a dualism in our nature. This is that of which St. Paul spoke in those classical words of his which we must here quote : ” We know that the law is spiritual (pneumatikoj) : but I am carnal (sarkinoj), sold under sin. For that which I work (katergazomai) I know not: for not what I would (o qelw) that do I practise ; but what I hate, that I do. But if what I would not, that I do, I consent unto the law that it is good (kaloj). So now it is no more I that do it, but sin which dwelleth in [CCH pg 197] me. For I know that in me, that is in my flesh (en th sarki mou) dwelleth no good thing (agaqon) ; for to will (to qelein) is present with me, but to work that which is good (to kalon) is not. For the good which I would I do not: but the evil which I would not, that I practise. But if what I would not that I do, it is no more I that do it, but sin which dwelleth in me. I find then the law that to me who would do good, evil is present. For I delight in the law of God after the inward man (kata ton esw anqrwpon): but I see a different law in my members, warring against the law of my mind (tw vomw tou nooj mou), and bringing me into captivity under the law of sin which is in my members. O wretched man that I am ! who shall deliver me out of this body of death ? I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord. So then I myself with the mind serve the law of God : but with the flesh the law of sin.” [Romans 7:14 ff.]

This is profoundly true to experience, this conflict of the cosmic with the spiritual ; and the cosmic with us is not pure cosmic, for through spiritual disobedience of those from whom we have inherited ourselves as well as through our own disobedience, there is much of the law or principle of sin. There is in us original as well as actual sin. The cosmic is not sinful save when it opposes itself to the spiritual. While the cosmic is ignorant of the spiritual it is free from sin ; but the law, the spiritual law, by its advent makes sin possible, and the neglect of the cosmic to respond to the demands of the spiritual is sin. On [CCH pg 198] the other hand the response of the cosmic to the spiritual is spiritual growth, a spiritualising of the cosmic.

The cosmic then is only sinful when it refuses to be spiritualised. Sin apart from moral reason is an impossibility. Consequently we do not speak of animals not endowed with moral reason as having sin ; but every man whose moral reason is enlightened knows himself to have failed to respond to the demands of conscience, knows that he has sinned and that he has sin.

There is a distinction between these two. The one expresses a past act, the other a present state. Every action we perform influences the character for good or for evil.

The character is the man, and you cannot separate the will from the character. A man will act according to his character. Given the character and the circumstances in which the man finds himself, and his conduct is determined.

It will be said that this is determinism and not free will. If so, I must acknowledge that I am a determinist, and I think St. Paul was a determinist. But it must not be supposed that determinism is inconsistent with responsibility. I hold that every being with moral reason is responsible, that is to say, he has a potentiality of response to the demands of conscience, but not necessarily an ability to respond. St. Paul said : ” The good which I would I do not : but the evil which I would not, that I practise.” This was his state before he found himself set free by Christ, [CCH pg 199] for it is to Him he attributes the freedom of the will, freedom, that is, to do what he saw to be good.

And this is strictly in accord with Christ’s own teaching as recorded in St. John’s gospel. Let a quotation be here made in proof of this.

” Jesus therefore said to those Jews which had believed him, If ye abide in my word, then are ye truly my disciples ; and ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free. They answered him, We be Abraham’s seed, and have never yet been in bondage to any man : how sayest thou, Ye shall be made free ? Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Every one that committeth sin is the bondservant of sin. And the bondservant abideth not in the house for ever: the son abideth for ever. If therefore the Son shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed.” [St. John 8:31-36.]

Christ then taught clearly that men were not free until they knew the truth ; and the truth as He spoke of it, was the truth of God Himself. ” This is life eternal, that they should know thee the only true God, and him whom thou didst send, even Jesus Christ.” And Christ said of Himself in words whose truth the whole world will come to recognise : ” I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life : no one cometh unto the Father but by me.”

It must be a familiar experience with us all that when we are going to act deliberately we seem to ourselves free to act in any way we choose. But afterwards when we come to reflect on what we have [CCH pg 200] O done we feel sure that we could not have acted differently. Yet we hate ourselves if we have done wrong, done that which was contrary to the prompting of our consciences. And even if we have been able to do what was right, we do not feel that credit is due to us. We are thankful to have been kept from a fall into sin. This seems to me to be the true attitude of mind for a Christian.

But that we are not responsible I could not for one moment allow. Responsibility comes from the discernment between right and wrong; knowing that we ought to do this and ought to refrain from that. Responsibility is that in us which answers back to the dictates of conscience : The law is holy, and just, and good.

Responsible but not free, this is the terrible dualism of which every moral being knows something. It is that which called forth the cry, ” O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me out of this body of death ? ”

But it will be well to enquire more closely what we mean by ‘ character.’ The divine character is that which God is. We cannot conceive of God be- coming ; indeed that were impious. But our human characters are what we have become, what we are now. These characters we have partly inherited, partly had made for us, and partly have made ourselves. “Every day experience,” said Huxley, [Ecolution and Ethics, p. 61.] ” familiarises us with the facts which are grouped under the name [CCH pg 201] of heredity. Every one of us bears upon him obvious marks of his parentage, perhaps of remoter relation- ships. More particularly, the sum of tendencies to act in a particular way, which we call ‘ character,’ is often to be traced through a long series of progenitors and collaterals. So we may justly say that this character this moral and intellectual essence of a man does veritably pass over from one fleshly tabernacle to another, and does really transmigrate from generation to generation. In the new-born infant the character of the stock lies latent, and the Ego is little more than a bundle of potentialities. But, very early, these become actualities, from childhood to age they manifest themselves in dulness or brightness, weakness or strength, viciousness or uprightness ; and with each feature modified by confluence with another character, if by nothing else, the character passes on to its incarnation in new bodies.”

The character is the man, all that he has become; his thoughts, his instincts, his beliefs, his reason, all are a part of him and influence his conduct. His beliefs may be crude, his reason undeveloped; the character will display itself in corresponding action. The character is affected by the man’s surroundings, what he sees, what he hears, what he reads, and by what he does. It is truly a complex thing this human character, but we know what it is from personal experience. To know ourselves is to know our characters. The character is not fixed, immutable. On the contrary, it is being moulded and fashioned every [CCH pg 202] day. It is partly cosmic and partly moral or spiritual; partly, that is, self-asserting and partly self-sacrifi- cing.

It is when the character is such that conduct does not accord with the demands of the moral reason made through the conscience that we suffer from the contradiction of our nature. We are not free and we know it.

But it will be said that if the will is not free then it cannot be reasonable for governments to punish offenders. But it must be borne in mind that no government worthy of the name punishes offenders except for such offences as are seen by the offenders to be offences. At the same time it must be acknowledged that the punishment of offenders belongs rather to the cosmic process than to the ways of spiritual training. Communities protect their own interests by punishing those who are dangerous to them. They are in this way self-asserting, for they act more for their own interest than for the good of the offender whom they punish. This self-assertion may seem an advance on individual self-assertion, yet self-assertion it is, and, in so far as it is this, it belongs to the cosmic and not to the spiritual.

It is reasonable, I think, to hope that the day is not far distant when it will be the aim of Christian communities not to punish offenders by way’ of making them an example to others, that these may be deterred from like conduct, but to devise a punishment which shall be disciplinary and corrective, so that the ‘ good ‘ of the community and the ‘ good ‘ of the [CCH pg 203] individual shall be in no way opposed. This hope may to some seem visionary.

It is not to be denied that the Christian Church which is professedly a spiritual society has yet in her much of the. cosmic, which it should be her aim to remove. The Church should be the great builder up of character by spiritual methods, and not become identified with the cosmic process. It is her function to substitute in her members the spiritual for the cosmic, or rather to spiritualise the cosmic. It is not to undo what the pure cosmic has done, namely, the building up of a self, but to teach it sacrifice, to find a higher self free from self-assertion.

It was the error of the monothelite heresy that it denied Christ’s human will. A little reflection will shew that, if what has here been stated about the will as determined by the character be correct, then the human will of Jesus is perfectly intelligible. For it is essential to the true humanity of Christ that He should have developed a human character, the character depending on the fact that Christ came into what we a iv calling the cosmic. He was truly man, having taken human nature by being conceived in the Virgin’s womb. Some have objected to the virgin birth on the ground that it is miraculous and therefore impossible, and some have thought that it was only invented as the result of false ideas on the relation of the sexes. It has been urged that there is nothing sinful in the natural conception of a child. But such reasoning is erroneous in more ways than one. Had Christ [CCH pg 204] come into the cosmic in such a way as without a miraculous conception, it is impossible to see how He could have been different from other men. He would have been only the product of the generations that were past. His perfect human life which is generally acknowledged would be unaccounted for. And indeed there would be a greater miracle to be explained than if the virgin birth be assumed.

It is most plainly set forth that Christ’s human nature was pure, that He was perfectly free from the stain of sin, that He was cwrij amartiaj. The cosmic in Him was wholly free from what we may call the despiritualising of it which had come about in consequence of sin. The cosmic so long as it is non- spiritual is good, but when it is handed over to the spiritual without response on the part of the spiritual, sin is the result. The teaching of the Christian Church from the first on the human nature of Christ is that it was perfectly real and perfectly free from sin. Being real there must have been the development of a human character with all its emotions and instincts. Christ in becoming man became a moral being, with a human will and character. The cosmic in Him was never allowed to predominate over the spiritual. Self-assertion was absent from first to last. But temptation to it there was, as the gospel story plainly tells. His character, perfect at each stage, responded perfectly to the demands of the spiritual. He perfectly fulfilled the Divine Will, and learnt obedience by the things which He suffered. The agony in the garden shews that there was a temptation to assert [CCH pg 205] the human will, but that this was overcome, and He submitted to the indignities and cruelties of men and set forth a perfect example of self-sacrifice.

The human character shrank from the suffering, but the perfect love overpowered all opposition and He fulfilled the Divine Will. And we must ever remember that the love of Christ was not the love of gratitude as if He were a finite being ; it was the love of God. It was exactly because He was God and not only man that His love could fulfil the Divine Will. [For the perfecting of Christ's human character see Heb. 5:7-9. Note the word teleiwqeij.]

Before passing on to speak of the scriptural doc- trine of predestination, it will be well to summarise the chief points here insisted on with regard to the will.

First we observe that it is the possession of moral reason that gives meaning to will. We do not think of the brutes as possessed of will, nor do we attribute to them responsibility. They fulfil the law of their being by their obedience to their instincts. They do what they desire because they desire it. But with man the case is different. On account of his endowment of moral reason, he knows what is good, and has a distinction made for him between right and wrong. Some of his actions are instinctively performed, there being no opposition of reason thereto. But other actions are dictated by reason, and the motive for their fulfilment is the instinct of virtue. To say that man has will is to say that he has an endowment of [CCH pg 206] reason which dictates his conduct, and that he has or II can have appropriate instincts for translating the demands of reason into actual conduct. The will then is not properly free unless the instinct to do that which is good is supreme.

Will may then be regarded as purpose, and the fulfilment of purpose. In so far as it is purpose, it “is purpose made possible by the demands of moral reason. In so far as the purpose finds fulfilment, it is an instinct of virtue that makes this possible.

We cannot argue that, because a man recognises . that he deserves to suffer for doing what he knew to be wrong, he was therefore free to do what was right and good. Reason demands that suffering undergone as punishment should be disciplinary and not vindictive. It should be such as will purge out self- assertion and bring in a better mind.

Man’s moral reason gives him the knowledge of the worth of character and shews him how far he himself falls short of it.

For my own part I hold rather that there is the possibility of the freedom of the will, than that it is actually free. We are all of us to some extent in bondage to selfishness and sin ; and this is the cause of our unhappiness.

I hold too that man cannot attain to that for which he is intended except by the freedom of his will. God is in His love rescuing us from sin, and inviting our co-operation in this.

The truth which needs to be emphasised is that of human responsibility the truth, that is, that human [CCH pg 207] conduct is intended to proceed from the knowledge of what is good, and that what is good can be done because it is good, God enabling us to do it.

Salvation, as I understand it, is deliverance from selfishness. Nor will any man’s perfection be reached until all selfishness and self-assertion is completely purged away. No man can be saved so long as he refuses to respond to the demands of conscience, nor can anyone make this response without the divine grace enabling him. It is God who makes us both to will and to do what is good.

Something must now be said about predestination. A great deal has been said and written and taught on this subject, that anything that is here set forth must necessarily seem brief and inadequate. But it is my purpose here only to say so much on the subject as will shew the consistency of the Gospel of Creation with what the Scriptures teach of predestination and election.

The classical passage on this subject is Romans 9:-xi., and there are other references of which we shall have to take account.

Now I believe that all that the Scriptures have to say about predestination and election can be understood and put together into one harmonious whole if we will but grasp the grand thought that every page of history is written by God Himself. The whole universe is under law, and that not a law apart from God, but a law expressive of the perfect divine will, never to be dissociated from infinite love. [CCH pg 208]

First let it be remarked that the word ” predestination ” has disappeared from the Revised translation of the New Testament and that we have now, instead of the old rendering ‘ predestinate ‘ for tpoorizein, the rendering ‘ to foreordain.’ Nor, let it be further remarked, is there much said in Scripture of this foreordination. There are only three passages in the Pauline epistles where the word is used (in two of these it is twice used) and there is one passage in the Acts of the Apostles. The Pauline passages are :

1. “And we know that to them that love God all

things work together for good, even to them that are called according to his purpose (toij kata proqesin klhtoij ousin). For whom he foreknew (proegnw) he also foreordained to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many brethren, (prowrisen summorfouj thj eikonoj tou uiou autoueij to einai auton prwtotokon en polloij adelfoij) and whom he foreordained, them he also called : and whom he called, them he also justified : and whom he justified, them he also glorified.” Romans 8:28-30.

2. ” But we speak God’s wisdom in a mystery, even the wisdom that hath been hidden, which God foreordained before the worlds unto our glory (hn prowrisen o qeoj pro twn aiwvwn eij doxan hmwn) : which none of the rulers of this world knoweth : for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.” 1 Cor. 2:7, 8. [CCH pg 209]

3. ” Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places in Christ : even as he chose us (exelexato) in him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blemish before him in love : having foreordained us (proorisaj hmaj)unto adoption as sons through Jesus Christ unto himself according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glory of his grace (eij epainon dozhjthj caritj autou).”Eph. 1. 3-6.

And again in the eleventh verse : ” In whom also we were made a heritage (eklhrwqhmen), having been foreordained according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of his will ; to the end that we should be unto the praise of his glory (eij epainon doxhj autou)” The passage in the Acts in which foreordination is spoken of is :

“For of a truth in this city against thy holy Servant Jesus, whom thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, were gathered together, to do whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel (h ceir sou kai h boulh) foreordained to come to pass.” Acts 4:27, 28.

It is to be noticed that in the three Pauline passages there is nothing at all harsh about the thought of foreordination, but that on the contrary it is one of love unto glory. What is implied in the mention of ‘ glory ‘ or ‘ glorifying ‘ in all the three passages will [CCH pg 210] be considered later on. In the passage from the Acts, while there is no foreordination of any one to glory spoken of, the foreordination is not one to doom or destruction. It is a foreordination of the sufferings of Christ, who is elsewhere spoken of as ” the Lamb that hath been slain from the foundation of the world [Rev.  13:8.] (apo katabolhj kosmou).”

Nor is there in the notion of the divine purpose (proqesij) which is described as being according to election (eklogh) any thought anywhere of doom. If there is ‘ election ‘ it is election to grace and favour, election to shew forth the divine glory and to bring into the kosmoj the divine character. For the kosmoj unspiritualised manifests the divine wisdom but not the divine character of holiness seen to be synonymous with love. That is perfectly revealed in Jesus Christ, and what we call the dispensation of the Holy Spirit has for its end the forming of Christ in the sons of men, in a great world-wide society the Church of the living God, the Body of Christ. To this subject a separate chapter must be devoted.

But we must now turn our attention to what seem the sterner aspects of God’s ways. The purpose of God according to election, exemplified in the preference of the younger son Jacob to the elder Esau, suggests the question which St. Paul asks, in order to answer it : “Is there then unrighteousness with God ?” God forbid. (Dismiss the thought and try to understand the divine ways of infinite love and wisdom.) “For he saith to Moses, I will have mercy [CCH pg 211] on whom I have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I have compassion. So then it is not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that hath mercy (tou elewntoj qeou). For the scripture saith unto Pharaoh, For this very purpose did I raise thee up, that I might shew in thee my power, and that my name might be published abroad in all the earth. So then he hath mercy on whom he will, and whom he will he hardeneth (ara oun on qelei eleei on de qelei sklhrunei).” [Rom. 9:15-18.]

This seems a hard saying, but its apparent hardness arises from man’s inability to get hold of the right notion of the divine will, the exercise of which is set forth in the word qelei. There is nothing arbitrary in the divine will. All is according to law, having its root in the divine character of infinite love and holiness. I fear I repeat myself. But this seems to me to be the key to the whole mystery.

We are too ready to say, reading our own arbitrariness into revelations of the divine will : ” Why doth he still find fault ? For who withstandeth his will ?” ” Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God ? Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, Why didst thou make me thus ? Or hath not the potter a right over the clay, from the same lump to make one part a vessel unto honour and another unto dishonour ? What if God willing (qelwn) to shew his wrath, and to make his power known, endured with much long-suffering vessels of wrath fitted unto destruction : and that he might make known the riches [CCH pg 212] of his glory upon vessels of mercy, which he afore prepared unto glory [we note the continued references to ' glory '] even us, whom he also called, not from the Jews only, but also from the Gentiles.”

But it will be said that we cannot help asking, Why has God made us thus ? God has put into our hearts a sense of “justice,” which we cannot eradicate, nor would we wish to. But is not the difficulty re- moved when we remember that the kosmoj is the work of God’s wisdom and that out of it, according to His laws and patient working, the Divine Spirit is bringing forth the divine glory ?

We have seen how frequently this word ‘ glory ‘ occurs in the passages that have been quoted. What is intended by it ? We have got into the way of speak- ing of doing things ” to the glory of God,” which is I suppose an equivalent expression for a recognition on our part of the Divine Perfection and of the demands it makes upon us. I take it that this is what is meant by glorifying God. The ” glory of God ” in Scripture is the display of God Himself ; at one time it was conceived of as manifested in bright light, but this notion is primitive, and God’s use of the notion in the early training of Israel was, as we can see, a condescension to the imperfect ideas of the time. If we want to understand the New Testament notion of ‘ glory ‘ we must lay hold of what St. John meant when in the introduction to his gospel he wrote : ” And the word became flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, glory as of the only begotten from the Father full of grace and truth.” The divine [CCH pg 213] glory is the glory of character, that perfect character of holiness and love, the character of Him who has not one thought for Himself.

There is not so far as I can see any trace in the New Testament of the idea that the creation exists for God’s pleasure. The words of the song of the twenty elders in Rev. iv. which are in the Authorised Version rendered ” Thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created,” are thus made not to give their true meaning. The word here translated ‘ pleasure ‘ is qelhma, and the song should run as in the Revised Version : ” Worthy art thou our Lord and our God to receive the glory and the honour and the power : for thou didst create all things, and because of thy will they are and were created.” God’s will is one of absolute love according to His character ; so St. Paul in Eph. 1. 5 speaks, as we have seen, of the ” good pleasure of his will (thn eudokian tou qelhmatoj autou).” ” Fear not, little flock,” said Christ to His little band of disciples, “it is your Father’s good pleasure (eudokhsen) to give you the kingdom.” The good pleasure of God’s will is to impart Himself, His glory, His character.

What has here been said will help us to understand the appropriateness of St. Paul’s mention of ‘ glorifying ‘ in Romans 8:30 : ” Whom he foreordained, them he also called : and whom he called them he also justified (edikaiwsen): and whom he justified them he also glorified (edoxasen).” Foreordained, called, justified, glorified ; we have here an orderly sequence of thought the great purpose from all eternity, the [CCH pg 214] manner of its fulfilment in time, the end of it the manifestation of the divine life in and before the sons of men. From the first God sees men, if we may say so, as having become what His will is that they should be; when then He calls them, He justifies them, does not impute sin to them, forgives them. It has been said that nature knows no forgiveness. It is the miracle, the elementary principle of grace.

But the ‘ forgiveness of sins ‘ can have no proper meaning at all unless it includes a getting free from, an abandonment of sin, the entire renewal of the cosmic until it becomes in Scripture language ” a new creation ” (kainh ktisij). [Gal. 6:15.]

So long as ‘ being glorified ‘ is looked upon as a being received into the divine presence, without regard being had to the character of that presence, so long will wrong notions of getting to heaven by escaping hell find a place in men’s minds. These notions are radically wrong ; they are of the cosmic and not of the spiritual. That the fear of hell has had an important part to play in the divine economy for educating men out of the cosmic state, need not be denied. But there is need to-day, in order to satisfy the demands of educated moral reason, of a higher and nobler view of the destiny of creation. Unless the faith of Christ can meet that demand, men will say, and say truly, that it has done good things in the past, but that it is now played out.

Played out ! We are only now beginning to enter [CCH pg 215] into the grandeur of creation and its glorious destiny ; and I believe that we shall come to see that the whole cosmic process is one vast purgatory of infinite love, by which out of the selfish and self-asserting God is bringing out a glorious display of Himself and His character in men.

” The whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now. And not only so but ourselves also which have the first fruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for our adoption, to wit, the redemption of the body.” [Rom. 8:22, 23.]

Such was St. Paul’s hope, and in a fuller sense it may be ours too ; and ours too may be and indeed must be, if these things are true, those words of the same Apostle : ” O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God ! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways past tracing out ! For who hath known the mind of the Lord ? or who hath been his counsellor? or who hath first given to him, and it shall be recompensed unto him again ? For of him, and through him, and unto him, are all things. To him be the glory for ever. Amen.” [Rom.  11:33-36.]

What is needed to-day is the union of the Johannine conception of the essential character of God with the Pauline notion of the grandeur of the divine economy. Let these be interpreted by the now proved theory of evolution, which science has revealed to us, and we have a Gospel to change the world. [CCH pg 216]

It is St. Paul who said that God willeth (qelei) all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth. The truth must be a saving truth, with power to bring men out of themselves. Such power the truth of God has.

11. The Fall and the Atonement.

[CCH pg 219] It may seem to some readers that the Gospel of Creation as here set forth tends to make sin seem excusable ; that it appears, if we may so speak, to lay the responsibility for it no longer upon man but upon his Maker. While I can understand that this objection may be made, I do not think it will long justify itself to the reason.

I propose then first of all in this chapter to say something of the story of the Fall as we have it in the book of Genesis, and to examine how far this Gospel of Creation, which seems to me true, requires us to modify our interpretation of that story.

I may say then at once that I do not regard the story of the Fall as literally true, and indeed there are many others who do not so regard it; but its spiritual significance seems to me not one whit diminished by anything that has been said in the course of this essay.

For when we come to examine the underlying spiritual truth of the story we shall find, I think, that what is eternally true in it is this, that evil is the [CCH pg 220] negation of what God Himself is, and that it could only have come about by a failure in obedience to the divine will. It was important from the first, for the spiritual discipline of man, that he should be made clearly to understand that sin was hateful to God, that so long as he had sin he was alienated from God and the divine life.

The story of the Fall is one not peculiar to the Israelites. [See Ryle's Early Narratives of Genesis. Also Basting's Dictionary of the Bible under The Fall.] What is peculiar is the particular spiritual teaching which it is made to have. This is, as I say, unalterable.

But it will seem that, according to the view which I am advocating of the evolution of man, there can have been no Eden at all, and so it seems as if the whole story is given up. Let me then explain how this may be understood.

The story of the creation of man is, as I take it, ideal. Man is set forth as in the eternal purpose he is meant to become. Eden is his goal and not his starting-point, save in ideal. That which excludes man from Eden is sin, and there is need of a great discipline that this may be removed and the ideal reached. This seems to me a perfectly simple and obvious interpretation of the story, and that it has not been given before is nothing against it, for, as I say, the spiritual truth underlying the story remains exactly the same, that evil is the negation of what God is, and that it results from failure to obey the divine will.

[CCH pg 221] It will be noticed that the interpretation of the story of the Fall which I am proposing does not make it appear in any way as if the disobedience of man were something unexpected or unforeseen in the divine counsels. The interpretation usually given has, however, this difficulty, from which it can never get free. You cannot make evil any less a mystery by shifting back the responsibility to some other finite will, which preceded the human will in disobedience of the divine commands. The serpent creeping upon the ground may just as well stand for the lower human nature as for a personal tempter of evil.

It is remarkable indeed that nowhere in Christ’s teaching is there any mention of the Fall. There was, however, one occasion when He referred to the early chapters of Genesis in defence of the sanctity of marriage and its indissolubleness. “There came unto him Pharisees, tempting him, and saying, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause? And he answered and said, Have ye not read, that he which made them from the beginning made them male and female and said, For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave to his wife ; and the twain shall become one flesh. So that they are no more twain but one flesh. What there- fore God hath joined together, let not man put asunder. They say unto him, Why then did Moses command to give a bill of divorcement, and to put her away ? He saith unto them, Moses for your hardness of heart suffered you to put away your wives: [CCH pg 222] but from the beginning it hath not been so. And I say unto you, Whosoever shall put away his wife, except for fornication, and shall marry another, committeth adultery : and he that marrieth her when she is put away committeth adultery.” [St. Matt.  19:3-9.]

We thus see that Jesus Christ claimed that the sanctity of married life and the indissolubleness of the marriage tie were part of the counsels of God in creation. The restraint involved in monogamy is just one of those disciplines by which man is taught to purify himself from the selfishness of his cosmic nature, and to enter into a spiritual relationship of ready self-sacrifice. We may recall St. Paul’s words : ” Even so ought husbands also to love their own wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his own wife loveth himself: for no man ever hated his own flesh ; but nourisheth and cherisheth it, even as Christ also the church ; because we are members of his body. For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave to his wife; and the twain shall become one flesh. This mystery is great ; but I speak in regard of Christ and of the church.” [Ephesians 5:28-32]

But to return to the bearing of the New Testament on the story of the Fall. I do not see that anything that is essential to the spiritual truths set forth by St. Paul is impaired by the interpretation which I am advocating. It is true that St. Paul says : ” As through the one man’s disobedience the many were made sinners, even so through the obedience of the [CCH pg 223] one shall the many be made righteous.” [Romans 5:19.] He says also: “As in Adam all die, so also in Christ shall all be made alive.” [1 Cor.  15:22.] The analogy in detail may cease to hold if there be no single Adam from whom we are all descended, but the great truth of Christ’s redemption from sin wrought for mankind, and of the promise of our resurrection remains just where it was. The old Adam is as sinful as ever he was and as mortal.

But here we come to the most difficult point of all, namely, the connection of death with sin. According to the narrative of Genesis it was man’s disobedience that brought death, if not into the world, at any rate upon himself. ” In the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” [Gen. 2:17.] And St. Paul so interprets Genesis when he says that “through one man sin entered into the world, and death through sin.” [Romans 5:12.]

The question is, therefore, sometimes put: Would man have been immortal if he had not sinned? But the question seems to me useless. It is simply misleading to talk of ‘ ifs ‘ when you are trying to understand the ways of God. What is true, and true to the end of time, is this, that the sting of death is sin, and that it was man’s inability to get free from sin that made death a necessity for him. You cannot read the gospels without reading Christ’s claim to be in no way subject to death. ” Therefore doth the Father love me, because I lay down my life, that I may take it again. No one taketh it away from me, but I lay [CCH pg 224] it clown of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment received I from my Father.” [St. Johii 10:17, 18.] It has long seemed to me that the historical event of the transfiguration was, if we may so say, the outward evidence of Christ’s right to pass into the spiritual body without death. But He snatched himself away from the pre- mature glory and talked of His decease (exodoj) which He was about to accomplish at Jerusalem.

Man then ideally is not subject to death, but death reigns because of the transgression, because man is of the cosmic and only partly spiritual. ” There is a natural body and there is a spiritual body.” Jesus Christ voluntarily passed through death and assumed His spiritual body out of His uncorrupted body of humiliation. We have no such power. Yet death to the Christian has lost its terrors, and we have a prophecy of a future which may be nearer than we imagine : ” We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed.”

This St. Paul set forth as a mystery, that is, as something which had been revealed to him. It seems to me to be of great importance to see quite clearly that there is a difference between this unveiling of the future and St. Paul’s use of the story of Adam, which was common property. I know it may be said that if you give up St. Paul’s teaching in one respect you must give it up all round ; you have not in him an authority to be relied upon. But this seems to me to be an entire misunderstanding of the purpose of [CCH pg 225] revelation, which is to make known to us the things we need to know and could not otherwise know, and not to tell us what we can otherwise discover for ourselves.

The Bible must be continually reinterpreted in the light of all truth that God gives us through whatever source it comes.

I do not then think it necessary to believe that the whole human race is descended from a single pair, nor is it necessary to regard the story of Eden as anything more than ideal. What is necessary, for it is for ever true, is to recognise and hold to the great truth that evil is the negation of divine character in moral beings, that it is due to man’s disobedience, and can only be remedied by God Himself. This brings us to the doctrine of the Atonement.

Why did God become man ? The answer to this question, according to the Gospel of Creation as I understand it, would be that God came into the kosmoj to spiritualise it, to impart His own life and character to it. When Christ came the whole world was lying in the wicked one (o kosmoj oloj en tw ponhrw keitai). [1 John 5:19.] And if my thought about God be true, and the evolution of creation be, as it seems to me, a fact, those two aspects of Christ’s work for mankind which are conveniently summed up in the words Christus Salvator (or Redemptor) and Christus Consummator become one. The end of the creation is attained by the removal of all self-will and self-assertion. What [CCH pg 226] man was in the counsels of God in creation, that in Christ Jesus he became.

What we call the Atonement might be equally well called the Reconciliation. It is the reconciliation of man to God, not, properly speaking, of God to man. St. Paul sets forth the message of his “ministry of reconciliation ” in these words : ” God was in Christ reconciling the world unto himself, not reckoning unto them their trespasses.” [Romans 9:22, 5:19.] And the Apostle appeals as an ambassador on behalf of Christ as though the entreaty came from God Himself : ” Be ye reconciled to God.”

There is of course a view of the Atonement which represents it as the appeasing of the wrath of God. Nor is it to be denied that the New Testament tells of the divine wrath as well as of the divine love. But it must be remembered that wrath and love are not contradictories, as are hatred and love. You can- not separate the thought of the wrath of God from the thought of His love, which is His essential character. It is true that we are until reconciled to God in Christ ” children of wrath,” because we are still in the bondage of sin. The manifestation of God’s wrath, which is very terrible and needs must be to those who love Him not, is in Scripture the evidence of the divine displeasure at sin. ” The wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold down the truth in unrighteousness.” [Rom. 1. 18.]

When St. Paul speaks, as he does in [CCH pg 227] of God being ” willing (qelwn) to shew his wrath,” we must of course understand this word qelwn as explained in the preceding chapter. It was there insisted on that there can be nothing arbitrary in the divine will, which can in no way be conceived of as changeable. God’s purpose for man must accord with His own character, and if a manifestation of evil and a punishment of evil is a part of His design for the bringing about of an ultimate good, we cannot gainsay it. We are invited to discern the divine hand in all the movements of nature and history, but in no way can we make God accountable for evil as if it were a part of His character. Evil brings always a retribution of punishment, and thus the divine character is displayed.

God’s wrath then must descend on the evil-doer unless the sin be forsaken. Then whatever chastening is endured is seen to be for the purging out of selfishness and the bringing in of the ” new creation.”

“Be ye angry, and sin not” is a necessary injunction to sinful man. Anger with us is too often vindictiveness and the result of wounded pride, but it is not easy for us to discern what is meant by the anger of Him who has not one selfish thought.

I do not wish for one moment to shut my own eyes or the eyes of others to the great truth which is preserved in the necessary expression, ” the anger or wrath of God.” This records for us the fact that sin must carry with it alienation from God and the eternal life which is in Him, and that there can be no forgiveness of sin, so long as it is excused and not called by its right name. [CCH pg 228]

But the essence of the forgiveness of sin must be the removal of the sin. This need not mean the immediate removal of its penal consequences. These may be still necessary for the real purging out of the old self. But the forgiveness of sins, unless it means the removal of sins, the bringing in of the true self in place of the cosmic self, is simply a mockery.

It would then be a quite misleading view to take of the Atonement to say that because of Christ’s perfect obedience to the divine will God had forgiven men their sins, unless such forgiveness carried with it the removal of sin. Say the forgiveness of sins means the removal of the consequences of sins, yet surely among the consequences of sin is sin itself. It is not the removal of consequences, but the removal of sin itself, the entire renewal of the self, the bringing in of the new man in place of the old. Nothing is of any avail but a new creation (kainh ktsij).

An atonement which was wholly external to ourselves would not be a reconciliation for us. It would not bridge over the gulf between ourselves and God, for Whom we were made. On the other hand it is quite clear that we could never reconcile ourselves to God, for we cannot recreate ourselves. Some life must be imparted to us from without, and we must know the law by which it is imparted, in order that we may have it.

I take it then that the requisites for an atonement, for a reconciliation of man to God, are two: (1) Knowledge, including the knowledge of forgiveness, and (2) Life. [CCH pg 220] First we think of knowledge as a sine qua non of an atonement. You cannot read the New Testament, nor indeed the Bible generally, without observing how much importance is attached to knowledge, the knowledge of God. There can be no possible agreement between two parties who have no knowledge each of the other. Now we cannot, of course, impart to God any knowledge of ourselves seeing that we are entirely relative to Him ; but He must, if we are to know Him, give us the knowledge of Himself and of our relation to Him.

And clearly the knowledge men have of God must depend on the state in which they are. You cannot impart to a child the knowledge of a full-grown man. And we have to recognise that there is such a thing as a period of childhood of the human race. The education in the knowledge of God then has been, and, by the divine law, must have been, gradual. In the Old Testament we see men coming to a knowledge of God, and God, step by step, revealing Himself, not in word only, but by the events of home life, of tribal life, of national life. Inspired prophets interpreted some of these things according as the Spirit of God gave them the insight into their interpretation. The notion of holiness, by which term we have at length been taught to understand the absolute perfection of divine character, was at first vague and undefined. Men had to feel their way to its meaning. But God gave men the word and gradually made known to them its meaning. This is true of many words and notions, true of ‘ sacrifice ‘ as it is of ‘ holiness.’ [CCH pg 230]

While from an early stage men seem to have under- stood that anything offered in sacrifice must be perfect of its kind, they could not see, until Christ made it clear, that the only sufficient sacrifice must perfectly correspond with the divine character. It must be the sacrifice of man himself perfectly identified with the divine will, which, as we have seen, is inseparable in thought from the divine character.

Our word ‘ sacrifice ‘ comes at last to have its proper meaning, the making of something holy, holiness being interpreted as what God is, and the something made holy being something which has potentially, if not actually, the divine nature. The sacrifice must be the sacrifice, the making holy, of man himself. There is a fund of meaning in those words of Jesus Christ: “For their sakes I sanctify myself.” Christ made of Himself an offering of perfect obedience and self- sacrifice to give men knowledge of the true meaning and end of sacrifice, to make men know God, and also to impart to them the life of God.

But just now we are thinking more of the knowledge than of the life. Knowledge is a necessity to life. ” This is life eternal, that they should know thee the only true God, and him whom thou didst send, even Jesus Christ.” ” No one knoweth the Son, save the Father; neither doth any know the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son willeth (boulhtai) to reveal him.” 1 Our knowledge of God then must come from the knowledge of Christ Him- self what He taught and what He was. It is 1 St. Matt.  11:27. [CCH pg 231] through Him we have “received the reconciliation” (Romans 5:11). He has perfectly revealed the Father and is Himself the Way to Him.

In Jesus Christ then we have an entire absence of the cosmic spirit of self-assertion, against which spirit He was a living protest. Conceived in the womb independently of all self-assertion and self-seeking of man, not after the will of man (ek qelhmatoj androj) but of God, He came into the kosmoj which He had prepared for Himself to change its spirit, to renew it, to make men sons of God actually and not only potentially.

The spirit of the world was of course opposed to Him. Where there was humility of mind there the gracious teaching found a response, but the cosmic self-asserting governments of Israel and of Rome agreed in condemning Him. Self-seeking in one of His own chosen band of twelve led to His betrayal. Confession of His claims to be both Son of God and King of men was not withheld by Him before High Priest and Roman Governor, confessions both of them which brought to Him no manner of gain to Himself, for His life might have been spared by the denial of both. It was the cosmic spirit that brought about His death. Verily He bore our sins in His own body on the tree. There was more in that death than we can ever understand. It is better to bow the head when we hear that cry : ” My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me.”

But that death, real to Him, and, as I believe, precious beyond words to us, did not mean corruption. [CCH pg 232] He rose again, bringing the spiritual body forth from the grave where His natural uncorrupted body lay.

In Jesus Christ the cosmic process attained its true goal. He changed the natural into the spiritual in spite of all the opposition of the spirit of the world. The Resurrection was a great evidence of the divine forgiveness of sin. The sins of the world wrought that death, but death could not hold Him. ” He was declared to be the Son of God with power according to the spirit of holiness, by the resurrection of the dead.” [Romans 1:4]

But did Christ rise ? First we say that moral reason demands the resurrection. That is to say, whatever doubt there may be of it on the ground of the antecedent improbability of a miracle, such as Hume speaks of, is removed, and there becomes an antecedent probability in its favour. The moral reason demands the Resurrection, and faith, which is a product of the moral reason, or, at any rate, an accompaniment of it, welcomes it as true, when properly evidenced.

Nor is the evidence we have of the resurrection of Christ confined to the testimony of those who had seen Him after He was risen as recorded in the gospels. Such evidence would be insufficient at this long distance of time to establish so momentous an event. The evidence of the eye-witnesses of the risen Christ is supplemented for us by the history of the Christian centuries which, with all their miserable [CCH pg 233] failures to enter into the mind of Christ, have yet given proof that there is a new life in the sons of men. We are so accustomed to much of it, that we perhaps hardly notice it, nor realise what we owe to it ; but if we could only trust it more, and acknowledge the truth of what God is, what power would be manifested in the world to-day ! Yes, and it will come if we can only see more than we have done the real meaning of sin, and understand God’s Holiness as perfect Love.

To the Christian the resurrection of Jesus Christ can never be dissociated from the Ascension into heaven, nor this again from the Session at the right hand of God to make intercession for us. Figures of speech all these, but all expressive of grand realities. Work finished is intended by the Session, work ever continued is intended by the intercession. The death and resurrection of Christ were not for Himself; their fruits are for the world. The great intercession cannot be dissociated from the coming of the Holy Ghost. If Christ is theparaklhtoj in heaven, the Holy Spirit is the paraklytoj in the hearts of men. (1 John 2:1, John  14:26.)

And what Christ foretold has come to pass, that the Holy Spirit would lead men into the truth ; that He would take of Christ’s and shew it unto men. And is there not some message that the same Spirit has to make known to our day to interpret to us as God’s truth the things which through patient working men have discovered in science ? These things too are to be spiritualised and purged of all cosmic dross, [CCH pg 234] if we will only hear what God has to tell us of them in the Gospel of His Son.

But of course if men hold that the Christian Gospel has done its work, and is a thing of the past ; if they will not see that still, in spite of all progress, the sublime figure of Jesus of Nazareth stands supreme in history, they are not likely to turn to Him for the inspiration which the work of the world sorely needs.

It is the unification of all knowledge that is so much wanted now; the reconciliation of all oppositions, a great atonement of all things in heaven and earth. Cannot the great truth of what God Himself is help to bring us this ? For my own part I am convinced it can and will.

But we need not only a harmony of knowledge ; we must find also a harmony of life. Life as we know it in the cosmic sphere is discord. But it just makes all the difference to our view of it and the use we make of it, whether we regard the discord as a final necessity of life, a law of life itself, or as the tuning into perfect harmony of the various instruments of God’s will. I believe this last to be the right view.

” He that hath the Son hath the life ; he that hath not the Son hath not the life.” [1 John 5:12.] If we will but reflect we shall find that all that is truest and best in us (and it is but little) has come to us through Jesus Christ, the inspiration of His life and death, and it has come to us, far more than we know perhaps, from His indwelling in us by His Spirit.

[CCH pg 235]

We may have cut ourselves off from outward communion with the Christian Church : we may have found its doctrine unsatisfying and sometimes revolting to our moral reason. But still the Christ stands forth, and we still have to own that never man spake, or lived or died as did He. If He has any answer to give to the questions raised by the scientific discoveries of these later days, at least it will be sympathetic and not afraid of the truth. The Christian Church has made some bad mistakes, as from her imperfect nature was inevitable, but the danger for our own day is lest she should stereotype the living oracles of God instead of bringing them to the interpretation of the ever- unfolding truth of God.

There has been much done of late years to put the New Testament on a sure footing. Criticism has fearlessly tested the books, and has given them back to us, almost all of them, and said that they were what we thought them to be, genuine productions of the Apostolic age. This is an immense gain. Next, criticism has taken in hand the books of the Old Testament, and the result of her enquiry is that these are not all that we took them to be, and we are called upon to modify the traditional views. But what criticism is teaching us about the Old Testament is just what science, free and independent and fearless of results, has taught us already of the world the great truth of evolution, slow development and patient progress. Shall we be taught these things or shall we know better than the truth itself? This is really, as it seems to me, the question that the Church has to face. [CCH pg 236]

She may say, and it, is right for her to say, that she cannot give up the eternal truths which have been the salvation of the world. There is no fear that the great doctrine of the Atonement will ever lose its authority, but false and unworthy views of it will.

The knowledge of what God Himself is is after all the first want of men. When we get lost in the mazes of the divine economy, with no clear light whence things have come or whither they go, we lack the key to the mysteries of the universe. But if we can get hold of a living formula of God Himself we can perhaps interpret imperfectly but yet not fruitlessly, the ways of His working.

And so with this great Christian doctrine of the Atonement. We want not only a reconciliation of ourselves with God, an interpretation of our own nature which shall explain and partially remove its discords; we want further such an interpretation of the eternal Gospel as shall give us what we may call the divine view of the universe.

12. The Holy Catholic Church.

[CCH pg 239] I HAVE tried to bring out in the course of this essay the positive notion of ‘ holiness.’ The root meaning of the Hebrew frq is generally thought to be ‘ separateness,’ that which was holy being that which was separated off from what was common. At a very early period, however, the word must have acquired its own special meaning, its application being restricted to Deity and what had to do with Deity. It is therefore useless to attempt to interpret the use of the word ‘ holy ‘ by reverting to the original meaning of the word which was used to express it. Holiness is something sui generis, and to think of the ‘ holy ‘ as that which is separate without taking into account the rationale of the separateness, would be utterly misleading. The notion of ‘ holiness ‘ has been a progressive one. It ultimately defines the character of God ; the notion, that is, becomes strictly ethical, and I have tried in this essay to give greater definiteness than seems to have been given before to the notion of divine holiness.

[CCH pg 240] When then we wish to get hold of the Christian doctrine of the Holy Catholic Church, we must not revert to the root meaning of fdq, as some have done, and say that the ‘ holiness ‘ of the church connotes its separateness from the world, however true such an idea might be. The Church is holy because it par- takes of the divine character, or because such is its ideal. It must be remembered that in the Creed there is a close connection between the words, “I believe in the Holy Ghost,” and the immediately following words, “the Holy Catholic Church,” with which is conjoined ” the Communion of Saints (or holy ones).”

Nor again must we fall into an at one time common mistake of giving an almost negative meaning to the word ‘ church.’ ” There is no foundation,” says Hort, ” for the widely-spread notion that ekklhsia means a people or a number of individual men called out of the world or mankind. In itself the idea is of course entirely scriptural, and moreover it is associated with the word and idea ‘ called,’ ‘ calling,’ ‘ call.’ But the compound verb ekkalew is never so used, and ekklhsia never occurs in a context which suggests this supposed sense to have been present to the writer’s mind. Again, it would not have been unnatural if this sense of calling out from a larger body had been as it were put into the word in later times, when it had acquired religious associations. But as a matter of fact we do not find that it was so. The original calling out is simply the calling of the citizens of a Greek town out of their houses by the [CCH pg 241] herald’s trumpet to summon them to the assembly, and Numbers x. shows that the summons to the Jewish assembly was made in the same way. In the actual usage of both qahal and ekklhsia this primary idea of summoning is hardly to be felt. They mean simply an assembly of the people, and accordingly in the Revised Version of the Old Testament ‘ assembly ‘ is the predominant rendering of qahal.” [See Hort's Christian Ecclesia, Lecture I.]

It is well then to emphasise that every one of the three words used in the phrase ‘,Holy Catholic Church ‘ has a positive meaning. The very mention of catholicity serves to check any tendency there may be to give a negative meaning to the word ‘church.’ The idea is of a great world-wide society, whose members are enrolled irrespective of race or colour or station or sex; where there is neither Jew nor Greek, male nor female, bond nor free, where all are one man in Christ Jesus. [Gal. 3:28.]

The Holy Catholic Church then is a universal holy society. The thought is not of man separated from man, but of man conjoined with man in holiness, in the consciousness of a definite relationship with God and of a share in the divine life and character.

The question has been sometimes discussed whether the Church is to be identified with what Christ repeatedly called the Kingdom of Heaven. Of the Kingdom of Heaven there is frequent mention in the Gospels, but the Church is only twice referred to, or perhaps once. For in the second passage where the [CCH pg 242] expression ‘the Church’ occurs (St. Matt,  18:17), it may well be that the Jewish Church is intended. Hut while the words, “Let him be unto thee as the Gentile, and the publican” (v. 17), seem to suggest that it is the Jewish Church which is meant, the whole tenour of the passage rather points to the Christian Ecclesia of which mention has already been made in St. Matt.  16:18. There St. Peter has just made his great confession, ” Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God.” And Jesus said to him, ” Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-jonah : for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven. And I also say unto thee, that thou art Peter (Petroj), and upon this rock (petra) I will build my church (oikodomhsw mou thn ekklhsian) ; and the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it. I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven ; and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven : and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven.”

It is unfortunate perhaps that the connection of thought between the Church and the Kingdom of Heaven should have to be demonstrated from a passage bristling, as this does, with subjects of controversy. But I think the passage shows conclusively that there is a very close connection between the two, if not an identification. We might perhaps express the distinction in this way. The expression ‘Kingdom of Heaven’ sets forth the notion of divine sovereignty, the expression ‘The Church’ emphasises human fellow- ship under that sovereignty.

[CCH pg 243]

The Church at any rate exists for the realisation of the truth contained in the teaching of the Kingdom of Heaven. This being so, the laws of Christ’s kingdom, as given in the Sermon on the Mount and elsewhere, become the laws of the Church. Sovereignty implies a right to command, and Christ undoubtedly did command and claimed authority. He claimed authority for the good of the whole world, to make effective for the world the blessings of God’s love. It was His one aim to do and to get done the will (qelhma) of the Father in heaven. He distinctly repudiated all claims to a kingdom of this world. To Pilate He said : ” My kingdom is not of this world : if my kingdom were of this world, then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews : but now is my kingdom not from hence.” He came, as He told Pilate, to bear witness to the truth, that is, the real meaning of life. He taught His disciples not to seek great things for themselves : ” The kings of the Gentiles have lordship over them ; and it is those who have authority over them that are called benefactors. But ye shall not be so: but he that is the greater among you let him become as the younger : and he that is chief as he that doth serve … I am in the midst of you as he that serveth.” [St. Luke,  22:25 ff.] He was the King of men, yet their servant. He triumphed over all the temptations of human kingship (such seems to be the meaning of verse 28), and reigned from His cross to break down the pride and self-will of the world.

We expect to find then in the Sermon on the [CCH pg 244] Mount a setting forth of these same principles of self -sacrifice to guide the action and conduct of the members of the kingdom. And this is exactly what we do find. From first to last the law of the kingdom is self-sacrifice. Self-assertion, resentment, the anger of pride, and contempt of others, these are all out of place. “Ye have heard that it was said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth: but I say unto you, Resist not him that is evil (twi ponhrwi) : but whosoever smiteth thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. And if any man would go to law with thee, and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloke also. And whosoever shall compel thee to go one mile, go with him twain. Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou away.” [St. Matt. 5:38-42.] A paradoxical injunction this ; yet its meaning is clear. The law of the Kingdom of Heaven is not ‘ Get all you can,’ but ‘ It is more blessed to give than to receive ” ; ‘ Give all you can ‘ ; ‘ What is mine is thine.’

But it is to be noticed that Christ did not teach that injuries were to be overlooked. In St. Matthew  18:15 we read Christ’s words: “If thy brother sin against thee, go, shew him his fault between thee and him alone : if he hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he hear thee not, take with thee one or two more, that at the mouth of two witnesses or three every word may be established. And if he refuse to hear them tell it unto the church: and if he refuse to hear the church also, [CCH pg 245] let him be unto thee as the Gentile and the publican.” The injury is not to be regarded as personal, so much as an injury done by the brother to himself against his own good ; and this injury can only be escaped from by repentance. Punishment inflicted by the Church is for the good of the offender, and not as in the cosmic kingdom for the society looked at apart from the offender. There can be no separation of interests in the society of Christ’s Church. Excommunication, the severest punishment the Church can inflict, is for the good of the offender as much as for the good of the society at large. There is a case of -excommunication in the New Testament in which the principles of its use are most clearly set forth. Says St. Paul in writing to the Corinthians : ” For I verily, being absent in body but present in spirit, have already, as though I were present, judged him that hath so wrought this thing, in the name of our Lord Jesus, ye being gathered together, and my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus, to deliver such a one unto Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus” [1 Cor. 5:3 ff.] Nor was the remedial punishment in vain, as we gather from St. Paul’s words in the Second Epistle to the Corinthians : ” Sufficient to such a one is this punishment which was inflicted by the many; so that contrariwise ye should rather forgive him and comfort him , lest by any means such a one should be swallowed up with his overmuch sorrow. Wherefore I beseech you to confirm your love toward him.” [2 Cor. 2:6 ff. The whole passage is instructive.]

[CCH pg 246] It is essential to the spirit of the Christian society that it should set a high value on the individual, that it should recognise the worth of man as man, every man being potentially a child of God. There can therefore be no exclusiveness. They only are excluded who wish to be excluded, those also, who know not that they are excluded by reason of their ignorance, and those whom the society has excluded temporarily as having forfeited the privilege of’ membership by sin which is unconfessed and not repented of. The Church is essentially Catholic in the broadest sense of the term.

And she is also holy. Her principles are not the principles of the world. She is not cosmic but spiritual, and for the spiritualising of the cosmic. Christ’s kingdom and Christ’s Church are not of this world.

I know that it may be said that this is all very well in theory, but experience has proved that the Church is very worldly, and that she knows how to use the methods of the world to suit her own purpose. What actually is will be treated of later on. I am now trying to set forth what, as I believe, the Church is ideally according to the will of God, what therefore she can become in God’s good time if we will respond to His guidance. I believe that God is calling us to a great reunion of the Church of His Christ, but we must be quite clear about the divine principles of the Church before we can hear the call aright.

Ideally then the Church is a Society of living men indwelt by the Spirit of God, Who imparts to them [CCH pg 247] the divine life and character, which they are to manifest forth. We are to know God in a great social life or koinwnia. ” Our fellowship is with the Father and with His Son Jesus Christ.” [1 John 1. 3.] If anyone will read the Epistles to the Ephesians and to the Colossians he will see that this was St. Paul’s idea of the Church.

In St. Paul the Church is conceived of and likened to a Body, the Body of Christ, He being the Head, and the persons who belong to the Society being the members of that Body. All members have not the same office, but each has a function to perform in the general welfare of the body. The Church then is not an organisation but an organism. Its life is essentially divine. Its mind is the mind of Christ, and the body is animated by the Holy Spirit of God and of His Christ. The body is to “grow up in all things into him, which is the head, even Christ ; from whom all the body fitly framed and knit together through that which every joint supplieth, according to the working in due measure of each several part, maketh the increase of the body unto the building up of itself in love.” [Eph. 4:15, 16.] We observe these last words ” in love,” love being that divine gift which results from the divine character. God is Love. We love because He first loved us. The fulness of Christian love results from gratitude. We have no power to originate love ; that power belongs to God alone.

The Church then must have and supply her members with the knowledge of God. Without this there can be no true life. Her teaching must be about God from [CCH pg 248] Whom are all things and to Whom are all things. She must be able to give men some clue to the mysteries of the universe and of human life. St. Paul says of Christ that in Him ” are all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge hidden.” [Col. 2:3.] That they are hidden in Christ does not mean that they cannot be found, for the whole point of St. Paul’s reference here is that Christ may be known and so the treasures of wisdom and knowledge may be found.

And in connection with this passage we may consider St. Paul’s reference to Christ as the Head of the Church. I think that by Headship is meant something more than sovereignty, though that sovereignty is implied in it is clear from Eph. 5:23, 24 :” For the husband is the head of the wife, as Christ also is the head of the Church, being himself the saviour of the body. But as the church is subject to Christ, so let the wives be also to their husbands in everything.”

But the subjection is not a blind subjection. It is the subjection to the Eternal Reason of God which Christ Himself is (St. John 1. 1). You cannot separate from Christ’s Headship of the Church such expressions as ” the mind of Christ.” ” We have the mind of Christ.” ” Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus.” ‘ The mind of Christ’ means something more than a certain disposition to humility though it tends to this.

There seems perhaps a certain contradiction between ‘ the mind of Christ’ whose characteristic is humility, and the hidden treasures of wisdom and knowledge. [CCH pg 249]

But this soon disappears. All our knowledge, or science, as we call it, can be and is to be interpreted in Christ. Some when they do not see the connection between science and her discoveries and the Christian doctrine are inclined to resent the intrusion of science, as if she were only ” falsely so called.” But all that is true in science and the treasures of all science are hidden in Christ. Such at least was the claim made by a first preacher of the Christian doctrine. If that claim cannot make itself good, then Christianity is not the final religion of the world. It will be well to face the fact. We must look for another.

It is a first function of the Christian society to set forth the treasures of wisdom and knowledge as they are discerned in Christ. But this cannot be done unless we have the key to all knowledge which Christ gave in revealing God Himself. But let a man lay hold of the truth about God, His absolute unselfish love, let him realise that God has not one selfish thought, and that this is what Christ revealed, and he will then have entered into the hidden meaning of knowledge.

What is wanted to-day is a great revival of Christian learning ; a great interpretation of human truth, if I may call it so, in the light of divine truth. The men of learning must bring their contributions to the understanding of the truth of God as Christ made it known. It is a painful fact that through the self- seeking and self-assertion and the cosmic spirit in man the Church of Christ has been split up into many apparently disconnected parts. But has not a day [CCH pg 250] come when the great Truth about God shall awaken a nobler spirit in men, and when the Church shall gradually find her way, by a permeation into her of the Truth, to a oneness such as she has never yet known ?

The Church must be a home of knowledge ; there must be thought and patient waiting for light. But thought, while it is essential to life, the highest life, is not the whole of it. There must be the activity of love, the coming out of ourselves for the good of others. The life of God has been conceived of as one of con- templation. This, if true, is only partially true. The divine life, so far as we are able to understand it (and it can be but little in our low stage of development towards a share in that life), while it may be thought of as one of ceaseless contemplation, is one of ceaseless activity to impart to others the life.

The Church then must be to her members a home of life, if we may use such an expression. She must be able to remove all hindrances to that life, and to bring the life to all her members. Hence the special significance of the two great sacraments of the Gospel, “generally necessary to salvation,” Baptism and the Holy Communion of the Body and Blood of the Lord.

I am not going to discuss here such questions as whether these two sacraments are a sine qua non of the imparting of the divine life, and whether men can afford to neglect them, and whether men will be punished for disobedience to Christ’s commands. All such enquiries seem to me to proceed from a very low estimate of the thoughts of God and His great ways. Let a man be persuaded that Christ is what He claimed [CCH pg 251] to be, and what He has been set forth by the Church to be, the only revealer of God, the one mediator between God and man, Himself both God and man, Who has interpreted to men their own nature as no one ever did before or has been able to do since, let him but see that he has in Christ what no one else can supply, knowledge, forgiveness, life, and the rest will follow.

But we have to take into account that the sphere of man’s present life is the State and not the Church. And the virtuous qualities which may result from the Church’s teaching of holiness must manifest themselves in the every-day relations of life, public and private. Is the Church more than a school where moral and spiritual truths are taught that may be practised outside ?

The Church indeed would not exist to no purpose if it were nothing more than a collection of individuals bound together by an oath to practise what we may call the virtues of the divine life. But the Church is much more than this ; she has a life as well as a purpose.

It is sometimes said that the Church exists for the salvation of men’s souls. And this is true, if rightly understood. But the salvation of the soul has so often seemed to mean an escape from a place of punishment in the next world that the fulness of its meaning has been lost. The Church does not exist to help men to heaven, and to teach them escape from hell. This escaping-punishment theory, as I have already said, [CCH pg 252] has done, and still does, much harm. From such a theory spring those heinous doctrines such as of works of supererogation, as if so much were required of men to escape hell and to get into heaven, so that when the boundary line is passed everything further is beyond what is necessary. So long as heaven is looked upon as a place of escape from hell, such theories will consciously or unconsciously influence men’s minds. But let men see that to be in heaven is to have a share in the divine life and character, and that to cut ourselves off from this by deliberate rejection of that which is revealed to us to be of the essence of that life is hell, then no such theory as that of works of supererogation can find a place in the system of Christian truth.

The Church is not for the salvation of the soul, but for the salvation of the whole man, body, soul and spirit. This comes from knowledge, from self-discipline, from divine grace. The Church exists to be the channel of divine grace to men, to perfect the union of the divine and human. The Divine Spirit, while given to men individually, is given to them in the Society and through the Society. There is no such thing as a Christian in isolation.

Divine worship, which the Church alone provides, is a necessary part of the life of the Church. The administration of the divinely appointed Sacraments whereby provision is made for securing to men the forgiveness of their sins, and the strengthening of themselves by the Body and Blood of Christ, depends upon the Church. In his own unaided strength man [CCH pg 253] cannot be an ” imitator of God,” cannot indeed come to know God, but there is a divinely appointed Society in which the Will of God is confessed to be the rule of life, and the Sacraments are duly ministered according to Christ’s ordinance. This Society we call the Holy Catholic Church.

The State has to deal with those who profess the divine rule of life and with those who do not ; it has to provide for the well-being of the people at large, as the people understand that well-being. Its legislation cannot go beyond popular opinion ; its laws must accord with the predominant sentiment. It may be Christian, or it may not. If the State were truly Christian, Church and State would be but two different aspects of the same Society.

But the Church’s rule of life is not dependent on popular sentiment. The Church’s ministry is for the teaching of the truth of life as it has been revealed in Christ Jesus; it is for helping its members to become sharers more and more in the divine character of love. It is for the ministering of the divine forgiveness and the divine life.

All this helps to give definiteness to what we mean when we speak of the holiness of the Church. The Ideal Church would perfectly exhibit the divine character. It would be at unity with itself as is the Divine Trinity.

The Church is wholly spiritual, the State is partly cosmic. It is important to bear this always in mind. The State must use coercion. She must be self- asserting to some extent. It is, as I understand the [CCH pg 254] matter, the function of the Church to spiritualise the State by spiritualising the members of the State. Her methods must not be carnal, nor coercive, but persuasive, while, she holds up to men the high standard of the Divine Perfection. She has ever to remember that she is the Body of Christ, representing Christ to the world; and therefore she must represent Him worthily, with meekness and lowliness as He Himself walked on earth among men.

We cannot shut our eyes to the fact that the Christian Church has often failed, and failed miser- ably, because she has forgotten her own spirit. She has taken up with cosmic methods, and has been even in danger of becoming a cosmic state. She has been ready to grasp worldly power, to use coercion, to exalt herself in the ways of the world. We cannot shut our eyes to these things. Yet still the Church goes on, and will go on for ever. It is no new church that is wanted, no schism, which is too often the fruit of pride and self-assertion, but a cleansing of the purposes of the Church of all these centuries, the Church which is still as at the first the Body of Christ indwelt by His Spirit.

The church of the first three centuries, though torn by divisions as the meaning of her own doctrine was being slowly discovered to her by the teaching of the Spirit of God, was yet kept pure from cosmic temptations in part by the cleansing fire of persecution. When at length the world found out that it had something to gain from the Church, it allied itself to her. The Church became corrupted by the world, [CCH pg 255] learnt its methods, grasped at power, until at last the great disruption of the sixteenth century came about. But the hand of God is to be seen in all history, and though what we call the Reformation was marred by the self-seeking and self-assertion of men, we can see that God was working to free men from fetters which hindered the knowledge of the truth. There can never be for those who have once learnt the blessings of a spiritual freedom a return to the tyranny over intellect and conscience. A church which has any fear of the growth of knowledge is a church of the past and not of the future.

But while the Church has been torn asunder by the cosmic spirit of men, the Divine Spirit has been, according to Christ’s promise, leading patient enquirers after truth into truths of nature which need now their interpretation according to the Gospel of Christ. Christianity is on her trial before the world, and she can bear it, if, casting aside the cosmic, she will adhere to the Truth of God. If she is going to hold to rigid and preconceived notions of what Inspiration is, she will get back the answer she deserves : The God who wrote your Bible is not the God who wrote the book of nature. It is the living message that is wanted. And we do not want any infallible pope to utter it forth ; we want the courage to let the truth be hammered out, if we may say so. Let men say what they really think. Let them not be anathematised for opinions. If these are wrong, men will learn them to be wrong by a patient putting forth of the truth on the part of those who have made it their own. [CCH pg 256]

God has not one thought for Himself. It is a Gospel to change the world. It sets character before everything else as the test of truth, and this is strictly according to Christ’s own teaching. Self-sacrifice and the being renewed from the cosmic to the spiritual, this is the end of true religion. If this end is not reached, or at any rate approximated to, our religion is a failure. ” Pure religion and undefiled before our God and Father is this, to visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted from the world.”

Let it not be thought that I am advocating the substitution of philanthropy for religion. Any doctrine of life, any practice of life which leaves God out of account, seems to me wholly insufficient. I do not suggest the substitution of the love of man for the love of God. What we want is more of the love of God, and to get that we must see God as Christ has revealed Him to us as Perfect Love. God is worthy to be loved, and must be loved when we know what He is.

God has not one thought for Himself. I know that this thought can do great things. It is the Truth which can make us free. Let this thought be laid hold of by a few, let it be believed, let it be repeated, let it be lived but not stereotyped in words, and we are already one step nearer to the reunion of Christendom. Let our Church of England gather together all Christians in this land and make them one in this thought, let reunion begin at home, and we shall be stronger to do God’s work in [CCH pg 257] the wider world as a missionary church. Let the thought given by the Church to the nation permeate our national life. It will solve many social problems and reconcile many conflicting interests.

I do not underrate the magnitude of the difficulties of reunion, but they can be overcome if once Christians can persuade themselves that it is the divine will, and therefore possible. It is the cosmic spirit in us all that has to be cast out. Let the Church understand her functions as distinguished from those of the State. Let her be content to perform those functions and not trespass where she has no call to go, and the relation between Church and State in this land will soon settle itself.

God has not one thought for Himself. Let us repeat this truth of the Divine Holiness to ourselves every day. It can bring about the new heaven and the new earth.

It is quite clear that this thought about God may require the surrender of many former views and the modification of many more. Only so can the diverse thoughts of the Christian world to-day be gathered together in the truth. But the thought is not revolutionary. It is essentially constructive. The demands which it will make on every man who accepts it as true will be to him a practical proof of its truth. In this truth we shall find that we have not only in theory, but in actual practice, a redemption of human life from sin and selfishness.

” Now he hath promised, saying, Yet once more will I make to tremble not the earth only, but also the [CCH pg 258] heaven. And this word. Yet once more, signifieth the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that have been made, that those things which are not shaken may remain.”

GLASGOW : PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS BY ROBERT MACLEHOSE AND CO.

 

 Posted by at 9:00 pm
Feb 272012
 

THE CROSS
by Archibald Alexander

Whence came the tree from which the cross was made? What has become of the particles of which it was composed? What hands were employed in preparing this instrument of a cruel death? To such questions no answer can be given–and none is needed. The cross was a common mode of punishment among several nations, and among the Romans was reserved for the punishment of slaves and the vilest malefactors. It was never made use of by the Jews. If they had had the power of execution in their hands when Christ suffered, the punishment for the offence alleged against him would have been stoning. But by the ordering of divine Providence, our Lord was put to death in that way which was accursed, according to the Jewish law; for it was written, “Cursed is everyone who hangs on a tree.”

The death of Christ on the cross may well be reckoned mysterious, for it was at the same time a cursed and a blessed death. Christ was “made a curse for us,” that he might deliver us from the curse of the law. And yet Christ’s death on the cross is the most blessed event which ever occurred in the world; for on the cross the price of our redemption was paid. Christ “bore our sins in his own body on the tree.” He died, “the just for the unjust,” to bring us unto God. This led Paul to say, “God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ.”

The cross is a center in which many lines of truth meet. The cross is an incomprehensible mystery. That God should be manifest in the flesh, is the great “mystery of godliness.” That the Prince of life should be crucified, was an event which caused the angels to stoop from their celestial thrones, that they might gaze in amazement upon it. The prophets who predicted these events were perplexed at their own prophecies, “They inquired into what time or what circumstances the Spirit of Christ within them was indicating, when He testified in advance to the messianic sufferings and the glories that would follow.”

The truths which are exhibited in a clear and strong light by the crucifixion of Christ, are such as these:

1. The infinite evil of sin, which in order to its pardon required such a sacrifice.

2. The holiness and justice of God, which would not allow sin to pass without full evidence of the divine disapprobation, and his inflexible purpose to visit it with deserved punishment.

3. The wisdom of God, in contriving a method of salvation by which his own glory would be promoted in the eternal salvation of hell-deserving sinners. This wisdom is chiefly manifest in the incarnation of the Son of God, by which the divine and human natures are united in one person.

4. But the most wonderful exhibition of the cross is the mercy of God, the love of God to sinners—such love as never could have been conceived of, had it not been manifest by the gift of his own Son! “God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whoever believes in him, should not perish, but have everlasting life.”

 Posted by at 1:53 pm
Feb 232012
 

Title: Studies in Soul Tending or Pastoral Work in its Relation to the Individual

BY THE LATE F. J. B. ALLNATT, D.D., D.C.L.

Allnatt, Francis J Benwell- Studies in Soul Tending, or Pastoral work in its Relation to the Individual (1922)

CANON OF THE CATHEDRAL OF THE HOLY TRINITY, QUEBEC
HARROLD PROFESSOR, AND DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF DIVINITY,
BISHOP’S UNIVERSITY, LENNOXVILLE, CANADA
AUTHOR OF “THE WITNESS OF ST. MATTHEW”
EDITED BY G. ABBOTT-SMITH, D.D.
LONDON
SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE
NEW YORK AND TORONTO : THE MACMILLAN CO.
1922

TO THE MEMORY OF THE AUTHOR S VALUED FRIEND J. M. P.
PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,
LONDON AND BECCLES.

CONTENTS

PART I

THE PRIEST’S CARE FOR HIS OWN SOUL

01 Introduction 1
02 Prayer in GENERAL 11
03 Fasting. 20
04 Fasting Communion. 25
05 Meditation. 29
06 Intercession. 35
07 Scheme of Private Devotion. 40
08 Thoughts of Divine Immanence in Worship. 51

PART II

THE PRIEST’S CARE OF THE SOULS UNDER HIS CHARGE

09 The Priest’s Relations With His People 63
10 On the Practice of Auricular Confession 66
11 The Treatment of Individual Souls 72
12 The Sick:
1. GENERAL 112
2. Emergency Cases 118
3. Use of Visitation Office. 127
4. Infectious Diseases 139
13 Care in Preparation For Reception of the Holy Communion 141

Foreword

THE literature of Pastoral Theology has grown apace of late and, with the addition of some recent works, begins to approach a completeness of treatment which the growing sense of its importance more and more insistently calls for. There is still room, however, for special presentation of particular aspects and departments of the subject, such as the care of the individual soul, including that of the priest himself, with which it is the aim of this short treatise to deal.

On the subject-matter of these Studies, the author was peculiarly well fitted to speak from a long experience both as Parish Priest and Lecturer in Theology. In both of these relations, within the sphere of his influence, he occupied a position almost unique inCanadianChurchlife during the greater part of the last half-century.

In these pages the judicious reader will observe an independence of treatment which, if in part removed from some of the more prevalent currents of present-day thought and practice, reveals a rich spiritual experience, a profound knowledge of human nature, and a fine insight into ” the deep things of God.”

The editor’s labours have been reduced to a minimum by the work already done on the

vi FOREWORD

manuscript by the Rev. R. J. Shires, B.D, sometime tutor at Bishop’s College and a former pupil of Dr. Allnatt s. As a labour of love, Mr. Shires undertook to type the whole work, most of it at the author’s dictation, and it is due to the pains taking care which he has given to its arrangement that the manuscript appears in a fairly complete form for publication. The fact that the work was unfinished accounts for the abruptness of its con clusion, and also for the form of some of the sentences which appear just as they were dictated, but which would doubtless have been somewhat recast by the author with his accustomed care and exactitude.

It had been Dr. Allnatt’s intention to complete the work himself in the summer of 1920, but God willed otherwise, calling him to higher service, and it remained for other hands to give it some finishing touches and send it forth as a small memento of a singularly rich and fruitful life, and as a last message to those who knew and loved him as well as, it is hoped, to a wider circle, from a faithful priest and servant of the Lord, who herein “being dead, yet speaketh.”

G. ABBOTT-SMITH.

MONTREAL, Easter, 1922.

Preface

THE suggestions which are embodied in the following pages are the outcome of many years of intimate association with divinity students and young clergymen during their period of preparation for the priesthood. The “Studies” are in great measure founded upon lectures delivered upon the subject of Pastoral Theology in some of its departments. Their publication in the present form is the result of kindly pressure on the part of valued friends, who were of the opinion that there was something about them which seemed to promise a possibility of their meeting certain needs incident to the earlier stages of the priestly life.

As their title implies, they make no claim to be regarded as a complete or connected system of direction on the subjects with which they deal; nor do they profess to include the whole range of aspects under which any particular subject is capable of being regarded. They amount, in fact, to not much more than certain haphazard suggestions with reference to various features of clerical life and work which happen to have been brought to my attention as subjects of inquiry, or which have suggested themselves to me as seeming to call for special notice.

This explanation may account for what might otherwise appear to be inexplicable omissions, as

viii PREFACE

well as for the comparatively slight treatment of subjects, of which a fuller consideration would perhaps be expected.

If some of the suggestions appear trite, my plea is to the effect that reasons for their introduction have been found in the fact that, in some form or other, they have been brought before my notice as calling for attention.

On the other hand, if some suggestions appear novel, and open to objection on that account possibly also as intrinsically of a character at variance with current thought I may in this case plead that my purpose is to offer suggestions with reference to provision for serious needs, or to promote important ends, which perhaps are not at present fully provided for. And while I am far from presuming to insist upon the superiority of my own proposals to those which might be made, I would, nevertheless, offer them for consideration with a view of inviting the suggestions of others which may possibly be better worth adoption.

The consideration of the Divine Immanence, or the Real Presence of God in the Person of the Logos, as manifested in the external world of nature in relation to the place which this consideration should take as a factor in the formation of the devotional habit is a subject which, I think, has hardly yet received the attention to which its importance would seem to entitle it, and which the advanced stage of thought which characterises the present day would appear to demand. I have, therefore, offered a few suggestions on this subject, and trust that they may not be regarded as out of place in this connection.

PREFACE ix In all their incompleteness, and with all their defects, I commend these ” Studies ” to the members of the Divinity Classes, among which albeit so imperfectly, yet taking it all in all, so happily I have so long been privileged to labour.

F. J. B. A.

———————————



1. Introduction

PART 1

THE PRIEST’S CARE FOR HIS OWN SOUL

His nurture of it, to sustain its capacity for the nurture of others.

1 Tim. 4:15-16.

STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

INTRODUCTION

A TREATISE upon pastoral work can hardly enter upon its subject without a word by way of emphasising the warning so often repeated and apparently so obvious as to seem almost superfluous against the danger on the clergyman’s part of under taking to help others to do what he has not yet done for himself.

That a man who has never experienced the love of Christ (the first requisite), as his own possession, should take upon himself to do Christ’s work, and be the means of instilling that love into the hearts of others, must unavoidably imply a life actuated by hypocrisy of the most serious kind. Unavoidably, because the very fact of his undertaking the charge of others in this respect is necessarily understood by them as implying the assurance that he is himself in the condition into which it is his avowed purpose to bring them. Were it otherwise they would simply scout the idea of his occupying the position which he has assumed.

It would be difficult to find a passage of Scripture expressive of such utter sadness amounting almost to a wail of despair as that in the Song of Songs, They made me keeper of the vineyards; but mine

4 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

own vineyard have I not kept.” 1 It may be well, therefore, at the outset of our subject, to suggest a few thoughts with the view of aiding the young clergy man in his efforts to ” make his calling and election sure.” 2 For that purpose a brief summary of the main features of an act of self-examination may be helpful as representing his first duty, namely, that of seeing to his own soul before venturing to deal with the souls of others. Such a form of self-questioning may proceed somewhat as follows, Is my life really and truly dedicated to God’s service, given up to the guidance of His Spirit, actuated by the love of His Son as its dominant principle? If this be the case, I am necessarily in a state of salvation in its twofold sense; that is to say, I am in a state of deliverance (if not wholly, at all events in a certain real sense and degree) from the bondage of sin, first as to its guilt, and secondly as to its power.

(1) The Guilt of Sin. Am I in a position to assure myself that the sin of my life past so far as my utmost efforts can enable me to realise and sum it up has been brought to Jesus Christ, has been repented of, forsaken, and submitted to be cleansed away in His Blood, the continual presentment of which (or the act of death it represents) is the means whereby reconciliation is made for me with His Father from Whose love that sin had separated me? Have I accepted that reconciliation by an act of faith on my own part, relying upon the Father’s promised acceptance of the atonement through the mediation of His Son?

(2) The Power of Sin. Have I been enabled through the grace of the Holy Spirit to battle against, and in an advancing degree to overcome and to keep under, 1 Song of Songs 16:2; 2 Pet 1:10.

INTRODUCTION 5

those sinful influences by which my life in its natural condition would be actuated; and am I now faith fully and diligently carrying on the conflict against those influences, and, notwithstanding many short comings, succeeding on the whole?

Salvation is a negative word; it represents the negative side of Christianity, that is, the side which has relation to the annulling of sin, its influences, its effects. Hence it only represents one aspect of the Christian life, namely, that which is concerned with sin in its effect as the means of separation from the love of God, the condition which is the starting-point of man’s natural life, and which, in the deepest and fullest sense of the term, is one of Death. Salvation consists simply in the removal of this bar of separation, and is the process of restoring man to a condition of, and capacity for, the possession of the Divine love.

Our inquiry proceeds now to the positive aspect of the spiritual life, in some such form as the following, (1) Have I taken as the ruling motive of my life the object of seeking and carrying out God’s will at all costs, and at any sacrifice? Am I daily presenting my body, ” a living sacrifice,” striving to make it ” holy, acceptable ” unto Him? l (2) Do I love God with all my heart and soul and strength? Or if not so much as this, do I at all events love Him, and is it my great desire and effort to love Him more?

(3) Am I ” working out my own salvation with fear and trembling “? 2 that is to say, building up my spiritual life by those means which God has appointed in His Church, and especially by the regular and effective participation of the Body and Blood of Christ 1 Rom.  12:1. 2 Phil. 2:12.

6 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

in the Sacrament of the Holy Communion, and in those various subsidiary means upon the due observance of which this effective participation in great measure depends?

(4) Have I deeply at heart, and bound up with my dearest life interests, the welfare of others temporal and spiritual and especially of those who are in any sense committed to my charge?

Even the faithful and diligent priest is in danger of neglecting the care of his own soul while earnestly labouring for the souls of others, and thus imperilling the shipwreck of both interests so far as his own part in them is concerned. It must, therefore, be his daily care to acquire and maintain in his own person the disposition and character which it is the declared aim of his life to cultivate in others. This can only be brought about, on the one hand, by constant union with his Lord; on the other, by watchfulness for the principles and motives which govern his own conduct.

Otherwise, there is danger of his work becoming mechanical, perfunctory, lifeless, unconsecrated, and, hence, devoid of the character of service. This is surely a melancholy condition of things.

The practice of private devotion is, of course, the only fuel which can maintain the fire of the Divine Life in the soul, and can thus cause its outcome in the form of external activity to be an offering acceptable to our Lord and Master. The young minister must keep his own vineyard in due order, cultivated, watered, weeded, pruned, and fruit-bearing, if he would be a fit keeper of other vineyards. It is not enough that the results of a man’s labour should be good and beneficial in themselves. This is the case with all

INTRODUCTION 7

action on the part of evil men as well as of faithful labourers so far as regards its ultimate results. Our Heavenly Father’s disposal of events causes all things to work together for good, 1 whatever may be the motives which actuated the production of each particular event. But the workers are judged, not by the results which follow their work, but by the motive which actuated it. Hence, the result which amounts to failure, so far as appearances go, following upon any course of action, may be as fully productive of rich blessing to the worker as though his efforts had been crowned by the most evident success. It is by the motive of love as an energetic principle the love which is fostered by close communion with his Lord that the blessedness of the worker is measured.

If the priest’s attention is distracted by multifarious duties which appear as though they could not be neglected without serious detriment and hence he is tempted to cut short his period for private devotion let him remember that the accomplishment of God’s work which he is endeavouring to effect will be brought about anyhow; by some other instrument if not by himself: but that the nurture of his own soul can only be accomplished by his own exertion. After all, a man’s first duty is that of working out his own salvation. The mistake lies in setting this object (his own personal gain or advantage) before him as a leading motive of action, in keeping this object in view as the ultimate purpose to be attained by his efforts on behalf of others, in forgetting that his main thought is to be for others, not for himself. Herein lies the difference between Christianity and Buddhism, with all the beautiful and Christ-like grace of self-abnegation

1 Cp.Rom.8:28.

B

8 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

and altruistic self-sacrifice which the latter system so eminently exhibits. The Buddhist practises the denial of selfish propensities, the performance of good offices towards his fellow-creatures, with a view of promoting his own attainment of Nirvana, or freedom from the domination of passion and sensation. In other words, with an ultimate view to his own self interest. Christianity teaches the denial of self practised simply as an offering of love to a loving Lord the practice of doing good to others from the motive, pure and simple, of love to them, and the desire to promote their welfare without the ulterior motive of gaining blessing and benefit to one’s self thereby. This is, at all events, the ideal principle which the position of the follower of Jesus Christ demands as the motive of conduct, even though it be not carried out with absolute perfection. Man works out his own salvation by going out of himself, by throwing forth his affections and interest, first towards his Lord, and secondly, towards his fellows for his Lord’s sake. In the very first place, therefore, he is bound to take measures for maintaining unbroken, and ever on the increase, his own condition of close and active communion with his Master in all departments of his life. And this will call for active effort. Prayer is no mere routine duty, but the actual putting forth of spiritual power; for this to be accomplished effectively it is necessary that in that department of his life, perhaps more than in any other department, the Christian minister’s work should be done systematically. The framing of his devotions must occupy a most important place in the apportionment of his life-work.

One essential point to made sure of is that the amount is sufficient the amount of time bestowed,

INTRODUCTION 9

the amount of spiritual and intellectual activity exerted.

Another important requisite is that the range of subjects included within these devotions be sufficiently comprehensive to include the various departments of worship, which may be roughly stated as seven in number, namely,

1. Confession and absolution.

2. Praise.

3. Thanksgiving.

4. Self -oblation.

5. Supplication for things needful.

6. Deprecation from evil in its various shapes.

7. Intercession.

The use of manuals may be all very well, but when it comes to the choice of a manual I think it will be a matter of difficulty to find any one among the many in existence which will really supply what is needed in this department. It would be much better that the priest should frame his own system, including all the various forms of need of which he is conscious, and putting it into such shape as best suits his own judgment. This should be done in writing, written and rewritten, with additions, modifications, and alterations such, as are suggested from time to time in the course of the regular use of the forms thus drawn up.

The subject of public worship does not fall within the range of our present consideration. Its place in the priestly life is, of course, a matter of the utmost importance, but it may not be treated as in any sense a substitute for private devotion.

One point which needs to be ever kept in mind is the fact that prayer, to be really effectual, must be specific in its character. The worshipper must have clearly

10 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

in mind the nature of the gifts of which his conscience teaches him the need, and must learn to seek their supply definitely and categorically. Vagueness and lack of particularity are oftentimes the cause as well of deficiency in vigour, as also consequently of absence of effect in prayer. ” We have not because we ask not.” l Hence, the worshipper cannot afford to depend on mere general expressions in offering his petitions at the throne of grace. The priest, should learn, not only by self-examination, but also by keeping an outlook on the requirements of his position at all points, to include in his regular devotions every form of need, every subject for thanksgiving or praise which belongs to his daily life as an individual and as a minister of the Gospel of Jesus Christ. He should leave no loophole for the entrance of evil unguarded, no form of blessing unremembered, no kind of need unthought of.

I have urged that the priest should plan out his own system of private devotion, and should have it in writing, in such form as to suit his own requirements, instead of depending upon manuals which are the work of others. It has occurred to me, however, that it might possibly be helpful to some of my younger brethren were I to suggest for their consideration a specimen of such a scheme as I here recommend, in the shape which it has taken in the course of years in my own case. An outline of this kind will, therefore, be found as an Appendix, on p. 40.

1 St. James 4:2,



2. Prayer in General

PRAYER IN GENERAL

PRAYER is to be regarded not only as a means L of effectual approach to our Father’s presence, and of rendering service, but also as an instrument capable of attaining definite results. As such it is imperatively necessary that we should learn to use it ourselves, and also to teach others to use it, for the capacity for turning to account this means of grace will not come of itself. Its acquisition demands careful study and diligent practice. The constituent elements of prayer may be stated as follows, (i) Confession and absolution, (2) Thanksgiving, (3) Self-oblation, (4) Praise, (5) Supplication for supply of needs, (6) Deprecation from evil, (7) Intercession.

Its forms and methods are, of course, varied according to the character of the various occasions for which it is used. They may be roughly expressed as follows, 1. Stated daily prayer; twice or oftener, and certainly not less than three times a day for clergymen and candidates for Holy Orders.

2. Special or occasional prayers; in any of the above-mentioned forms, arising from any special needs, or from a call for any special object.

3. Ejaculatory or unpremeditated prayers; the result of momentary thought as in the cases of Nehemiah 1 and Jacob. 2

1 Neh. 2:4; perhaps Neh 13:14, 22, 31.? Gen.  32:9.

11

12 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

4. Meditation. (See special section dealing with this practice.), With regard to the allotment of periods for prayer, it is not my purpose to suggest any rules. These are best arranged by each man for himself, to fit into the plan of his daily duties. I would remark, however, that, in my view, the late evening is the least favourable time for prayer considered as active mental and spiritual effort. At the end of the work day (and for him every day is more or less a day of work) the priest ought to be too tired to be in a condition for giving his best energies to any such effort. The condition of mental activity and excitement of which the priest is often conscious at the close of Sunday, or any other day of unusual mental strain, is something abnormal, and indicative rather of an inflammatory condition than one of healthful vigour. What is needed at such times is rest, not work. The inclination towards the latter which is often present under these circum stances should, therefore, be restrained in the interests of health. The prayers used immediately before retiring for the night should be brief and comprehensive, otherwise they are apt to be looked forward to as a task. This is fatal. Note that the earlier in the day the hour chosen for devotion, the better for its life and effectiveness, and the better you will enjoy it.

For although the pleasure to be derived from the practice of prayer and praise may not be regarded as a suitable motive for such actions, or as an object to be sought for its own sake; and although, again, much effectual prayer is doubtless offered under circum stances which render such offering a matter of almost painful effort, where any sense of pleasure is entirely absent yet there can be no doubt that where prayer

PRAYER IN GENERAL 13

is a reality its observance cannot but be accompanied with much of spiritual enjoyment. This is especially the case with reference to that department of worship which is known as Meditation. In fact, the reality of prayer as such may often be tested by its presence or absence, though it should be remarked that one great reason for the absence of sensible pleasure in the practice of prayer is that of the brevity of our ordinary acts of private worship. To be productive of spiritual enjoyment the act of prayer must be leisurely, so that the mind may dwell on each point as it comes up, and fully grasp its significance. Prayer, to produce a sensation of pleasure, need not be extemporaneous; the devout utterance of a psalm, with the soul fully alive to the poetry as well as to the inner significance, will often have the effect of an elevation of soul amounting almost to rapture. There can be no doubt that private prayers, as usually practised, are too hurried, although without the least consciousness that such is the case. The question may be asked: ” How can time be found for such prolongation of the act of private worship as is here contemplated? ” I would answer this by two suggestions, both of which I have found most effectual in the course of a very busy life.

The first is that of the utilisation of odds and ends of time. We see the Roman clergy saying their Office as they sit in the railway carriage, hereby setting us an excellent example. Why should we not utilise the time occupied in our walks and drives, and even that which is spent in waiting for the train at the railway station? Of course, the objection will at once be raised of the distracting effect of external objects under such circumstances. The answer will be ex pressed in the second suggestion to which I refer,

14 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

namely, that of acquiring the habit of concentration of mind. Until this habit has been acquired no doubt the difficulty referred to will appear insuperable; but I can, from my own experience, bear testimony to the fact that the habit of deliberately concentrating the mind upon any subject which may seem desirable may be acquired by patience and perseverance, so as to be effective under almost any ordinary circum stances that can be mentioned. The priest, therefore, should make the acquisition of the power to do this a definite object of effort, and should persevere until he has acquired it. Some men may attain their object more quickly than others, but there is no question that every man is capable of attaining it if he only gives sufficient time and degree of attention to the matter.

It will, in fact, be found, I think in all cases, that the exercise of devotional thought, prayer, and meditation is carried on more effectively, and with greater satisfaction to the worshipper, while walking whether to and fro in a church or other building, or continuously in the open air than in any other bodily position or attitude. I have, myself, found that when engaged in the exercise of meditation (or even ordinary prayer) in the attitude of kneeling, any new access from any cause of earnestness or fervour would invariably be accompanied by the impulse to rise and walk to and fro; and that the exercise resumed in this condition of movement would be carried on more effectively than in the attitude of kneeling or any other stationary position. Nothing is more conducive to spiritual activity, or to life in the practice of devotion, than a walk in the woods, or some quiet spot, where the worshipper feels his capacity for devotional activity enhanced by the companionship of nature.

PRAYER IN GENERAL 15

EVENSONG IN THE WOODS. 1

” Hush, let us say Our Father, in this wood, And through bare boughs look up into the sky, Where fleecy clouds on autumn winds go by.

Here, by this fallen trunk, which long since stood And praised the Lord and Giver of all good, We ll sing Magnificat. With curious eye, A squirrel watches from a branch on high, As though he, too, would join us if he could.

” Now in our Nunc Dimittis/ soft and low, Strange woodland voices mingle, one by one;

Dead songs of vanished birds, the sad increase Of crumpled leaves on paths where rough winds go, The deepening shades, the low October sun Lord, let Thy servant now depart in peace. ”

Another consideration which may be noticed as helping to meet the difficulty in respect of the time occupied by prolonged devotional exercises may be thus expressed. It will be found that the habit of mental concentration, the cultivation of which has been so strongly recommended, will have the effect of stimulating the capacity for thought in such a way as to enable the worshipper to follow out intelligently any train of thought or spiritual action with a rapidity which, before making the matter a subject of study, would be thought incredible. I have already referred to the injurious effect of hurrying our devotions, this being certainly one of the most serious of the dangers to be guarded against. But the term ” hurrying “implies the lack of due and full consideration of the matter which is being dealt with. The persevering practitioner of the method here under consideration will find that there is such a thing as rapidity of thought without hurrying. The latter evil may be avoided if you make a practice of keeping in mind the necessity 1 “Poems,” by Frederick George Scott (Constable & Co, 1910).

16 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

for concentration of thought throughout the whole period of the devotional exercises. The effort to do this will soon become unnecessary, as it will be found that when once the mind has been definitely made up to the maintenance of this habit of concentration it will soon work itself automatically; to the effect that as soon as the thoughts begin to drift into another channel, the mind will recognise the fact instinctively, and bring the train of wandering thought to a stop.

Wandering thoughts are the great trouble in every form of devotion, and the tendency to them will never, I suppose, be wholly overcome. Yet it may be kept in great measure under control by simply making it a habit to stop short as soon as the drifting tendency is recognised, and to continue the act of devotion with renewed life. The rapidity with which thought can travel, while still maintaining a full grasp of the subject with which it is engaged, is certainly wonderful; and the acquisition of the capacity for this concentrated and rapid thought will, as has been remarked, form to a considerable extent the solution of the difficulty comprised in the amount of time necessarily occupied by effective private devotion.

Yet, with all this, it is certain that for the due performance of this duty, especially in the case of the priest, a considerable portion of time must necessarily be assigned to it. I suppose it will be universally admitted that the very sinews of spiritual war may be said to consist of prayer. Hence the cutting down of the period spent in prayer, for the sake of the claims of active work, below the limit of time which is really necessary for its effectual observance, will certainly be fatal to the satisfactory performance of that work, as well as most injurious to the spiritual life of the

PRAYER IN GENERAL 17

worker; and the apparent necessity for such cutting down will certainly vanish if only the practice of due economy of time be intelligently followed out. The amount of effective and energetic worship which may, by such measures, be compressed within the limits of, say, two hours per day, would certainly surprise the man who has never systematically set about the work of making his devotion in method as well as matter a thing of definite system.

The duty of observing the practice of definite system must surely be recognised as almost the first requisite for the successful fulfilment of the course of duty which belongs to the priestly office. In other walks of life this duty is generally to a great extent forced upon a man; he has certain objects before him, the accomplishment of which is made absolutely necessary, and the systematic allotment of his time so as to ensure their successful performance is either arranged for him by those who have the direction of his work, or is demanded from him by the necessity of the case. While he is a curate this may be to a great extent the case with the young clergyman, and the multifarious requirements of a town parish may have a similar effect; l but the country clergy man, in the great majority of cases, has no such check upon the economical employment of his time.

His duties, apart from the merest, official routine, are of his own devising and arrangement. His time is almost wholly at his own disposal, and it is usually possible for him to go through a course of occupation which may seem to himself, and to others, to represent fully the due employment of his time, when, as a matter of fact, the strict observance of definite system would 1 But this is by no means always the case.

18 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

make it plain that the amount of time expended was altogether disproportionate to the amount of work done within its limits. I am writing from my own experience as a parish priest. I know what it is for a man to be, if I may so say, busily idle, and to have his time apparently full up, whereas the amount of work which is done within a certain period might easily have been compressed within a small fragment of it. I have already spoken of the importance of utilising odds and ends of time, especially that which is spent in travelling, driving, or walking. The time has been when, from the multiplicity of affairs in which I happened to be engaged, it became absolutely necessary for me to turn to such account all periods of this sort, including even the use of the time spent in waiting for the fulfilment of an engagement by some defaulter in this respect. It was by such experience as this that I became aware of the vast importance of economy in the use of time, and of system, as the only method of securing such economy. No doubt the best and most effective means of learning is that of a consideration of one’s own mistakes, and most of the suggestions which I am offering for the consideration of my brethren in this present little work have this as their foundation.

Of course, the practice of private devotion, which is all that we have in view in this treatise, should be suitably distributed over the day’s course. Each individual clergyman no doubt is the best judge of the method to be observed in his own case. It should be remarked, however, that the period say of fifteen or, perhaps, twenty minutes immediately preceding the midday meal and thus easily borne in mind and set apart for the purpose naturally occupies a very important place in the day’s devotional system. Our

PRAYER IN GENERAL 19

manuals of devotion assign certain subjects for the period of Sext, with which the period we are now considering may roughly correspond. But, however this may be, it is surely manifest that this little period, dividing the day, as it were, into halves, should be turned to account by a brief act of retrospect which recalls to the mind the manner in which the day’s first half has been spent, and of prospect, seeking grace and guidance for the due use of that portion which still remains.



3. Fasting

FASTING

THE exercise of fasting serves other purposes than that of spiritual discipline. When observed judiciously in moderation, and not followed by the reaction of over-eating, it forms a change which is by all physicians recognised as beneficial to the general health. If there be cases in which the practice has been found injurious this is generally owing either to its being overdone, whether as regards length of time or degree of abstinence, or, on the other hand, to lack of judgment in its method, e.g. when prolonged abstinence is accompanied by active exercise or other form of physical strain.

Fasting gives a man clearness of brain and suitableness of frame for mental or spiritual activity, and more especially for such exercises as meditation and prayer. In order that prayer may be offered to the best effect, the mind should be in its freshest and most vigorous condition, and to this condition fasting, when properly conducted, is distinctively helpful.

You sometimes hear the remark made: “I have tried fasting and find that its effect is only that of making me sleepy and stupid and unfit for any real spiritual effort.” Such an assertion embodies a sad admission, namely, that the speaker has never yet set himself to give a fair trial to this most important religious exercise. It is certainly true that fasting, 20

FASTING 21

when taken up as an occasional or sporadic action, usually carries with it the effect just described.

Undertaken in this manner the practice may be rather a hindrance than a help to spiritual life; may be productive of irritability and peevishness, and dis inclination for any sort of effort. It is a duty which can be successively and beneficially observed only after suitable training both of mind and of body.

The man must not attempt too much at first, nor should he allow himself to be discouraged by failure in his earlier efforts. The body needs to be trained by gradual deprivation of ordinary nourishment to the extent of bringing about a feeling, not of hungry craving, but rather of indifference to animal appetite, a state of physical quiescence as it were. The stage of hunger and sleepiness will in any case if the abstinence be prolonged probably be followed by a condition such as this.

The following form of experience is probably a common one. At the ordinary hour for meals the appetite will usually assert itself, and a certain measure of self-control will be requisite in order to subdue the tendencies towards apathy and irritability. When that time has passed these sensations will, of their own accord, subside, and the body will return to its state of quiescence and the mind to its condition of capability for devotional activity. In referring to my own experience I am not limiting the subject to its devotional aspect. On one occasion while on a canoe expedition in the wilds north of the St. Lawrence, we had fallen short of provisions, and it became necessary to limit our meals to two during the day, that is to say, a morning and an evening meal. The important place taken by each meal in the strenuous

22 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

life which a journey of this sort implies is familiar to all who have taken part in such life. On the first day of such abstinence, when the time for the ordinary midday meal arrived I was overcome by a sense of utter exhaustion, and the labour of doing my part in the work of paddling seemed almost too much for my powers of endurance. I was naturally filled with consternation, wondering how I should hold out during the privations which lay before us if I broke down at the outset. But I was happily reassured when, the meal hour having passed, I felt my strength returning, and the sense of inner emptiness and exhaustion having passed away, I was able to continue my portion of the day’s work without serious discomfort.

The body having been reduced to the state of quiescence just referred to, a condition follows which as regards sensation (or rather diminution of sensation) may in some measure remind us of the progress towards Nirvana which is the aim of the Buddhist’s life. 1 The mind is set at liberty to carry on its exercises unimpeded. No doubt some of the most pleasurable forms of sensation of which life is capable are to be found in the practice of contemplation when the mind exercises itself under the influence of fasting, when it is practically untrammelled by the feelings of the body.

One leading aim in the practice of fasting is that of bringing the bodily, as well as the spiritual, system into harmony with the character of God. So far its 1 The Buddhist’s idea is that the cause of evil is sensation, be it of pleasure or pain. The idea of happiness is that of abolition of sensation. So a man by training brings himself to a condition in which he is no longer conscious either of pleasure or pain. This is attained by self-denial, living on the simplest kind of diet, and at the same time overcoming the tendency to self-indulgence and self-seeking by seeking to benefit others. His aim is that of subduing in himself anything which tends to produce pleasure or pain.

FASTING 23

resemblance to Buddhism holds good. The difference between Buddhism and Christianity consists in the further motive, which is really the highest and the principal motive, namely, that of simple love for God, and the giving forth of the soul to Him in the use of means which are calculated to promote the approach thus aimed at. The desire for nearness to God, and the capacity for doing His will because He wills it, apart from the ulterior desire to acquire benefit, whether spiritual or otherwise, for one’s self, this is the motive which stands alone as the noblest and the highest of which creature life is capable. In Buddhism the motive for self-denial is simply that of self-development, self-improvement; in Christianity it is that of love only; love first towards God, and secondly, towards mankind for God’s sake, as being made in God’s image.

This is, then, the great motive to be aimed at in the practice of fasting, as in all other religious exercises.

As we have already seen, the effects of fasting on the intellect, even as a mere physical exercise, are decidedly beneficial. Those who have given the practice a fair trial will certainly bear witness to the wonderful clearness of brain, as well as the sense of inward calm and superiority to incidental cares, which is the natural consequence of the bodily condition thus induced. This is accompanied by a sense of mental vigour and capacity for spiritual thought.

Fasting, almost of itself, has a purifying effect on the mind and an elevating effect on the spirit. One reason for this probably lies in the physical fact that the energies are not being absorbed in the work of digestion.

Of course, the thing may be overdone, and it is, therefore, necessary to regulate this practice carefully c

24 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

in accordance”with its evident operation on body, mind, and spirit. The Christian’s duty, undoubtedly, includes the nurture of his body as the instrument given him for working out the glory of God, the well-being of man, and his own salvation. The charge of this instrument calls for his most careful attention in order to keep it in full and effective working order; this is to be borne in mind as an aim to be kept in view, although subordinate to the higher motive of pure, unselfish love towards God. A remembrance of the object which he has in view in so doing will guard him against anything like indulging or pampering the body as such. At the same time it may be observed that the practice followed by many saintly persons although, perhaps, seldom to any serious extent in these present days of macerating and enfeebling the body by an undue and exaggerated observance of the exercise of fasting, is clearly a contravention of the purpose, just considered, for which the body was given us, namely, to be made the temple of the Holy Ghost, and an instrument for the active promotion of the glory of God.

It is, therefore, an unquestionable duty to keep the body in a state of fitness and readiness, fully equipped at all points, for the fulfilment of this object. ” Menssana in corpore sano ” must be the priest’s maxim as regards his attention to his own personality in its mental and physical aspects.



4. Fasting Communion

FASTING COMMUNION

THIS expression is, strictly speaking, a misnomer, since what is signified by it does not necessarily imply the practice of fasting considered in its true sense of deprivation of ordinary food. When the Communion is made, as is usually the case, early in the morning, there is no question of fasting in the true sense of the term. It would be better, therefore, that the practice should be designated by some other term.

With regard to the practice itself, no doubt the leading principle upon which it is founded is a good one, whether considered as implying the idea of reverence, or that of fitness for the Sacrament in the sense of mental and spiritual receptivity. This principle appears to require that on the ground of reverence it is manifestly proper that provision should be made for a due vacancy in the physical frame for the reception of the sacred Body and Blood. Further ground on which the practice would seem desirable is that of the suitable mental frame thus induced, the faculties being certainly clearer and more vigorous when a cer tain interval has elapsed after a full meal. Again, the spiritual condition thus promoted, of calm, quiet, and self-control, is always to be considered. So far, then, as the practice implies the interposition of an interval sufficient for reverent reception as well as for 25

26 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

mental and spiritual fitness for the apprehension of the benefit, the practice would appear to be not only right and seemly, but actually called for by the needs of the case.

The question next arises by what rule the inter position of this period or interval is to be regulated.

The prevailing view is to the effect that the starting point of the abstinence should necessarily be not later than the hour of midnight, whatever may be the hour of the day following at which the Communion is made.

This view of the case is, of course, very widely followed, and has been the rule from a very early period. But it may be questioned whether it has not acted to a certain extent as an obstacle to the very practice which it is designed to enforce. If we bear in mind simply the twofold object which the practice would appear mainly intended to promote, the question would arise whether its due observance does not depend rather upon the nature and length of the interval between the act of Communion and the last preceding meal, than on the assignment of any particular period from which the time of abstinence is to be reckoned.

For example, supposing one man should take a late supper and communicate very early the next morning, say five or six o clock; and that another man should take an early breakfast, say at seven or half-past seven, and that in his case the act of Communion were to be about midday (probably after that time if the Communion were a choral one), the physical effect, as regards bodily preparedness, would most likely be more effectual in the latter case than in the former, as the process of digestion proceeds much more rapidly during waking hours than during hours of sleep.

FASTING COMMUNION 27

This suggestion would no doubt be met on the part of many with indignant dissent. 1 The view that it is seemly that the Sacrament should be the first food entering the system on the day of Communion is certainly worthy of full consideration, but, after all, is a matter of sentiment only. And it is a question whether it is a sufficient reason for making the practice of so-called ” Fasting Communion ” a hard-and-fast rule to which no exception shall be allowed. Surely the first point to be considered in dealing with such a question is that of the due preparedness of the system for the reverent and effective use of the Sacrament.

Obviously, this condition of due preparedness cannot be said to exist during the process of digestion immediately following a full meal; nor on the other hand, can such a state of reverent fitness be predicated when abstinence from food has been prolonged to the extent of producing a disordered state of the digestive organs. The long period of abstinence involved in the usua 50:-practice of abstaining from food from the night of the previous day until after noon on the day of the celebration must, in most cases, be felt as a tax upon the physical energies. This is evidenced by the fact that some priests endeavour to meet it in some degree by lying late in bed, a practice most surely to be deprecated. Even when this is not the case, prolonged fasting under circumstances of active movement and expenditure is generally followed by a somewhat disordered state of the digestive organs, productive of a condition the reverse of that which reverence would seek to ensure as suitable for the solemn repast we are 1 This view has been criticised as objectionable. But is it not an unquestionable fact that physical conditions in the hygienic sense have a distinct effect, advantageous or disadvantageous, on spiritual exercise in its various forms?

28 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

considering. Surely the question is not one of hours of the day, but of the effect to be produced; and what ever may best conduce, even in a physical sense, to a suitable effect is necessarily the first point to be aimed at, even though it may involve the departure from stereotyped rules.



5. Meditation

MEDITATION

MEDITATION may be regarded as in a sense the highest form of private devotion; perhaps, also, the most difficult. It demands, and implies, a condition of actual nearness to the life of Christ, as well as direct and effectual consciousness of His Presence. The practice of this form of devotion is, perhaps, one of the surest means of testing the reality of one’s spiritual life. It may be said with truth that there can be no live Christianity without the existence of this practice in greater or less degree. No diligence in other forms of devotion can make up for the want of this one. It is in itself necessarily extemporaneous. Stated prayers naturally crystallise into fixed forms of words, and no doubt it is best that this should be so; the exercise of prayer may even gain in force and intensity by the use of this method of worship, the use, that is, of forms probably of one’s own composition and stereotyped by continual practice, the effort to use varying language often distracts the mind from the substance of the object sought for.

Meditation, however, is necessarily extemporaneous, and the idea of its nature is probably best arrived at by consulting the models of meditation which the Church has given to us in her earliest and simplest years. The typical instance which at once rises to our minds- is that model of this species of composition, 29

30 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

St. Augustine’s Confessions a work which for nearly a millennium and a half has stirred the hearts of multi tudes as, perhaps, no other work, outside the Scriptures, has ever done.1 St. Ambrose, St. Anselm, as well as The Imitation of Christ (in its meditative portions) are also models of this form of exercise. The study of these works will provide a plain answer to the question: “In what does meditation, considered as a religious act, consist? ” It may be defined as a dialogue between the soul and its Lord. Herein consists its difference from a mere act of reflection; in the fact, namely, that there are always two per sons engaged in it. Hence, in the models to which reference has been made, meditation always takes the shape of direct address to God: ” Magnus es Domine et laudabilis valde,” beginsSt. Augustine’s Confessions.

A dialogue means a conversation between two, and the dialogue in this case consists in the fact, which every really successful effort at this form of exercise will bring about, that the man who habituates himself in this manner to address his inmost thoughts directly to God, will soon discover that the very act of so doing has the effect of introducing into his mind, as responses to his own utterances, thoughts which are certainly not originated there; thoughts deeper and higher than any of which he would be capable by his own personal mental efforts. It is not that anything in the shape of direct and consciously recognised response is to be expected. The worshipper is addressing to God, as they occur to his mind, what would appear to himself to be his own thoughts. He will find, however, that these thoughts, as they shape themselves in his 1 CompareSt. PaulandSt. John, on the one hand, withSt. Augustineand Thomas & Kempis on the other.

MEDITATION 31

mind and find expression in words, are by degrees coming to be the expression of new ideas which are certainly not his own, of deeper purport than his own unaided mind could have conceived of itself. He will be conscious of a certain sense of inspiration, his soul kindled with a sense of nearness to his Lord, and personal contact with His Presence.

It will generally be found most natural to address your meditation to the Lord Jesus, His humanity being your point of contact with the Godhead, His humanity being wholly sympathetic with your humanity. In some cases, perhaps, it may be found more helpful to address the utterances directly to the Father, ever bearing in mind and leaning upon the mediation of the Son. An essential to meditation is the remembrance of the fact that there are two parties to it. The soul in addressing itself to its Lord does so in the distinct expectation of a response on His part which will, as it were, convey itself to the man’s mind through the medium of the mind’s own current of thought. It* is this view of the subject which affords the key to the effective performance of this form of worship.

Now comes the question of how to conduct it.

As a practical observance this form of exercise has been much hindered by making it a subject of rules and regulations such as those which are laid down in ordinary manuals. To enjoy the full advantage of the exercise the worshipper should be advised to keep clear of manuals. Avoid formality. Do away with the physical tedium which naturally attends per severance in any single attitude for any length of time, as this certainly detracts from the life of the exercise.

The attitude of kneeling is generally not desirable, and

32 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

it is worth while remembering that ambulatories and cloisters were constructed with the object of affording opportunity for ambulatory prayer. Walking to and fro in church or chapel, or in a quiet spot out of doors, will generally be found most conducive to the exercise of meditation. Outside, indeed, the objects of external nature will generally become a help rather than a hindrance to the exercise of meditation, assisting the worshipper to recognise and appropriate as his own that Real Presence which pervades the universe. 1

In the practice of meditation two difficulties may be mentioned which naturally present themselves, (i) the difficulty of attaining anything like a distinct realisation of the presence of our Lord; (2) that of giving definite and practical shape to the exercise of meditation, and so making it really profitable. The first difficulty will soon yield to earnest endeavour.

You have only to make the Presence a reality to your self by treating it as a real thing, even though you may not at once attain that fuller sense of reality which is the object you are striving after, and which will come in due time. Even though this sense of conscious perception of the Divine Presence should be slow in making itself clearly manifest, do not worry about it. Though your eyes are for the time holden, it does not follow that your Lord is not truly present with you as truly present as He was with the travellers on the way to Emmaus, for even they were not certain until almost after the event present, listening to you and even answering you through the medium of your own thoughts, even as He directed the current of the thoughts of Cleopas and his companion. 2 The great 1 See notes on Divine Immanence appended to Scheme of Prayer, p.51 ft.

9 St. I*”ke  24:13-35.

MEDITATION 33

secret of success is that of treating Him as actually present, only making sure that you are genuinely striving towards the realisation of that actual Presence, and not allowing yourself to be disturbed either by failure in realising it or by absence of fervour or warmth of feeling at first.

The second difficulty, that of giving practical shape to the meditation itself, calls for careful consideration, and must be explicitly dealt with. Meditation to be of any use must be a practical thing; mere devout dreaming is not the thing you are aiming at. The practice of this exercise with any degree of real benefit is no light or easy matter. It calls for steady and strenuous effort. Much depends upon the selection of your subject; this must be something clear and definite, something which you feel to be essential to your soul’s requirements. It may be a particular form of need, of difficulty, of sin, of infirmity, of sorrow, of perplexity, of anxiety, of joy or comfort, of thankfulness or praise some thought or question calling for an expression on your part, and seeking an answer on the part of your Lord.

A text of Scripture may oftentimes be selected as a starting point, and it is desirable to supply yourself with material for following up any thoughts which may occur. The Bible and Greek Testament will be essential, and a small Greek Testament Concordance will also be very helpful. It is very necessary to have a distinct and practical purpose before you, something definite to be kept in view, or there is a danger of degenerating into devout dreaming. You must take heed that your subject follows a definite line of thought, and does not diverge into by-paths. To avoid this latter you will need to preserve your recollectedness,

34 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

your consciousness of the presence of Him Whom you are addressing, as well as the attitude of attention, as expecting, looking for, a response from Him, to be borne in upon your mind in the form of luminous and elevating thoughts.

This practice of meditation will be found to acquire a character of fascination belonging to no other form of mental or spiritual exercise. The worshipper will be surprised by the manner in which, apparently by the sole process of his own thoughts, difficulties will clear themselves away, while doubt and uncertainty, trouble and despondency, and mental disquiet, will give place to a sense of peace and comfort, and even joy. But in order that this happy result may follow it is necessary that plenty of time should be allowed.

Anything like haste will be fatal to its profitable observance. It should never be undertaken unless under circumstances which will afford sufficient time for the deliberate expansion of thought in which the essence of this exercise consists.

One very suitable subject for meditation would be that of hindrances to the spiritual life, in those special forms which most beset the worshipper at that particular time. The treatment of these generally conducive to a sense of comfort, and which is one of the usual accompaniments was exercise.



6. Intercession

INTERCESSION

THE scheme for the Office of Worship, which is given in the Appendix, does not, it will be observed, include the important feature of inter cession. The pastor’s devotional system must include a most careful and sufficient arrangement of this form of duty, or his position as a pastor must necessarily be utterly ineffectual. The various objects which call for the exercise of spiritual energy in this respect will have to be carefully arranged and apportioned to their different departments, and the frequency with which each object takes its place in his act of inter cession will have to be carefully adapted to its necessities and claims.

One fundamental requisite underlying the whole subject of prayer is that of a clear assurance of objective answer to it. The view of a mere subjective effect on the mir^ * *oul of the worshipper is utterly subversive of v an v / in the worship. When we find a man occupying a, position which may be called that of an outside thinker the position of up-to-date scientific thought, as ib the case with Sir Oliver Lodge never finding ny difficult in the idea of an objective answer to prayer, surely the Christian priest must be regarded as woefully falling short of the demands of his position should he allow himself to entertain any doubt on the subject. I only refer to this point because it 35

36 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

is unquestionable that such doubts have existed and have found expression even on the part of those who consider themselves Christians. There must be the clear persuasion that all real prayer must have its objective answer, although it may not be in the actual form in which the prayer is expressed, or which the worshipper contemplates. Without this persuasion it will be impossible to exercise the force and fervour in the act of prayer which alone can make it an actual power for bringing about definite results.

The priest’s intercession must be carefully planned so as to include all such objects as have a right to claim his assistance in this respect; the Church at large, the nation (and the various leading cases of need in each, with more special reference to cases which call for special note for the time being); missions and missionaries should, of course, have a special place in their due order; and so with many other objects which may be included in the term classes. But, of course, a just proportion of the work of intercession is that which is included within the priest’s own special sphere of labour: “the flock, in which the Holy Ghost has placed him as overseer, to tend theChurchofGodwhich He acquired by His own blood.” * Each department of his work of parish organisation must have its proper share in his prayers regularly, and with such proper frequency as each case may seem to call for.

As regards the intercession for individuals, the exercise of much judgment and discretion will be required in the observance of this department of the work. In the first place, it is manifestly impossible that the number of objects included in this form of 1 Acts  20:28.

INTERCESSION 37

supplication should be unlimited. A certain measure of selection will, therefore, have to be exercised in the choice of those whose names will be included in the list of persons for whom special prayer is to be offered.

Those whose claims may seem to be the most imperative are, perhaps, those who themselves would least desire or appreciate the benefits. The erring, the fallen, the negligent, wanderers from the fold, those under pres sure of present special need, the sick, the sorrowful, the bereaved, and so forth, will also have their special claims.

One important point I would commend strongly to the consideration of my brethren, namely, that the case of each individual should be distinctly isolated; that all that is desired on behalf of any person should be asked on his behalf as a separate act; that is, that one should not pray for individuals in groups, the same petition including a list of names, simply because the needs of all are practically the same. To make prayer a real act of force for the benefit of any individual it would seem that the whole prayer should be offered for him separately, even though it be necessary to re peat the same petition word for word for each of a large number of individuals. I have, in my own case, found this necessary to impart any consciousness of efficiency to prayer considered as an act of power.

Distinction has to be made in the matter of prayer between classes and individuals. Classes are, of course, to be dealt with as such, and each to be dealt with as a unit. If the case of any member of a class calls for separate consideration it will naturally be considered separately.

Objection will probably be raised to the length of time which would be necessitated by the observance

38 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

of this rule. This difficulty may in great measure be met by the consideration, already referred to, 1 of the acceleration of mental capacity which is the result of cultivation of the habit of mental concentration.

The priest will, no doubt, provide himself with a formula including the general range of need applicable to all persons alike, and will simply, by an act of mental apprehension, isolate each case as it comes, and apply to it with energy and vigour the various items of supplication; his knowledge of the individual imparting the element of freshness and variety to each application of the one form of words.

In the department of intercession the pastor should seek for assistance and co-operation from those members of his flock who are capable of rendering such assistance; and this would plainly be specially the case with those who are themselves laid aside from active life by sickness or infirmity, and who possess the qualifications of spirituality and devoutness.

These lay helpers must be given to understand that a real and definite result is expected by way of answer to their prayers. It may be well to provide them with a definite formula expressing fully the nature of the needs for which their prayers are invited; though in some cases the priest may feel it sufficient to leave to the helpers themselves the work of putting their petitions into shape. Those whose aid is thus invited are themselves benefited to an incalculable degree, in addition to the value of their services in rendering aid to others. Thus they may be rendered conscious of the significance of those memorable words at the close ofMilton’s sonnet, ” They also serve, who only stand and wait.”

1 Page 15.

INTERCESSION 39

In giving directions to those whom you wish to employ in this manner it will be necessary to enlist their interest in order that they may enter heart and soul into the work which they are undertaking. For this purpose it will be desirable to give them such particulars with reference to the case which you are entrusting to their care as may enable them to picture to them selves the object which they are to have in view with sufficient distinctness. It may not be necessary to give them the names of the persons for whom their prayers are asked, but it will be necessary to give them such a sufficient description of the circumstances with reference to which their prayers are needed as will enable them to make their prayers a living reality.

Vagueness, dimness, and uncertainty in the object to which attention is directed must necessarily render it practically impossible to regard it with any living interest.

D



7. Scheme of Private Devotion

PART II

THE PRIEST’S CARE OF THE SOULS UNDER HIS CHARGE

Acts  20:28.

THE PRIEST’S RELATIONS WITH HIS PEOPLE

OUTLINE OF SUGGESTED SYSTEM

FOR PRIVATE DEVOTIONS

GRANT, we beseech Thee, merciful Lord, to Thy trustful servants pardon and peace, that they may be cleansed from all their sins, and serve Thee with a quiet mind: through Jesus Christ our Lord.

Amen.

Lord, have mercy upon us.

Christ, have mercy upon us.

Lord, have mercy upon us.

Our Father, which art in heaven, Hallowed be Thy Name, Thy kingdom come, Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; And forgive us our trespasses, As we forgive them that trespass against us; And lead us not into temptation, But deliver us from evil. For Thine is the kingdom, the power, and the glory, For ever and ever. Amen.

Psalm 104

1. Praise the Lord, O my soul: O Lord my God, thou art become exceeding glorious; thou art clothed with majesty and honour.

2. Thou deckest thyself with light as it were with a garment: and spreadest out the heavens like a curtain.

3. Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the 40

SYSTEM FOR PRIVATE DEVOTIONS 41

waters: and maketh the clouds his chariot, and walketh upon the wings of the wind.

4. He maketh his angels spirits: and his ministers a flaming fire.

5. He laid the foundations of the earth: that it never should move at any time.

6. Thou coveredst it with the deep like as with a garment: the waters stand in the hills.

7. At thy rebuke they flee: at the voice of thy thunder they are afraid.

8. They go up as high as the hills, and down to the valleys beneath: even unto the place which thou hast appointed for them.

9. Thou hast set them their bounds which they shall not pass: neither turn again to cover the earth.

10. He sendeth the springs into the rivers: which run among the hills.

11. All beasts of the field drink thereof: and the wild asses quench their thirst.

12. Beside them shall the fowls of the air have their habitation: and sing among the branches.

13. He watereth the hills from above: the earth is filled with the fruit of thy works.

14. He bringeth forth grass for the cattle: and green herb for the service of men.

15. That he may bring food out of the earth, and wine that maketh glad the heart of man: and oil to make him a cheerful countenance, and bread to strengthen man’s heart.

16. The trees of the Lord also are full of sap: even the cedars of Libanus which he hath planted;

17. Wherein the birds make their nests: and the fir trees are a dwelling for the stork.

18. The high hills are a refuge for the wild goats, and so are the stony rocks for the conies.

19. He appointed the moon for certain seasons, and the sun knoweth his going down.

42 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

20. Thou makest darkness that it may be night, wherein all the beasts of the forest do move.

21. The lions roaring after their prey: do seek their meat from God.

22. The sun ariseth, and they get them away together: and lay them down in their dens.

23. Man goeth forth to his work, and to his labour, until the evening.

24. O Lord, how manifold are thy works: in wisdom hast thou made them all; the earth is full of thy riches.

25. So is the great and wide sea also: wherein are things creeping innumerable, both small and great beasts.

26. There go the ships, and there is that Leviathan, whom thou hast made to take his pastime therein.

27. These wait all upon thee: that thou mayest give them their meat in due season.

28. When thou givest it them they gather it: and when thou openest thy hand they are filled with good.

29. When thou hidest thy face they are troubled, when thou takest away their breath they die, and are turned again to their dust.

30. When thou lettest thy breath go forth they shall be made: and thou shalt renew the face of the earth.

31. The glorious majesty of the Lord shall endure for ever: the Lord shall rejoice in his works.

32. The earth shall tremble at the look of him, if he do but touch the hills, they shall smoke.

33. I will sing unto the Lord as long as I live, I will praise my God while I have my being.

34. And so shall my words please him: my joy shall be in the Lord.

35. As for sinners, they shall be consumed out of the earth, and the ungodly shall come to an end, praise thou the Lord, O my soul, praise the Lord.

SYSTEM FOR PRIVATE DEVOTIONS 43

Glory be to the Father, and to the. Son: and to the Holy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be: world without end. Amen.

Psalm 145

1. I will magnify thee, O God, my King; and I will praise thy Name for ever and ever.

2. Every day will I give thanks unto thee: and praise thy Name for ever and ever.

3. Great is the Lord, and marvellous worthy to be praised: there is no end of his greatness.

4. One generation shall praise thy works unto another: and declare thy power.

5. As for me, I will be talking of thy worship, thy glory, thy praise, and wondrous works;

6. So that men shall speak of the might of thy marvellous acts: and I will also tell of thy greatness.

7. The memorial of thine abundant kindness shall be shewed: and men shall sing of thy righteousness.

8. The Lord is gracious and merciful: longsuffering and of great goodness.

9. The Lord is loving unto every man: and his mercy is over all his works.

10. All thy works praise thee, O Lord: and thy saints give thanks unto thee.

11. They shew the glory of thy kingdom: and talk of thy power;

12. That thy power, thy glory, and mightiness of thy kingdom: might be known unto men.

13. Thy kingdom is an everlasting kingdom: and thy dominion endureth throughout all ages.

14. The Lord upholdeth all such as fall: and lifteth up all those that are down.

15. The eyes of all wait upon thee, O Lord: and thou givest them their meat in due season.

44 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

16. Thou openest thine hand: and fittest all things living with plenteousness.

17. The Lord is righteous in all his ways: and holy in all his works.

1 8. The Lord is nigh unto all them that call upon him: yea, all such as call upon him faithfully.

19. He will fulfil the desire of them that fear him, he also will hear their cry, and will help them.

20. The Lord preserveth all them that love him, but scattereth abroad all the ungodly.

21. My mouth shall speak the praise of the Lord, and let all flesh give thanks unto his holy Name for ever and ever.

Glory be to the Father, and to the Son: and to the Holy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be: world without end. Amen.

Glory be to God on high, and in earth peace, good will towards men. We praise Thee, we bless Thee, we worship Thee, we glorify Thee, we give thanks to Thee for Thy great glory, O Lord God, heavenly King, God the Father Almighty.

O Lord, the only-begotten Son Jesu Christ; O

Lord God, Lamb of God, Son of the Father, that takest away the sins of the world, have mercy upon us.

Thou that takest away the sins of the world, receive our prayer. Thou that sittest at the right hand of God the Father, have mercy upon us.

For Thou only art holy; Thou only art the Lord; Thou only, O Christ, with the Holy Ghost, art most high in the glory of God the Father. Amen.

1. Praise the Lord, O my soul: and all that is within me praise his holy Name.

2. Praise the Lord, O my soul; and forget not all his benefits,

SYSTEM FOR PRIVATE DEVOTIONS 45

3. Who forgiveth all thy sin: and healeth all thine infirmities, 4. Who saveth thy life from destruction: and crowneth thee with mercy and loving-kindness.

5. The Lord’s Name be praised: from the rising up of the sun to the going down thereof.

Glory be to the Father, and to the Son: and to the Holy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be: world without end. Amen.

PERSONAL THANKSGIVING

Thanks and praise to God for His mercies eye sight, hearing, reason, activity, and health of body and powers of mind, worldly means and provision for temporal needs, friends, His forbearance and longsuffering, but chiefly for the knowledge of Himself and for eternal life in union with His Son through the Holy Spirit.

SELF-OBLATION

Offer myself to God. Acknowledge that I am unable, unworthy to offer, unfit for His reception.

Pray that He will accept, and forgive, and subdue me to His will, that I may be His in body, soul, and spirit.

CONFESSION

I. My besetting sin, with careful thought and sor rowful acknowledgment of the various aspects in which it is manifested in the day’s life.

II. Bloodguiltiness. (i) Those to whom (by example, influence, direct suggestion offensive to Thee, or failure of duty) I may have in any way been the means of at any time leading into or encouraging in sin, and whose blood cries against me from the ground.

46 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

May the precious Blood of Jesus, which speaketh better things than that of Abel, plead for me to Thee and to them; plead for me and for them; save me and save them; and deliver me from bloodguiltiness.

(2) Those whom I have injured by neglect, and whose blood, etc.

May the precious Blood of Jesus, etc.

(3) Those towards whom I may have shown myself untrustworthy, and whose blood, etc.

May the precious Blood of Jesus, etc.

(4) Those whom I have injured by thought, word, and deed; by doing and leaving undone, and whose blood, etc.

May the precious Blood of Jesus, etc.

III. Presumption against Thee. (i) Let me consider my action in taking upon me this ministry, whether I may not in so doing have been guilty of presumption against Thee.

May the precious Blood of Jesus cleanse me, for give me, and save me, for Thy mercy’s sake.

(2) That I have denied it by wilful sin.

May the precious Blood of Jesus, etc.

(3) That I have taken Thy Holy Name in vain.

May the precious Blood forgive me, and grant me grace to worship Thee in spirit and in truth.

(4) That I have grieved Thy Holy Spirit.

May the precious Blood of Jesus cleanse me, for give me, and save me, for Thy mercy’s sake.

IV. My Selfishness and Self-indulgence. (i) May the precious Blood cleanse me, forgive me, and grant me grace to take up my cross and follow in the Saviour’s steps.

(2) My self-seeking.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, forgive me, and grant me grace to seek Thy glory and the good of Thy Church.

SYSTEM FOR -PRIVATE DEVOTIONS 47

(3) My self-will.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to bring into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.

Grant that I may trust in Thee with all my heart, and lean not to mine own understanding: in all my ways acknowledge Thee; and do Thou, O Lord, direct my paths.

(4) My self-conceit and pride.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to abhor myself, and to repent in dust and ashes.

(5) My self-assertiveness and evil temper.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to be gentle and kind and forbearing.

(6) My timidity and fear of men.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to be faithful, fearless, and courageous in these respects.

(7) My censoriousness, judgment of others, and uncharitableness.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to treat others, and think of others, and speak of others, as better than myself.

(8) My unsympathy.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to be moved with compassion, and to spend and be spent for others.

(9) My impenitence.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to repent, and confess, and turn from my sins.

(10) My unfaith.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to embrace and hold fast the blessed hope of everlasting life in our Saviour Jesus Christ.

(n) My ingratitude, and want of love to Thee.

Lord, I am unfit, unworthy to love Thee. May

48 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

the Blood of Jesus Christ cleanse me. And may Thy Holy Spirit cleanse the thoughts of my heart that I may perfectly love Thee, and worthily magnify Thy Holy Name.

(12) My unfaithfulness to duty.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to be as faithful as Moses in all his house.

(13) My untruth.

May the precious Blood cleanse me, and grant me grace to know the truth and to walk in the truth, that the truth may make me free.

May the Blood of Jesus cleanse me from all sin, and deliver me from its power. Though we be tied and bound with the chain of our sins, yet let the pitifulness of Thy great mercy loose us, for the honour of Jesus Christ our Mediator and Advocate.

O Lord, grant me Thy Holy Spirit.

Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me.

Cast me not away from Thy presence, and take not Thy Holy Spirit from me.

O give me the comfort of Thy help again, and stablish me with Thy free Spirit.

Grant me light that I may know Thy will.

Grant me fear; lighten mine eyes that I sleep not in death.

Grant me power; crush down within me the prin ciple of evil.

O Lord, Thou knowest that the way of man is not in himself: it is not in man that walketh to direct his steps.

O Lord, correct me, but with judgment: not in thine anger, lest Thou bring me to nothing.

Grant me power: work in me to will and to do for Thy good pleasure.

Order my footsteps in Thy word, and so shall no wickedness have dominion over me.

SYSTEM FOR PRIVATE DEVOTIONS 49

Make me to do the thing that pleaseth Thee, for Thou art my God.

Let Thy good Spirit lead me in the paths of righteousness.

Grant that I may work out my own salvation in fear and trembling.

Strengthen me with might by Thy Holy Spirit in the inner man, that Christ may dwell in my heart by faith. That I, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to apprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ which passeth knowledge, that I may be filled with all the fulness of God.

DEPRECATION

Save me from the devil. Grant that I may resist the devil and that he may flee from me. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Save me from my evil heart. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Grant that I may keep my body and bring it into subjection. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Save me from temptation and through temptation.

Grant that I may resist and that I may watch and pray that I enter not into temptation. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Save me in all my dealings with men. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Grant that I may follow peace with all men, and holiness without which no man can see the Lord. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Save me from the world’s temptation. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Hold up my goings in Thy paths. For I flee unto Thee to hide me.

Hear me, O Lord, for Jesus Christ’s sake.

50 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

GIFTS OF THE SPIRIT

I. Grant that by Thy Holy Spirit’s grace my heart may be

(1) Awakened.

(2) Enlightened.

(3) Moved.

(4) Subdued.

(5) Drawn.

(6) Opened.

(7) Enkindled.

II. Grant me the spirit of penitence, a broken and a contrite heart, that I may (1) repent, (2) confess, (3) turn from, my sins.

Grant me the spirit of faith that I may embrace and hold fast the blessed hope of eternal life in Christ Jesus.

May the Blood of Jesus cleanse me from all sin.

May I know the love of Christ that passe th know ledge, that I may be filled with all the fulness of God.

III. Save me from a spirit of

(1) Self-indulgence.

(2) Self-seeking.

(3) Self-conceit.

(4) Self-will.

(5) Untruth.

(6) Uncharity.

(7) Self-deceiving.

IV. Inspire me with

(1) Love for Thee, and a shepherd’s love for souls.

(2) Zeal for Thy glory, and faithful diligence.

(3) Wisdom, judgment, discretion.

(4) Self-denial and self-abnegation.

(5) Faith, courage, and steadfastness.

(6) Gentleness, meekness, and humility.

(7) Knowledge,



8. Thoughts of Divine Immanence in Worship

51

THOUGHTS OF DIVINE IMMANENCE IN WORSHIP

(a) Open my heart that I may seek Thee.

(b) Open my eyes that I may see Thee, and see wondrous things out of Thy law.

(c) Open my understanding that I may understand the Scriptures.

(d) Enlighten my mind that I may know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ Whom Thou hast sent, and in this knowledge find life for my soul.

(e) Grant that I may stand in Thy temple and speak to Thy people the words of this life.

(f) Purge my lips with a coal from Thine altar. Kindle my lips with a coal from Thine altar. Put Thy word into my lips that it may be as fire, and as the hammer that breaketh rocks in pieces.

(g) Open the hearts of Thy people that they may attend to me, and receive with meekness the engrafted word which is able to save their souls.

(h) Prosper Thy word in my lips, and Thy work in my hands, that it may be blessed for Thy glory

(1) In winning souls.

(2) In feeding Thy flock.

(3) In unity.

(4) In healing.

(5) In correction.

(6) In pulling down.

(7) In building up.

it will be observed that in the foregoing office a conspicuous position has been given to certain selected psalms, and it may not be out of place to offer a few suggestive thoughts on the subject of the devotional

52 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

use of the Psalms in an aspect which, perhaps, has not received hitherto the attention that, doubtless, will be given to it in the future; I mean that which sets forth the Immanence of Jehovah throughout the universe in the Person of the Logos.

This glorious truth found expression in the writings of the early Greek Fathers, especially Athanasius, but was lost sight of throughout a large portion of the Church’s life. It seems to pass almost out of view during the Middle Ages, and does not reappear in any measure in what may be called the modern systems of religion. Of late years its realisation has been revived (and it will probably take an important place in the attention of the religious world), and there is every prospect of its being restored to its due position in the attention of the religious world in the immediate future. There can be no doubt that the full apprehension of this truth must have the effect of imparting life and interest and gladness to the practice of devotion, such as would hardly be attainable from any other source. It is a truth which is now beginning to find expression on all sides of us.

The part taken by the Logos, first, in the work of creation, and secondly in the act of sustaining and developing the object thus brought into being, is beginning to take its place in the spiritual life, and one result of this consciousness takes shape in a new feeling of admiration for natural scenery in a degree far surpassing what that feeling could be when actuated by any lower consideration. The thought that every object of beauty and order which the senses are capable of perceiving is a presentment of some quality or attribute in the character of God, and more than this that it has this quality from the fact of the

DIVINE IMMANENCE IN WORSHIP 53

actual and literal presence of the Divine Logos, which presence imparts to it the character it thus manifests, is one of the most inspiring which the mind is capable of conceiving. As Dr. Liddon says, ” He (the Logos) does in a real sense Himself exist in each created object, not as being one with it, but as upholding it in being.

He is in every such object the constituting, sustaining, binding force which perpetuates its being.” l Lightfoot, in his Commentary on the Colossians, speaks of the Logos as the sustaining principle which keeps every object in creation in its present condition of cohesion, “He is the principle of cohesion in the universe. He impresses upon creation that unity and solidarity which makes it a cosmos instead of a chaos. Thus, to take one instance, the action of gravitation which keeps in their places things fixed, and regulates the motions of things moving, is an expression of His mind/ 2

This is the vast truth which pantheism gropes after and only fails to reach because it stops short with a half-truth, making its Logos an impersonal principle, immanent, but not transcendent. When once the true view of the Divine Immanence has been distinctly apprehended, and a man realises that the landscape which delights his system of physical sensation is a combination of objects, each of which is a setting forth of the real presence of the Logos in one of those aspects infinite in number which go to make up His glorious beauty; and that the scene as a whole possesses a unity and completeness of its own, arising from the fact of the prevailing Presence; the contemplation of Nature has for him an effect of elevation of 1 Liddon’s Bampton Lectures, 1866, 5th Ed, p. 265.

2 Notes on Co 50:1. 17.

54 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

soul, and a possibility of delight, far exceeding any thing which it can inspire when regarded from any other point of view. The same would be the case with separate objects, the tiny flower, the lofty tree, the flake of snow, the massive precipice. The contemplation of the various aspects of Divine beauty thus pictured in corresponding presentments of natural beauty would no doubt prove the most fascinating and inspiring exercise of which the mind was capable.

It may seem strange to say so, but it is none the less certain that anything like a real apprehension of the beauties of natural scenery is a very rare thing; that is to say, anything more than a mere vague sense of unintelligent admiration, or admiration which is devoid of intelligent appreciation of those features in which the beauties of the scene or object in question really consist. The study of Ruskin’s works would be an unfailing means of convincing any reader of this fact. The taste for natural scenery is one which, like most of the more elevating forms of taste, needs cultivation for its development. And in the view be fore us, its cultivation would tend as well to the realisation of the love of God as to the increase of the joy of life, in a degree greater possibly than can be attained by any other branch of study.

The idea of the immanence of God is the leading principle underlying Hebrew poetry, and in that sense peculiar to itself. The idea is not so much that of an invisible power energising the various operations of nature, as that of a vast Personality, human in its character, and carrying on its operations (the phenomena of the natural world) by means of human actions, effected by human limbs and human organs.

The idea pervades the whole Psalter, but nowhere finds

DIVINE IMMANENCE IN WORSHIP 55

expression more vividly and with greater variety of imagery than in the lo/j-th Psalm, in which a general view is given of all the various operations of the physical universe instanced as effected by direct human -like action on the part of God, and their result as the setting forth of His glory and the manifestation of His own joy. In response to this we have the attitude of the creature as contemplating with uplifted, enraptured soul these manifestations of the Divine glory and Divine love, and thus making himself a sharer in the Divine emotion. ” My joy is (not shall be) in Jehovah.” The mastering of this particular psalm is in itself a distinct and definite step to the sensible realisation, in a devotional sense, of God’s presence, all-mighty and all-loving, in the varied phenomena of the natural world, and of the creature’s joyous and loving response to the address that is made to it by that Presence.

It begins with an apostrophe to the Divine Nature ” Praise Jehovah, O my soul.” We address the Divine Being in the view which, in the exhibition of His works, He impresses upon us of His glory and beauty. Then we go on to the picturing of a series of Divine actions manifested in the operations of the world of nature. The subject of this psalm is not that of the personal Word of God in His relation to the personal man, nor to the Church as His kingdom; it is simply an enraptured utterance of the spirit of natural religion. We see Jehovah, as it were, an infinite man engaged in carrying out His operations in the natural universe. 1 We begin with light, the curtain interposed1 Acommon view taken by critics is to the effect that Jehovah was regarded by the Israelites merely as their own national god, His dominion limited to His own peculiar nation, occupying a similar position to that ascribed to Moloch and Baal over the nations which E

56 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

between the observer and the Personal Source of all light. (The writer was not thinking of the world as a globe, nor as an object holding a minor place in the scheme of creation; the world was to him the ” be-all and end-all ” of the universe, a level surface of im measurable extent with the heavens as a dome-like canopy reaching over it.) Next is pictured to us the peopling of the world by the animal creation, and also the world of vegetation provided for its sustenance and comfort. ” The earth is filled (perhaps satiated) with the fruit of Thy works.” Those creatures are included whose dwelling is in uncultivated wastes, the mountains and craggy rocks, which are beyond man’s reach and dominion. The climax is reached in the appearance of man himself, and the outburst of praise for which this forms the signal ” O Jehovah, how manifold are Thy works; in wisdom Kast Thou made them all, the earth is full of Thy riches.”

The early Hebrews had no other Bible than the Book of Nature. It was their converse with nature which inspired within them the realisation of what Jehovah was in His essential Personality, as well as owned allegiance to them. This view is probably true as regards the earlier periods of Hebrew History: Jehovah was, indeed, all in all to His own people, only because He was their God and Champion as against the gods of other nations. This, however, is far from being the view taken by the Hebrew poets. In this psalm, for in stance, Jehovah is contemplated as nothing less than the God Who created and controls the whole universe. He deals first with light as a source of all being, then proceeds to the firmament and to the reservoirs in the upper waters from which the rain comes. The Omnipresence of Jehovah is recognised throughout. (We are reminded of the wonderful presentment of this fact exhibited in the chariot of the cherubim described by Ezekiel, the four-faced zoa with their attendant wheels as the means of bearing the Divine Presence with lightning speed in all directions over the whole universe. Ezek. 1. 4-25.) At every turn the Divine Being is spoken of as performing the operations of physical nature with a human like action. Jehovah is treated as the Great Artificer.

DIVINE IMMANENCE IN WORSHIP 57

in His relations to themselves. They were brought near to God through their nearness to nature. It is possible that the most effective result of the study of the Psalms, as regards its practical application to the exercise of the devotional life, may be found in this spontaneous yet deliberate recognition of the real presence of the Divine Logos in the external world of nature. The practice of this spiritual converse with nature as a direct factor in the exercise of the devotional habit has hitherto, no doubt, received but little attention. Possibly indeed it belongs to such an advanced period of intellectual thought as that upon which the world appears to be entering at the present day; and yet it is no new principle of devotional thought. The Hebrew poets, as we have seen, realised the Personal Presence of Jehovah everywhere through out creation; and not only as a Presence, but as an active, operating influence, and as inspired by a spirit of conscious benevolent interest in the phenomena of nature, and causing these phenomena by the direct action of His own will.

As a reason for the introduction of this subject in connection with that which is now before us the formation and maintenance of the devotional habit I would remind my readers of the fact of the remarkable approach which is being made nowadays between the material world on the one side, and the intellectual and spiritual world on the other, as one of the results which are being brought about by developments in the study of popular science. We may, perhaps, predicate that this tendency of study is promising to bring about the restoration of the great world of external nature, and the Bible which it represents, to its due place in the spiritual life, in spiritual education,

58 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

and in worship. The principle which underlies this tendency is that to which I have referred as the thought of the Real Presence of the Divine Logos in every object of beauty, symmetry, and order that presents itself to our senses in the external world. The thought to be realised is that of the Divine Presence, as it were, looking forth out of every such object; speaking forth out of it; nay, more, giving itself in one of the corresponding aspects of its own beauty to the ready observer.

This view of the Divine Presence is, of course, realised by the Christian student in a much deeper and fuller sense than was the case with the Hebrew poet.

It is the fact of the Incarnation which brings about this closer touch, this fuller apprehension, leading the observer to recognise the Divine Presence not only as presiding, ruling, operating, but as actually taking into union with itself the universe of nature, and so bringing about a living touch with the seeker, and one of closer character than could otherwise be effected.

Through our Lord’s union with humanity He has taken the whole world of nature into contact with Himself.

It is for us to look for, and admire, each object through which He looks, speaks, gives Himself, and to realise what in His Person what special aspect of His beauty it pictures for us. It is for us to adore Him Whose presence and Whose love towards us it depicts, and so to make each such object a means of living and loving personal contact with Him.

This spiritual study of the presence of Christ pervading the world of nature in such a manner as to convey itself in living communion to all who devoutly seek Him there naturally leads up to that aspect of this Real Presence which forms the supreme act of

DIVINE IMMANENCE IN WORSHIP 59

contact between itself and the true receiver, namely, the Sacrament of His Body and Blood, wherein the all-pervading Presence finds, as it were, its focus. The Presence is as real, as literal, when considered as disseminated in the various departments of its operation throughout the universe as it is in the Sacrament, but in the latter we find that Presence, so to speak, in its fulness; that is to say, presenting Itself in such a form as to communicate not some one or other of His innumerable qualities of grace and love as in other features of His immanence, but His whole Self in the entire complex of all those constituent qualities and graces which belong to the Divine Humanity. Here we have the climax of the grand idea of the Real Presence of the Logos in His creation.



9. Priest’s Relations with His People

PART II

THE PRIEST’S CARE OF THE SOULS UNDER HIS CHARGE

Acts 20:28

THE PRIEST’S RELATIONS WITH HIS PEOPLE

ONE object to be aimed at by the priest is that of placing himself on terms of personal relationship and confidence with every individual in his parish. This may seem an ideal to be aimed at rather than a result to be attained with any probability, except in small congregations; yet it must be aimed at and striven for might and main. For example, the priest should never lose an opportunity of speaking pastorally to any member of his flock who may chance to come his way. In his visits to homes he must often miss the men, since they are so frequently absent from various causes: yet they must be the chief object of his attention. Never, therefore, let him lose the opportunity of an interview, and let him see that every opportunity is properly utilised to the effect that something is said which is likely to be of real benefit.

Care must be taken also not to repel by anything like abruptness or a dictatorial manner; his part is to win souls, angle for them, entrap them,

fffrj fayp&v” St. Luke V. IO.

“oAieTs avepdircav” St. Matt. 4:19.

We are often told that the parson’s society is rather avoided by the average male member of his flock, and especially by the young men. He must make it the 63

64 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

first care to do away with the possibility of such a feeling in those who belong to him; his efforts for their good will certainly be neutralised if this state of affairs is permitted to exist. And let the priest assure himself that if such a sentiment of repulsion does exist the fault lies with himself. In very few cases will even the shyest and most apparently impracticable member be able to resist the advances made in the kindly, open-hearted, affectionate manner which is the outcome of a true, heartfelt, loving interest in the individual. He should, of course, avoid anything like preaching or laying down the law in his manner towards the members of his flock. Let him acquire the habit of entering so fully into the personal interests and concerns of his people that he may always find something to say to each individual which will enlist his interest and good will. At the same time, while such overtures will generally, in the first place at least, deal with temporal concerns, he must never lose sight of the fact that his attitude is to be always that of watching for souls. In every conversation this object should be kept in view, and the opportunity sought or made for the introduction of some element of spiritual guidance and admonition. This is especially needful in the case of those whom he is likely to meet but seldom, whilst in these instances particularly special care is necessary to avoid anything likely to have a disconcerting or repellent effect upon them. Make it a rule, if possible, never to send a man away with a feeling of displeasure towards you, but let him leave you in such a frame of mind that he will be glad to see you again. Even in cases in which rebuke has to be administered it does not necessarily follow that such a friendly parting is impossible. Be loving and gentle in your reproofs and

PRIEST’S RELATIONS WITH HIS PEOPLE 65

then you can generally be as severe as you like. Combine the authority of a priest with the sympathy of a fellow creature and the humility of a fellow sinner.

Be specially careful to know the children and to gain their confidence. Learn and bear in mind their names separately, so as to be able to address them personally; this will be found a great means of winning not only their regard and trust, but also that of their parents. Teach them to come to you and talk to you; let them have a considerable share of your direct attention. Be sure to make inquiry with reference to their practice of saying their prayers, attendance at Sunday School, or other important duties.



10. On the Practice of Auricular Confession

ON THE PRACTICE OF AURICULAR CONFESSION

IT is an unquestioned fact that a strong and very general prejudice exists against what is known by the term “Auricular Confession.” Nor is this prejudice altogether ill-founded. We cannot afford to decry or even ignore it. The thing which it contemplates and which represents its idea of the practice in question is certainly objectionable. In any case there are very serious dangers attending the practice we shall now consider, namely, that which we may describe as Sacramental Confession.

As ordinarily practised it is altogether too slight a thing, conducted too hurriedly, and therefore superficial. This is rendered inevitable from the fact of the numbers who have to be dealt with, and possibly in some cases by the frequency with which it is observed.

In most cases, however, it is the rarity rather than the frequency of observance which tends to neutralise any benefit which might otherwise attend its use. The idea of compressing the acknowledgment of a year’s sin and the presentment of the comprehensive view of the soul’s condition as arrived at in that period, together with the admonition and direction which would necessarily arise as its result, all within the space of say half an hour, or even an hour, involves a 66

PRACTICE OF AURICULAR CONFESSION 67

self-evident absurdity. The truly discreet and learned priest will generally find more than one interview necessary for the purpose. The various avenues through which the central principle of sin finds its vent, and the various concrete forms which it takes in so doing, will have to be traced and dealt with separately; then the various aspects which the central principle of ” love-motive ” will have to assume in the work of correcting the mischief in its different shapes must also be set before the penitent fully and distinctly.

This will require time for thought and for the initiation of act. Hence the practice of sacramental confession for any individual, in such a degree as to promise real benefit, must necessarily be occasional and comparatively infrequent.

Another danger connected with this practice is that of leading the penitent to place too much dependence upon a human mediator, more especially in the act of Absolution. It is therefore most essential that the priest should clearly explain his position as that of a mere agent, whose office is simply that of leading the penitent to recognise and address himself to the Real Presence of the one great Confessor, Absolver, and Director, Who is invisible. A fearful responsibility rests upon the officiating agent in this respect. He must bear in mind the tendency in weak humanity to turn aside from the invisible to the visible, to depend upon earthly props and supports; he must remember the danger of hindering rather than helping the work of salvation by assisting to deflect the penitent’s view from the One Object, the contemplation of which brings life. He must make absolutely sure that throughout the whole course of this sacramental proceeding the penitent has his eye fixed upon the

68 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

invisible High Priest, and that in every act which he is called upon to perform whether it be confession, renunciation, or loving trust it is Christ Himself Whom he is addressing, while the earthly priest stands aside as it were, and simply leads and points the penitent to the true Personal Object of every spiritual endeavour.

Again, there is the danger of arousing the spirit of prejudice to which reference has been made, and so repelling the penitent, and incurring the loss of influence in a general sense. The priest should bear in mind the fact that prejudice, though unreasonable, may not be despised or disregarded; it is one of the most serious hindrances to the priest’s influence for good; it should therefore be his care, and the object of strenuous effort, to allay or disarm it. He cannot fight it down, that is certain. He must be patient with it, treat it as a disease, and above all things treat it with gentleness and kindness. If he cannot allay or remove it let him assure himself that the fault must be to a great extent his own. Remember St. Aidan ” Was it their stubbornness or your severity? Did you forget the Apostle’s command to feed them first with milk and then with meat? ” l There are, however, few instances in which the parish priest need get to loggerheads with his people if he can only bring himself to act as St. Aidan acted. So with confession; the most desirable method of conducting it is, no doubt, in the Church, the priest habited in cassock, surplice, and stole. But supposing that the practice in this form should be objectionable to a portion of his flock, simply because they associate it (and not unreasonably) with methods of conducting it which he himself would probably 1 Wakeman, History of the Church of England, yth edit. p. 24.

PRACTICE OF AURICULAR CONFESSION 69

allow to be open to serious objection, he would show himself to be an unwise pastor by persisting in con ducting it with those particular adjuncts. He would find no difficulty in gaining his point as regards the true nature of the sacrament if he could only bring himself to dispense with what cannot be regarded as in any sense essential features.

It is true that many of his people, especially those who need it the most, would object to yielding their confidence to their clergyman on the subject of their inner life. This is a difficulty of an entirely different character, and is to be overcome only by the exercise of personal influence of such a kind as to invite and win their confidence through the manifestation on the priest’s part of a character worthy of being admitted to such inner relations.

But when all is said and done, the great obstacle to the profitable exercise of this all-important priestly function consists in too many instances in the lack of qualification on the priest’s part for that exercise.

Romehas its cut-and-dried method in which its clergy are fully instructed. They know exactly what they have to do, and they do it accordingly. To us their performance of this sacramental ordinance may appear lamentably inadequate, but that is their business, not ours. With our fuller light as we are taught to regard it we could not dare to enter upon the practice of sacramental confession on the same lines as those which they follow. We realise the necessity for going deeper and riding higher, and this being so, we forego it altogether and leave our young members to flounder along as best they may! Brethren, this ought not so to be. Then why is it so? Simply because the due observance of the practice entails

70 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

qualifications which are not possessed in sufficient kind and degree by the average parish priest. Such qualifications are, (1) A knowledge of human nature attainable only by careful study and by experience founded upon watchful observations, digested by mature judgment.

(2) The main requisite of personal knowledge of our Lord Himself, in His character as Example, and in His relation to humanity as a Lover of souls.

Training in the former respects should form a conspicuous feature in the preparation of candidates for Holy Orders, and although the shortness of the time ordinarily allowed for such preparation would make it impossible to carry out this form of study with any degree of thoroughness, yet the instruction given in this subject should have the effect of giving the student a start in the pursuit of this all-important branch of study. The young clergyman in his Diaconate and early Priesthood should make it one of the most emphatic objects of his study and efforts to carry on the work of training himself in this branch of his duty, and this not necessarily by the use of books on this special subject, which are often misleading.

Better means are those of self-examination, careful observation, meditation, and the practice of the Presence of our Lord. Careful observation, not of course in the sense of prying or espionage, but open and above-board, such as will infallibly be attained by the habit of spiritual conversation with all sorts of people, and with each one in that particular manner and tone which individually suits him best. The young priest cannot be too cautious in the matter of entering upon the discharge of this branch of his functions. The very greatest mischief may be the

PRACTICE OF AURICULAR CONFESSION 71

result of his taking it up with ” prentice hand.” The human soul is a frail and delicate piece of texture to handle, and the work of operating upon it calls for the surgeon’s hand a symbol which represents the ideal of the priestly art firm, unshrinking, unshaking, strong, decided yet gentle as a woman s.



11. Treatment of Individual Souls

THE TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS

ONE of the great needs in the training of candidates for Holy Orders is some systematised and specialised instruction in the method of treatment for individual souls. The practice of Confession is referred to in the Exhortation in the Communion Service, as well as in the rubric in the Office for the Visitation of the Sick. The priest’s duty in this respect is a form of pastoral work to his preparation for which too little regard has been paid in the past.

It is to be feared that the systematic observance of the conduct of private confessions has to a large extent fallen into disuse, or, still worse, has been undertaken by those whose capacity for such delicate work is more than doubtful. Before venturing upon this duty a large degree of acquaintance with human nature in its inner depths and in its varied forms of development is required on the part of the practitioner.

Incalculable mischief has resulted from the taking in hand of this form of pastoral work by those who were inadequately fitted for it. How is this fitness to be attained?

In the first place the practitioner must study the subject in relation to his own soul, remembering that in its main features human nature is always the same.

72

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 73

The duty of self-examination must be explained and strictly enforced. Not only must your instruction to this effect be given clearly and wisely, but you must watch its results. Beware of false diffidence in inviting and urging confidence; remember the absolute necessity for free and unrestrained inter course between penitent and priest on the subject of the spiritual condition and of spiritual difficulties.

Be on the watch for indications of a desire to open the heart to you, and be on the alert to meet it more than half-way; otherwise you may lose golden opportunities. Better risk repulse than miss the chance of saving, or even helping, a soul.

You will often find that the desire for the relief arising from such confidential dealing has long been existent in the heart, and only restrained by timidity or diffidence. In such cases the penitent is often, owing to the priest’s neglect, driven to seek relief in other quarters, from more faithful if less qualified confidants. The attainment of the person’s confidence must be regarded as indispensable, must be aimed at, planned for, striven for, prayed for. Until it has been attained the priest can hardly consider his ministrations, so far as regards the case in question, as other than a failure.

The practice of confession may be regarded as having two forms. The first is that which may be called Plenary Confession, or the confession which is made by one who, for the first time in any real and complete sense, seeks reconciliation with God, and entrance upon the definite practice of the spiritual life. He may be a baptised person who has not lived up to his baptismal vocation; at all events, he is one who has never yet fairly and definitely sought and attained the

74 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

condition of reconciliation with God. The second form of confession is that which is made by one to whom the act of conscious approach to God and of yielding up the soul to Him for pardon and grace is not a new one, but who has already known what it is to experience the gift of absolution at former periods in his life, with greater or less frequency and regularity.

In the first of these two cases the penitent is, of course, required to look back upon his entire life past.

He is carrying about with him, unabsolved, the whole burden of a life’s sin, and must realise that burden in its entirety before bringing it to the foot of the cross for the double gift of absolution and cleansing. To call to mind all the sins of a lifetime, or even any considerable fraction of them, is manifestly impossible.

But it is none the less necessary, by dint of careful research and self-examination, to arrive at an idea of the general tenor of that special form of sin which has characterised the individual’s life; and also to call to mind the leading special acts of sin to which the conscience testifies as standing out prominently in his life’s history. This process of research will call for the exercise of great care and unremitting attention, so as to make the confession sufficiently comprehensive to represent a true view. of the life’s sin. Of course, the object sought in leading a sinner to open out the secrets of his heart to Christ, whether it be directly or through the agency of the human priest, is not that of (as it were) informing the Lord Himself, or even the earthly priest, on the subject. It is rather that of bringing before the penitent’s own view a sufficiently full and comprehensive idea of his condition as a sinner before God, as to awaken within him the sentiment of heartfelt repentance, and a fervent desire

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 75

for cleansing from the guilt of sin and release from its yoke. Hence definite and particular confession is necessary, whether the confession is made to Christ Himself alone or to the priest as His representative.

As a matter of fact, the disuse of so-called ” auricular confession,” which took place after the Reformation, has too often led to the disuse of real confession in any sense whatever. A man is satisfied with acknowledging in a general way his condition as a sinner, without realising in any true sense what that condition means, namely, what those sins are for which he asks forgiveness. The omission is a most dangerous one, if not even fatal. In the first place, the sinner fails in the comprehension of the character and heinousness of the sins of which he supposes himself to repent; and hence, it is questionable whether his repentance can possess that depth and reality which is needful to make it fully effectual. In the second place, the lack of self-examination into the various forms of sin which most easily beset him will tend to deprive him of that knowledge of those sins which is needful to enable him to guard against them for the future. Hence, fulness and explicitness in self-examination and expression of sin is to be carefully enforced from the outset.

The presentment of the sins of a lifetime as an -act of penitence before the cross of Christ by one who has never definitely performed such an act in the past forms a crisis in his life, calling for the most solemn attention and care at the hands of both penitent and practitioner. The preparation for it must necessarily take a considerable time; anything like haste or lack of due deliberation may be fatal. Some amount even of delay may be found necessary to enable the penitent

76 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

to arrange fully and clearly before his own view the consciousness of his condition and needs as a sinner, and also to make sure of his mind as regards his desire for new life, and his purpose to set about it. Yet should delay be found necessary, it is imperative that there should be no slackening in his efforts after attaining the consummation he desires, for such slackening will generally mean falling away. The penitent should be warned that his sincerity may be tried by apparent delay in the inward response made to his efforts after reconciliation with God. It is by such delay that the winnowing process is effected, whereby those who are but half-hearted drop off and show themselves unworthy of the gift which they wish for and affect to seek. The failure is simply because the seeker is not really in earnest. Some response, however, in the way of a comforting sense of accept ance will always be in some degree vouchsafed.

The penitent should be taught to distinguish between faith and assurance. Faith does not mean, nor does it imply, the presence of assurance. Faith may be accompanied by much doubt. Faith means the acceptance at God’s hands of a gift which God has promised to bestow on certain conditions. Faith is simply the fulfilment of those conditions. Faith is an act always, not a feeling. Belief is not faith, nor any part of faith, although it is essential to lead a man to perform the act of self-surrender in which faith really consists.

As has already been intimated, the priest must ascertain from the penitent the scope of the confession to be made, whether it should include the whole of his past life, or whether it simply looks back to some former act of confession which has been complete of

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 77

its kind, and followed by a full and satisfactory absolution. It will, of course, come to the same thing, whether this has been done by the aid of a priest, or by direct communication with our Lord Himself.

The latter, no doubt, is by far the best method when the penitent is sufficiently nurtured in the spiritual life to be qualified to practise it. Moreover, it should be the priest’s declared aim to assist the penitent in attaining such a degree of maturity as will enable him to dispense with the services of an earthly practitioner in this particular respect. Yet it is most desirable, especially in the case of the young (that is, of boys), that the practice of direct auricular confession should be revived, though in such a form as not to rouse a prejudice in those who might otherwise be disposed to take alarm.

The priest should, however, beware of keeping the penitent in leading strings longer than is necessary.

There can be no doubt that the more excellent way is that of direct, personal confession to a Personal Christ.

The practice of retaining a penitent in the observance of auricular confession longer than is necessary may be attended by three evils.

(1) It may tend to cultivate an effeminate type of life, and hinder the development of the masculine qualities of judgment, discretion, and self-control.

(2) It may be an obstacle to that direct and con fidential communion with the Personal Christ which is the ideal of the spiritual life.

(3) Even supposing it were the best way, yet when we consider the comparatively very small number of priests who are qualified to administer this sacrament, one has to take into account the danger accruing to the penitent in case of his removal to a place where

78 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

there is no priest duly qualified for this purpose, if his training has made him dependent upon this practice for the sustenance of his spiritual life.

No priest should be satisfied with taking up a case which has formerly been dealt with by another priest, and following it on the identical lines observed by his predecessor, unless his own judgment commends this course as suitable and sufficient in the particular case before him. Each priest has his own separate responsibility, his own judicial position, for the exercise of which he must answer directly to his Master. Sup posing one who has been in the habit of regular confession should come to him for this purpose, the priest must satisfy himself by careful inquiry that the man’s spiritual life is in a state suitable for the bestowal of absolution, before he consents to pronounce it. If his predecessor has been in the practice, only too common, of a superficial treatment of souls, the priest must beware of confirming his mistakes, perhaps to the fatal injury of an immortal soul. Let him beware of the condemnation of ” healing the hurt of the daughter of my people slightly, saying, Peace, peace; when there is no peace.” 1 He must be deep and searching in his inquiries as to the consciousness of sin as a reality in its inner depths and springs, as well as in certain external exhibitions of a more or less serious character.

At the same time, let him beware of making the smallest shade of reflection, directly or indirectly, on a brother priest, for any neglect or incompetence he may have shown in his dealing with the penitent.

The priest must be on his guard against manifesting anything like disgust or repulsion, whatever the nature of the sin may be. Deepest seriousness, and the fullest 1 Jer. viii. n.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 79

sense of heinousness, may be combined with the tenderest gentleness and the utmost kindliness. Re member the very fact that the penitent comes to you with his offering of humble acknowledgment, that he is of his own accord, and so far as he can do so, opening his heart to your view, entitles him to your deepest personal interest and regard. Let it be seen that the acknowledgment of his sin does not repel you from him, but draws you closer to him. In any case, you cannot judge the relative degrees of criminality; forms which to you may seem grossest, may possibly, in God’s sight, be less offensive than others which may appear to you to be comparatively slight.

You have invited your penitent to such a degree of confidence as he may think well to repose in you, or you may think well to seek from him. How closely you may press such investigation will, of course, depend upon your own judgment, and this will call for the nicest discrimination. The question whether he should be urged to make a full and complete disclosure of his spiritual condition calls for careful consideration on your part. You have to satisfy yourself that, if he does not commit himself wholly into your hands, he is capable of taking care of himself; that is to say, of entering by his own individual efforts into such direct and close intercourse with our Lord as his Confessor, Absolver, and Director, as will be sufficient for the maintenance of his spiritual life. This is ideally the best condition which a Christian can attain; and to help him in attaining this is the chief object which the priest should have in view.

Supposing he fails to show any disposition to yield his full confidence, and yet you feel that he is not capable of taking care of himself, what are you to do?

80 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

You cannot force his confidence. The cause of his reserve very probably lies in the fact that what is being concealed is some very serious form of spiritual disease, lying possibly at the very root of his character, and calling for full and drastic treatment as essential to his salvation. Hence you cannot afford to disregard any symptoms which would seem to point to such a condition of things, and, leaving these unattended to, pass on to deal with other matters. It will generally be the case that those features of soul-sickness which a man is most indisposed to reveal, are just those very features which most strongly call for disclosure for the purpose of spiritual treatment. Yet you cannot force a man’s confidence.

Bear in mind the two main objects of your efforts, First, the endeavour by kindly and gentle but searching inquiry to ascertain the real condition of the man’s soul towards God, with a view to leading him to ascertain it for himself, and so to recognise in himself the nature of that element of sin which is the barrier between himself and God.

Secondly, the endeavour to point out to him as the Object of his loving trust, and of his grasp by faith, the Personal Christ, as the Forgiver of his sin and the Cleanser from its stain.

The process may be difficult and tedious, but if it is set about with serious earnestness, and persevered in with the determination not to give up, together with heartfelt prayer for guidance, success will generally be attained. At all events, the priest will have saved his own soul. The great difficulty is that of impressing upon the sinner an adequate consciousness of sin.

How sadly familiar to the faithful priest, in response

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 81

to his efforts gently to arouse that consciousness, is the vague and pointless rejoinder, ” Yes, we are all sinners “! This expression in itself may almost be taken as a sign of failure hitherto in the effort to awaken anything like the sentiment of repentance. It is not until a man has been brought to say with the repentant king: ” / have sinned against the Lord/ l or with the publican: ” God be merciful to me a sinner/ 2 that he can be safely regarded as truly realising the nature of sin as affecting his own person. This is one of the main reasons calling for explicit ness and categorical method in the confession of sin. A man hardly realises that he is a sinner, until his conscience points out to him what those sins are wherein his sinfulness consists, at least in their main features. In fact, we may almost say that it is only by contemplating instances of sin that the character of sin as a disease can be distinctly recognised.

It is true that there are forms of sin even the very glance at which may seem to carry with it a touch of defilement, and which must therefore be regarded as in a sense exceptions to the above rule. Nevertheless, these forms have to be dealt with, and it is in dealing with these that the highest degree of skill as exercised by a spiritual physician is called for. In dealing with women, unless called for by extreme urgency, this department should be altogether avoided. With men, however, the case is different. It is oftentimes in this particular department of temptation that the sinner stands in greatest need of help, and in which his confidence is to be most anxiously invited. Yet even in the case of male penitents absolute particulars should be avoided, although investigation should be 1 2 Sam.  12:133. * St. Luke  18:13.

82 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

made into the degree and extent of the sin, its frequency of commission, and aggravating circumstances.

The patient should, of course, be warned not to implicate any other person in his admissions; he should also be discouraged from those efforts at mitigation and palliation, or excuse, which in so many cases hopelessly neutralise any advance toward true contrition.

Reference has been made to the necessity for con templating sin in the form of definite and concrete acts in order to convey a distinct idea of its reality as sin, and its application to the individual, considered apart from the general infection of the human race at large. At the same time the priest must carefully avoid the very common mistake of allowing a confession to consist of a mere list of acts of commission or instances of omission. One great purpose of his investigation is that of penetrating below the external surface of the life of action and omission, into those inner depths of the soul where lie the springs of purpose and motive, and from which those active results really proceed. His aim must be, in the first place, to ascertain what is usually known as the besetting sin, which really means that peculiar bent of character which is proper to the individual, and which is the source of the good in him as well as the evil; but which, human nature being what it is, more naturally tends to evil than to good. Something will be said a little later in reference to the different aspects of tendency such as are here signified.

The disclosure by the penitent of the different forms of sinful act or sinful omission of which he feels himself to be guilty, will be utilised by the priest to assist him in arriving at a diagnosis of the system of

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 83

inward tendency or character which finds expression in those acts or omissions. Hence he deals with them, not as isolated entities, but as different symptoms of one underlying disease; and his efforts are directed towards the disease itself, thus striking at the root of the varied results which it occasions. He must bear in mind, too, that it is not so much for his own information that these researches are being made, as for that of the penitent himself. The priest’s object is to open the penitent’s eyes to those sources from which proceed the various forms of evil which are tending to his ruin. Hence the mistake of simply assigning penance as a remedy, which may be more or less effectual, for a symptom, while yet the disease itself, from which as a plant or weed the symptom grows, is left untouched and unregarded. The symptoms have, of course, to be dealt with separately. Each outcome or aspect of evil needs careful consideration; but that consideration should be based upon the inner cause from which all forms of sin, as manifested in that particular individual, spring. It must be borne in mind that the only true secret of successful conflict with sin consists in the substitution of the active principle of personal love for a Personal Christ in the place of the old principle of self-seeking or self-will.

It is only by the expulsive effect of a new and nobler attachment that any real probability of victory over old and inveterate habit can be attained. This new love-principle then must be cultivated, and when fairly set on foot will be found the mightiest of all engines in spiritual conflict.

The priest should distinctly set before the penitent the fact that our Lord Himself, in His Personal Presence, is the true High Priest, and that the earthly

84 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

priest’s part is only that of assisting the penitent in bringing himself into direct communication with our Lord. It should be explained that since such official human intervention is often helpful, and sometimes necessary, you gladly offer yourself in your priestly capacity as the outward means for obtaining the in ward and spiritual grace.

Instruct him next to open out his heart to you J freely and completely, as a patient his case to his! physician, assuring him that you can be of little use otherwise; at the same time make it quite clear to him that he may depend absolutely upon your heart felt sympathy, tender compassion, and inviolable confidence. The whole thing should be made as solemn as possible, and endued with the character of a religious act.

The attitude of the priest is that of sitting, except during prayer, absolution, and benediction. The attitude of the penitent is that of kneeling; this, however, may, if it appear absolutely necessary on account of infirmity, be deviated from. The attitude of kneeling is requisite, because confession is being made to Christ Himself as personally present, and in a spirit of deepest humiliation. In all such cases regard must be paid to freedom from physical strain or uneasiness as the result of the posture maintained; at all events, to such an extent as would be likely to hinder the free action of mind and spirit.

The priest will, of course, provide himself with a suitable Office for the purpose. He may possibly fail to nricTany at present published which will in all respects satisfy him. In this case he will have to com pile one for himself, including possible extemporaneous prayer such as may give expression to the special

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 85

requirements of the individual and the occasion.

But if this is done, let the whole Office be carefully planned and pre-arranged. He will generally find it desirable to begin by prayer for himself, aloud, to the effect that the Great High Priest may guide him in dealing faithfully, wisely, tenderly, with this member of his flock, making him the means of aiding the penitent in drawing near to the Good Shepherd and opening his heart to His gracious view; further, for the penitent, that he may be moved to open his heart fully, freely, and without reserve to him who now acts as Christ’s unworthy representative; that he may be led to confess fully sins committed, duties omitted, actions, words, and thoughts which have offended his purity; that he may grieve for them, may turn from them, may cast them from him, may seek and obtain, at the Saviour’s hands, the gift of pardon through His Blood, which may atone for the past. Then he will pray for the gift of His Spirit to convey grace and power to enable him to shun sin for the future, and to take up his cross of duty and self-denial and to follow in his Saviour’s steps.

It will be observed that the object at present in view is that of avoiding formality, and the observance of stereotyped forms and methods, whilst maintaining unimpaired the full essence of the sacrament. It is not, therefore, thought desirable to insist upon the use by the penitent in the act of confession of the ordinary cut-and-dried formula; though if such has been his previous custom, there is no reason why he should not follow it. In any case, the priest himself may prefer that he should be instructed to do so. This, of course, is a matter of indifference. The formula should not be used if it is likely to arouse unfavourable prejudice

86 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

on the part of the penitent or others. The priest who truly cares for his flock will ever be tender in dealing with them, and on his guard against inflicting a wound, however slight, and however unreasonable be the state of feeling which renders the person susceptible to it. We will therefore suppose him entering upon the subject of confession in a kindly but serious manner, somewhat as follows, ” Now let us address ourselves to the subject before us. You have come to open out your heart to me, who am a sinner like yourself, but to whom God has entrusted the charge of watching for and caring for the souls which belong to Him. Let me ask you to open out your heart to me. Do it as in the presence of our Saviour Himself, Who is truly present, and Who is the True Confessor. What I say to you I shall try to say as though He said it, because I am here as His representative, His spokesman. Utterly unworthy though I am, and needing, as I do, just what you need, try to think of yourself as speaking to Him and listening to Him.”

The penitent will need careful assistance in making his confession. The priest may begin by asking him his own view of his condition as regards the relation of his soul to God. (We are now supposing a person who is making his first confession to this particular priest.) Of course, his first inquiry is with reference to any former confession which the penitent may have made; and, such having been the case, the priest will have to make further inquiry for his own guidance as to whether he is safe in taking that former confession as the starting-point of his own investigation.

The first thing would be to ascertain the present position of the penitent’s soul towards God, i.e.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 87

whether he may be regarded as living in any real sense the spiritual life a life in which the governing presence of God is realised, and which is being consciously submitted to that governance. If this is the case, it will generally be possible to trace the last full performance of a definite act of self-examination, confession, and absolution to some definite period, which may be taken as the starting-point of the new period of investigation.

The priest must beware of satisfying himself with inquiry into specific instances of sin, and overlooking the duty which should stand foremost in the work he is engaged in, namely, that of ascertaining whether the love of God, together with humble trust in Christ Jesus, is actively present in the heart of the penitent.

In other words, is his life a converted one? 1

(a) Is the life which the penitent is now leading the result of conversion on his part, considered as an act of his own or possibly as a course of action?

It is of imperative importance that the priest should at the outset make sure of the state of things in this respect.

(b) Is the life of the penitent one which is being led ” in the Spirit,” in however imperfect a manner, and not ” in the flesh,” that is, in a state of bondage 1 This word ” conversion ” is, perhaps, of all the words in the practice of religion, the one most entirely misunderstood; the result, no doubt, of a gross mistranslation of the word where it occurs in Scripture. How it has been allowed to pass from generation to generation uncorrected is inexplicable. It is needful to be clear on this point. There is, strictly speaking, no such thing as being converted, in Acts 3:19, the word which St. Peter used in the passage rendered in our Authorised Version, ” Repent, therefore, and be converted,” is given in the Greek as tiriffrptyare, a word which can mean nothing less than ” turn about.” Conversion is an action, not an experience; something to be done, not to be asked for; though the grace and power to do it may, of course, be subjects for prayer.

G

88 STUDIES IN SOUL BENDING

to the lower nature? Plain direct questioning will be necessary to elicit the truth on this subject, but it will be useless to proceed until this point has been cleared up.

(c) Is the penitent a child of God who has already yielded up his allegiance to God as his Ruler and Guide, S or is he only an inquirer seeking after that condition < as not yet having attained it? It is very possible that the penitent may hitherto have deceived himself on this subject, as well as possibly his spiritual directors.

His efforts at religion thus far may have been of the most superficial character, not having included the actual giving up of his heart to the love and service of God.

The question in brief may be expressed as follows, Can you say that you are now conducting your life with a direct view to fulfilling the will of God in so. doing, and of subduing your own will when it is in opposition to His? Is this the set purpose of your present life, even though you know it to be hindered by many shortcomings and failures?

Suppose that the penitent should be able to answer in the affirmative, and to satisfy the priest that he is justified in doing so, the course of the confession will proceed accordingly. But let the priest remember the very serious danger, and let me say even probability, of self-deception on the part of the penitent in this respect. The responsibility of his director in this point is very serious. The danger of confirming the inquirer in his self-deception, and thus hindering instead of helping the hope of his salvation, is one that may well dismay a spiritual director. He trembles as he remembers the Lord’s awful saying: ” If the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into the ditch.”

1 St. Matt.  15:14.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 89

Should the answers have turned out to be really satisfactory, the priest’s further task is comparatively easy; he will, none the less, need careful and close examination to assist the penitent in realising, it may be, even the nature of his besetting sin. The degree of ignorance oftentimes exhibited on this subject, even in those who are really heart and soul Christians, is well-nigh incredible. This point will, therefore, have to be carefully taken up, and the penitent assisted to trace the various developments of the central sin in the different forms of sinful act and sinful omission which characterise his life. He must be taught in all respects to judge himself, to watch himself, to maintain a continual attitude of alertness. He must be.

taught that the universal antidote for every form of deflection from the course of duty is to be found in the love of Christ, that is, love for Christ. He must learn to apply this antidote in its different aspects to each department of need, coming to understand how various forms and developments of love are capable, by varied application, of overpowering corresponding forms of evil; how self-love l is only to be expelled by \

bringing against it the application of higher love.

Let us suppose however that, as will most generally be the case, the priest is led to the conclusion that the inquirer has not yet converted his life, but is still living under the control of his lower nature, even though he may sincerely desire to be set free from the tyrant’s yoke. His first duty is, of course, to set clearly before the penitent the object which is to be attained, 1 The term ” self-love,” however, it is to be observed, is a misnomer, strictly speaking. Love means outgoing from self. There are such things as self-gratification, and so forth, but there is really no such thing as self-love. (See 2 Cor. 5:14, and 2 Cor. 10:5 in the Greek.),

90 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

namely, the love of Christ, and participation in that life of glory and purity and beauty which is Christ’s as the result of His Incarnation; by which latter term is meant the act of His taking into communion with Himself in His infinite Godhead the nature of man in its entirety, in order that by that definite contact it might be transformed and infused with His own life and restored to mankind in its ennobled and glorified condition. Of course this grand and mysterious truth is set before the inquirer in such a form, and with such a degree of child-like plainness and simplicity, as may be necessary in order to enable him to take it in such a manner as to assist him to realise its application to himself as answering to the deepest cravings of his nature. He will generally be slow in grasping this aspect of saving truth. The motive most usual in bringing a sinner to his knees is that of mere selfish fear; its question is, ” What must I do to be saved? “a distinctly selfish motive. Nor, as we may believe, is even this selfish approach necessarily rejected. Even though the sinner be rather driven to Christ by his fears than drawn to Him by his affections, he will not on that account be excluded. If the higher motives will not suffice to bring him to Christ, a lower one may have this effect; if he cannot go to Him as the Magi did, ” with the offering of a free heart,” at all events he may approach Him as ” fleeing from the wrath to come.” l Yet, though self-interest be the first motive for the approach, it cannot be really effective in attaining its object unless the penitent proceed to the further step of seeking Love by an effort which has an element of love within it. There is profound signi ficance in those words of our Lord, ” Her sins, which1 St. Matt. 3:7.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 91

are many, are forgiven; for she loved much.” 1 The priest’s endeavour, therefore, would be to set before the penitent, as far as he is capable of receiving it, this particular aspect of the work of salvation the invitatory attitude of a loving Saviour, rather than the mere offer of deliverance from a dreaded penalty.

This is the ideal method of approach, though, in the majority of cases perhaps, he will find the inquirer incapable of apprehending it at the outset.

One great requisite in dealing with a penitent at this early stage is that of tenderness and consideration, not expecting too much, nor too rapid an advance.

The priest finds him, at all events, ” grieved and wearied with the burden of his sin “; or it may be perhaps hardly even ” grieved “; rather oppressed and terrified, seeking safety, that is, release from penalty rather than release from the power, and cleansing from the stain of the sin itself. It is to this latter point, therefore, that his attention is first directed, and he will find his chief difficulty in the effort to impress upon the inquirer a sense of the heinousness of sin as considered in itself, and quite apart from penal consequences that may be threatened. One who has not taken this form of pastoral work in hand can form no idea of the difficulty which is often experienced in bringing about the result which is now under consideration. The fact of realising it as a difficulty to be dealt with, yes, struggled with, is perhaps the best means of guiding the priest in fitting himself to encounter it. He feels that the whole welfare of his undertaking depends upon his success in leading the inquirer to make from his heart spontaneously the free confession: “I have sinned against the Lord ” consciousness of doing despite to a1 St. Luke 7:47.

92 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

Father’s love that is the only view of sin which can lead to repentance in any true sense. To this point therefore, the director is seeking to guide his pupil; how it is to be done must depend in great measure upon his own judgment; his success in so doing will depend very greatly upon his own personal interest in the matter, his sympathy with the penitent, and his own attainment as regards love for the Lord. Intense earnestness will be necessary on his own part as a means yC of conveying the same sentiment to his hearer. There |) is nothing so contagious as real earnestness unless it I be real indifference. The priest should bear this fact I in mind throughout, in order that it may consciously I influence his treatment of his patient.

/ Nowadays we may recognise a special unwillingness /to realise and recognise sin as a serious barrier between the soul and God; it is rather looked upon as a misfortune, as an obstacle to a man’s own welfare. Hence the necessity of enforcing the conception of the love of God as requiring the response of love on the part of the creature which is its object. Sin consists in wilfully ” grieving the Holy Spirit of God whereby ye are sealed ” 1 sealed with the seal of a Father’s love.

The inquirer should be led to recognise his sin in its twofold effect (1) That of defilement, making him an object unfit for the Father’s loving view.

(2) That of crippling, paralysing his capability for effort after good, after carrying out that work of love which belongs to his position as a child of a loving Father.

He must be shown that God is ” of purer eyes than to behold evil,” 2 and that evil in any form must 1 Eph. 4:30. * Hab. 1. 13.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 93

necessarily be offensive to the eyes of Him with Whom the law of Order which is Love is the law of His own Person, and the law of the universe of His realm. Sin is nothing more and nothing less than a breach, wilful and deliberate, of this universal law which is not only God s, but which also is God Himself, namely, that perfect order which is love. Sin consists in being out of harmony with the All-harmonious.

It is not proposed that the priest should endeavour to instil these particular sentiments into the mind of his patient, but rather that his own soul be possessed with them and directed by the spirit which would be the necessary outcome of a loving consciousness of these grand truths.

Now would come the enumeration of acts and habits of personal sin in the way of commission and omission, and including sins of thought, word and deed. These should be dealt with, as has already been urged, in relation to the main principle lying at the root of all the love or non-love of God. Hence, as has been already intimated, care should be taken to inquire into the extent to which each form of offence has been practised or indulged, guarding against anything like softening down or mitigation. The object, in view is that of leading the penitent to a realisation, as full and complete as possible, of his condition as an offender against the Divine Love; and further, to a recognition of those particular forms of sin wherein his state as a sinner mainly consists.

The inquiry must be searching and explicit, but not to the extent of pressing for details such as may be offensive in character. Let not the priest fail to exact acknowledgment of the kind of sin, and the degree of sin the extent to which it has been carried, and its

94 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

frequency; whether as an occasional thing or a con firmed habit; how far striven against, and to what extent and under what circumstances found irresistible.

Let him examine the patient definitely as to the forms which it takes in its lesser developments, and in any approaches to it which may fall short of actual indulgence in the sin itself. Let him ascertain, and point \out to the offender, the avenues through which the / tempter makes his advances, and which therefore need (to be carefully kept in mind and fortified against future attacks. Insist on his keeping nothing back which may be needful to delineate the sin in question in its full extent. Remember that your main object is to get at, and open to the sinner’s view, the springs and sources of his sin, and to show how these find their development in definite practice, in action and omission.

In the majority of cases, perhaps in almost every case with which he is dealing for the first time, the priest will find it necessary to open the patient’s eyes to an entirely new view of the character and degree of his sinfulness. His own view is almost sure to be a superficial one, or perhaps even an entirely mistaken one.

What he regards as his leading sins may possibly be comparatively slight ones, that is, in comparison with others deeper down, of the extent of which perhaps he has little or no idea. He may thus have failed entirely to learn the real forms of sin for which he specially needs pardon and cure. Beware of healing ” the hurt of my people slightly.”

There are three main aspects under which most forms of sin may be grouped, the first two answering to two leading forms of temperament (i) First there is the sin of self-indulgence in its various aspects and developments.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 95

This form of tendency is often associated with a character of kindness, even generosity, and especially with dispositions of easy good nature. A person with this type of temperament will be placable, not easily offended, and easily appeased. He will even exhibit a certain capacity for self-denial (so long as it does not touch the true inner springs of his selfishness) for the sake of giving pleasure to others, the motive being the pleasure thus afforded to himself in gratitude or reciprocal good offices. The evil of it consists in the underlying motive of self -pleasing. It may go to the extent of the foulest vice, or excess in any form, depending on the constitution and circumstances. In any case, such a one is a lover of pleasure rather than a lover of God. Dives is a type of this form of sin.

” In their lifetime they seek their good things.” x Such people make this present state their rest, and that rest is in creature comforts. What is their sin?

It is represented by the second commandment in the First Table and by the seventh in the Second Table (seeRom.1. 25).St. Paul, in the first chapter of the Epistle to the Romans, verses 25 to the end, gives an awful picture of the depths of abomination to which indulgence in this form of sin may lead. But the extent of the sin depends not so much on the grossness of its form as in the degree in which the sinner yields himself to the temptation as it appeals to his particular case; upon the degree of completeness in which he gives himself up to it, in which, in fact, he forsakes God for the idol. For example, a man who would shudder with horror at the form in which this sin is depicted in the passage to which reference has been made, may, nevertheless, incur guilt as deep in the sight of God by1 St. Luke  16:25.

96 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

his indulgence in what may appear a much less heinous aspect of it, simply because this latter happens to be the only form in which this kind of sin has an attraction for him.

The symptoms of this class of sin will be shown in deflections from duty as well as in positive acts of transgression, and especially in sloth or indisposition for the fulfilment of duty. The priest will form his judgment with reference to the prevalence of this class of sin by careful consideration, and by comparing the various instances of sinful act or omission which the penitent has to confess. He must remember that they are only symptoms, and must make it his effort to trace them to their source. For example, dis honesty, duplicity, i.e. untruth in any form, may often be the direct consequences of this form of sin, and the cure of these faults must therefore oftentimes be sought (in the work of tracing it out to its source and seeking (to apply the remedy there. A test question for this kind of treatment is such a one as this, ” In what kind of things do you place your feeling of rest? In what directions do you turn as your source of solace and comfort under care and wear and tear? ”

The opposite of this form of sin antidote and substitute is the love of God.

(2) The second form of tendency is that which we might designate as consisting in the spirit of uncharity.

Its root is pride. It may be accompanied by a considerable capacity for real self-denial and a fair degree of freedom from tendencies towards indulgence in the natural appetites or in the habit of indulgence.

It is active and energetic; in fact, one of its symptoms is that of contempt for those who are otherwise, for the idle, self-indulgent, sensual, One of its leading

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 97

symptoms, therefore, is that of a spirit of censoriousness.

Its developments are exhibited in a disposition for malice in all its forms and degrees; it may go to the extent which tempts to murder or the infliction of other injury, or it may simply take the form of permanent resentment. It may exhibit itself in the shape of hasty anger (0>juoe) or of settled ill-will (bpyit).

The extent of the sinfulness would not depend so much on the actual degree to which it has been carried, as to that degree and form to which the position and circumstances of the sinner would tempt him to carry it. Hence the impossibility of appraising the degree of sinfulness in any case. The varying constitution of the sinner and the varying forms of temptation as applied to various instances may bring about the result that the sin which is intrinsically identical in two or more instances of its performance may be attended with widely varying degrees of guilt in the perpetrators.

One main characteristic, and at the same time most serious form, in which this class of disposition is manifested is that of the spirit of unforgivingness.

This is one of the most obstinate forms of sin; most difficult to eradicate. It may not lead the sinner to any overt act, or even language expressive of the feeling, but it lies hidden in the heart, making it impossible for the sinner to use the Lord’s Prayer with any reality, and hence, of course, for him to obtain pardon for his own sins. The vital necessity for special attention to, and drastic dealing with, this form of sin is manifest from the fact of our Lord’s reference to it in this prayer, and also from the corollary which follows this prayer in St. Matthew’s version of it, “For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly

98 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

Father will also forgive you. But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.” l Men of this class of temperament are generally the staunchest friends, whereas those of the first class are not to be so depended upon. Johnson realised this thoroughly when he said, ” I love a good hater “; yet this is not the true fulfilling of the charge, ” Love your enemies… For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye? do not even the publicans so? ” 2 The achievement of this state of mind may appear impossible where grievous wrong has been suffered and never repented of; and, of course, the term ” love ” is not to be understood in the same sense in which it is ordinarily applied with reference to objects of positive affectionate regard. The ” love “which is required in this injunction may be regarded as amounting, in the first place, to the absence of resentment, and in the second place, to that remarkable form of sentiment which Seeley so graphically sets forth in his Ecce Homo, and which he designates by the term ” enthusiasm of humanity,” i.e. love for humanity as such.

The stress laid by our Lord on the virtue of philanthropy treating it as something the existence of which in the character necessarily involved the possession of all other elements of excellence is no doubt the key-thought to the wKole system of Christian ethics. He lays it down as the principle on which the final judgment of mankind at the end of the world will be based: “I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat… Inasmuch as ye have done, it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto1 St. Matt. 6:14, 15. * St. Matt. 5:44-46.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 99

me.” 1 Seeley speaks of the enthusiasm of humanity as ” the passion which can lift a man clean out of all sin whatever.” He takes it to be something more than the love of individuals as such, or yet the love of a state or community or race which would be a passion of the same nature as patriotism for ” The patriot,” he says, ” is not by any means above the temptation to private injustice or treachery, nor will he become more so when his country is the world.” 2 He regards this enthusiasm as ” a third kind of love,”3 “not of the race nor of the individual, but of the race in the individual;… the love not of all men nor yet of every man, but of the man in every man.” 4 The true view of this form of love is that which recognises in it the love for the Ideal Man, that is, the Christ in every man. This was one of the great maxims which St. Vincent de Paul set forth as the guiding rules of his own life, namely, that one of looking for the Christ in every_ man, in his dealings even with the most unresponsive and repulsive members of his charge, and addressing himself to that.

There are certain sins which are common to both classes, and which are to be accounted for by the motives which the priest’s knowledge of each class supplies, for example, disobedience to authority, masterfulness, arrogance, deceit, fraud, dishonesty in all its forms. These two classes will branch into innumerable varieties, and will even appear to mingle in the same individual. Some persons seem predisposed to deceitfulness and undue secretiveness, but if the scrutiny be carried to the root of the character in question, such tendencies may generally be traced to one or other of1 St. Matt.  25:35-40. * Ecce Homo, cap. xiii.

3 Ibid. * Ibid.

100 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

the two fundamental principles, those namely which stand in contrast respectively to the two leading principles of religion, the self-seeking character having for its contrast the love of God, the uncharitable character having for its contrast the love of neighbour.

What is to be aimed at then is a love of man for man apart from any individual claims for love. This may perhaps be taken as a good definition of the modern term ” altruism.” The highest motive for this is the love of Christ and of all humanity, because Christ is in it, permeates it throughout. Our Lord Himself teaches us that this is the essence of Christianity. Its absence, therefore, must necessarily involve a repudiation of the root principle of Christianity. It is this which constitutes the seriousness of the offence, while at the same time it is one of the most delusive of all forms of sin, because it is free from the grossness which imparts a repellent character to other forms of sin, and even carries with it a spurious aspect of justice, of dealing with others as they deal with you. Very full and careful treatment will therefore be necessary in dealing with this subtle and dangerous form of evil.

It has been said that pride was the root principle underlying this class of sin tendency. The pride here referred to does not indeed include the form of it which is known as vanity, for this rather belongs to the former class, that of self-pleasing. The form of pride which is now in question has for its outcome the tendency to masterfulness, arrogance, harshness on the one hand, and disobedience, insubordination, or lack of consideration for the claims of authority, respect, deference, reverence, on the other. If the first of these two classes may be characterised by the term

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 101

selfishness, the term self-will is perhaps the most comprehensive designation of the second.

(3) There is a third class of sin which may be called Satan-sin, and may be said to consist in the defiance of God.

It is no doubt the sin against the Holy Ghost, and is that which lies at the root of the Third Command ment, being the sin of direct enmity against God.

Profanity, in a sense, may be regarded as a sin under this class, for profanity has its source in anger against God.

The sin against the Holy Ghost calls for special attention, for a large proportion of penitents, if not all, are at one time or another oppressed by the dread of being guilty of this sin, and therefore in a hopeless condition. The case to which our Lord refers in speaking of this sin should be carefully noted. 1 It was after the dawn of conviction began to show itself in the hearts of the observers of His miracle of evicting a dumb spirit, leading them to cry out, ” Is not this the son of David? ” The Pharisees at once set them selves to stifle this budding life at its outset; they ascribed our Lord’s miracle to the agency of Satan himself, against whose tyrannous rule it was actually aimed. The sin consisted in the fact that the Pharisees recognised the budding life as true life, and the work of God’s Spirit, yet, nevertheless, set themselves in opposition against it from motives of enmity against Christ as its Giver, If the charge had been actuated on their part by mere fanaticism or ignorance it would not have been an act of direct and conscious antagonism to the Holy Spirit. Hence, blasphemy against the Holy Ghost signifies the direct and conscious attempt1 St. Matt.  12:22, 23. Cp, St. Mark 3:22-29.

102 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

to oppose His influence for the promotion of life in the hearts of others, and is therefore spiritual murder so far as regards the will and effort of the perpetrator.

Moreover, to be really guilty of it a man must necessarily have stamped out within himself whatever he had of the Spirit’s life or capacity for life; he must have committed spiritual suicide before he can wilfully attempt spiritual murder wilfully, for a man may even lead others into temptation and sin, and thus bring fearful guilt upon his soul, without yet having reached the condition of one who has wholly abandoned himself to the opposition against God as God, and good as good; and for him there may be hope. His motive may have been simply that of self-gratification in some form. The penitent who is troubled by fears on this subject may be comforted by the assurance that the very fact of anxiety on the subject is a strong presumption that the Holy Spirit is still striving with his soul, and hence, that the door of hope is still open to him.

It must be remembered that every form of sin has as its natural issue the final result of death death in its full and ultimate sense that of utter separation from God. Whatever produces wilful separation of the human will from God’s will, or of the human heart from God’s love, is soul-destroying, and has death as its goal, the death that means hell. 10:1 The question, ” What is Hell? ” is better left unanswered, except in so far as that it means the horror of great darkness, the disintegration of all the faculties, the misery in all departments of sensation, which must come about when the cosmos of human nature is cast into hopeless and final disorder by permanent separation from God, by Whose loving presence and operation the Order at all points which is man’s normal condition (as love from a physical, and as happiness from a mental point of view) can alone be maintained. ” The worm that never dies “; ” The gnawing of hopeless remorse “; ” The fire that is never quenched “; or ” Passion ever raging, never satisfying “; ” The chains of hamper

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 103

There are different degrees in this condemnation corresponding to differing degrees in glory, ” even as one star differeth from another in glory.” Sins which have their source merely in passion, in the abuse of natural faculties and dispositions, are, no doubt, as surely fatal to the soul’s life as any other form of evil.

They incur damnation, yet not so deep and so black as that which represents the condition of the man who has deliberately assumed the position of a satan (an enemy to God and good), ranging himself under the standard of the great Satan as fighting in the ranks of Hate against the Love-principle of the cosmos. This latter is, no doubt, the ” sin unto death ” of which St. John speaks as past praying for (if this is the meaning of the passage I St. John 5:16.), i.e. sin which has carried the soul to the actual consummation of spiritual death.

We may safely take it as an unquestionable fact that no sin is in itself unpardonable if only the will toing constraint “; are but figures of speech shadowing forth certain features of this awful condition. But be it observed, they are all self-caused, not God-inflicted, and follow as necessary consequences of a course of action of which, in their earlier aspects, they are characteristic features. In those earlier aspects they are attended with a certain measure of what may be called pleasure, and, no doubt, is real pleasure, because not yet divested from the condition of things in which good and evil are mingled. (Pleasure, no doubt, is in its essence good; as part of the Divine intention for the happiness of His creatures. Its abuse may be a means of gross sin, as, say, the indulgence of our first parents in the forbidden fruit, namely, their selection in defiance of the Divine Will of the time and manner of their participation of that form of good which God’s will had reserved for His own.) In their final form, no doubt, the pleasure attending such exercises has vanished, and nothing but horror remains. It is not God Who punishes; the punishment is self-inflicted, and consists really in the rejection of those benefits which the loving presence of God conveys.

The question why God permits it, or, in other words, permits evil, must remain unanswered while the world lasts. It is not a question with which we are concerned, for the state of perdition is not one which we need incur. The door of salvation is open for us, and for all who are willing to accept the invitation to enter.

II

104 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

repent and turn from it be present. Sin which is characterised as beyond the reach of pardon is only so because the sinner has destroyed within himself the faculty for repentance. Sin against the Holy Ghost then may be said to represent the climax of a course of wilful self-hardening, whereby the will has not only extinguished within itself, deliberately and knowingly, every invitatory impulse which the Holy Spirit lovingly exerts for its salvation, but has definitely placed itself in a position of conscious antagonism to the will of God as such. The reading adopted in the Revised Version for St. Mark 3:29, ” Is guilty of an eternal sin/ would seem to represent the true solution of the difficulty often alleged in the idea of an infinite penalty for a finite sin. The fact is that the sentence is eternal only because the sin is eternal, and is actually the natural accompaniment of the sin and not an external punishment. Repentance can never fail in securing pardon.

It may, however, oftentimes be difficult to make sure of the existence of true repentance, of distinguishing true sorrow for sin as such sorrow which leads the sinner necessarily to turn from his sin, to hate sin as sin and not only as the cause of penalty from the mere slavish dread of the penalty which is the consequence of sin. It is sometimes as difficult for the sinner as for the priest to make this distinction, to be really sure of the genuineness of his repentance. Many instances of clear self-deceiving in this respect might be adduced from every priest’s pastoral experience, instances in which the unreality of the repentance is evinced by the disappearance of the sentiment which stimulated it as soon as the emotion of fear which was its moving cause has been removed. In fact, we may say that the

TREATMENT Otf INDIVIDUAL SOULS 105

only safe test of genuineness of repentance is that which is found in the witness of a changed life in encounter with temptation. What is known as ” death-bed repentance ” must always have an element of un certainty about it, although, of course, the principle of hope is always to be encouraged.

The penitent then will, in many cases, need to be guided in the detection of his besetting sin, and be taught to follow it up into the various departments of his life. He must ascertain what special acts of offence it may have directly or indirectly occasioned.

The object the priest has in view should always be that of leading the penitent to learn and to keep track of the working of these tendencies for himself; the priest’s motive being that of getting the penitent to be, as soon as possible and as fully as possible, independent of external priestly ministration. He must learn to be quick at recognising any deflection from the straight onward course of dut}^ from the direction of the ” single eye ” fixed on Christ. He is to be guarded most emphatically against a superficial view of sin..This is one of the main dangers incident to the spiritual life. Little instances of forgetfulness or indifference will often take up in the person’s mind the place which should be occupied by the thought of deeper sins which they are apt to overlook. In all cases where the sins confessed are mere peccadillos (and every experienced priest is aware how frequent such cases are, even among those in the habit of making confession), it is an un questionable fact that the penitent is losing sight of grave and serious sins which sorely need treatment, and to which it is the priest’s business to open the penitent’s eyes. While human nature is what it is, grave sin must always be present and more or less as

106 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

a habit, though it may be striven against and to a great extent kept under. Where there is no sign of this conscious recognition of real, grave sin, and of a steady conflict being carried on against it, the priest may feel assured that serious danger exists, to a sense of which the penitent needs to be aroused.

His object then should be that of training the penitent in self-examination and self-detection, and the priest should not be satisfied until he has led him to a true view of the nature of his own peculiar form of sin, in such a manner as to enable him to enter into and realise that state of feeling on the subject which is expressed in the Confession of the Communion Service. Let him take this as a test of the truth and fulness of the apprehension of his sinfulness in God’s sight. When once this condition of true apprehension of sin is attained, and the penitent has learnt to follow out his sin into its various aspects of omission and commission, of thought, word, and deed, and has learnt to gauge his whole conduct unsparingly by this test, he is on the way to fit himself for the higher form of confession, namely, that which is made directly to Christ Himself without the intervention of a human priest.

The investigation into the penitent’s position as a sinner having been thus completed, the priest next proceeds to set briefly but distinctly and gently before the penitent a view of the general form and character of the sins which he has confessed, and to instruct him to bring them, as a conscious act on his own part, into the presence of Christ; and, as it were, lay them down at the foot of the cross.

He must be taught to realise that it is from the sin that he seeks to be free, not the sin’s punishment,

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 107

except in a secondary sense. Hence the necessity of renouncing sin as a definite act. When the penitent has once succeeded in grasping a true sense of his condition as a sinner a consummation which he may now be supposed to have fairly attained his part in the sacramental act of confession may be said to have seven stages, (1) That of recalling the sin, realising, recognising it as an awful fact.

(2) The experience of sorrow for sin as an offence against the Divine Love. This necessarily implies such a recognition of that Love as involves some degree of responsive love on the penitent’s part.

(3) The act of will in renouncing the sin thus recognised, deliberately putting it from him as implied in the work of conversion.

(4) The act of confession proper, submitting the sin for absolution to the great High Priest, laying it before him as it were with a full sense of utter culpa bility.

(5) The acceptance by an act of faith of the gift of pardon, the gift which, as it were, abolishes the sin, and hence at once conveys to the penitent the blessing of admission to the Divine Love, from which the sin while present had debarred him.

(6) The act of seeking the grace of the Holy Spirit to fortify his soul for its warfare against sin in the future.

(7) The act of setting about the use of that grace; for, no doubt, the effort to this end must follow instantaneously on the reception of the gift in order to make it effectual.

As has been urged already, the priest must keep before the penitent’s view the presence of the Personal

108 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

Christ, and remind him of the fact that it is to this Presence that every word and action on his part must be consciously addressed. It may be well, after the view of the penitent’s sinfulness has been clearly put before him, that the priest should address to him the question: “Do you now renounce these sins which you now confess? ” and that the penitent should answer: “I renounce them all.” Also, after setting before him the view of the great High Priest as the Forgiver of sin, that he should address to him the question: ” Dost thou believe in Jesus Christ as thy Redeemer and the Forgiver of thy sins? ” to which it will be enough for him to reply by the simple expression, “I believe.” The priest then lays his hand on the penitent’s head and pronounces the Absolution as given in the Office for the Visitation of the Sick.

It will generally be found desirable, after the confession of sin has been completed, and before the two questions and answers referred to, that a short prayer or collect should be used asking for grace to approach the coming sacramental gift in the true spirit of penitence and faith. After the Absolution will follow one or two suitable collects, concluding with the twofold form of blessing in the Visitation of the Sick, beginning with the words, ” O Saviour of the world.”

The almost startling distinctness and positiveness with which the action of Absolution is expressed in the form just referred to has deterred many devout and conscientious priests from its use. And, in fact, the responsibility attending its use may well be regarded as so awful as to make necessary the utmost searching of heart before a man dares to take it into his lips.

The peril of contributing towards the perdition of a

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 109

soul by encouraging it in a condition which falls short of that which is contemplated in the action, is something which may” well appear almost too weighty for mortal man to bear. Of course anything like perfection in the qualifications of penitence and faith which the sinner is supposed to bring to the sacrament is out of the question; but the element of reality and deep sincerity must be present, as well as true comprehension of what is implied in both. Before taking into his lips these awful words the priest must be enabled to assure himself that his part in the matter has been fully and faithfully fulfilled, and that in his conscience he is persuaded that the penitent’s part has also been fully and faithfully fulfilled to the best of his capacity.

The spiritual director must bear in mind the necessity of warning the penitent of the dangers attending thejreactioa which, in the natural course of things, will be likely to follow the strain of devotional effort involved in the exercise in which he has been engaged. The glow of spiritual fervour and exaltation of faith by the consciousness of the unspeakable blessed ness of the gift which has been received is a form of emotion which, from its very nature, must be transient.

There is danger lest, in the cooling down of the emotion, the good results which it has been the means of stimula tion may be suffered to fade and die. In any case, the cooling down of religious emotion gives the adversary the opportunity of which he is never slow to take advantage. No doubt this is one of the great tests of the sincerity and earnestness of the penitent, of the reality of his confession and his acceptance of the absolution. The true test of earnestness, reality in the work of undertaking, consists not in what the man says or does under the influence of excited feeling, but

110 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

in what he says and does when the excitement has died away, when effort has to be made as it were in cold blood, and often as it might seem against the grain.

It may no doubt be said that the most effectual efforts of the spiritual life, and those which bring the greatest blessing, are those which are made under these circum stances, and which are only accomplished by determined opposition to the inclination of the time being. Our Lord’s temptation in the wilderness immediately following the outpouring of grace consequent upon the descent of the Holy Spirit upon Him by the waters of Jordan; l and again, St. Paul’s translation into the third heaven followed by the ” thorn in the flesh, a messenger of Satan to buffet ” 2 him, are instances evidently intended to warn us of the general rule in I spiritual things: after great grace, great trial. The penitent therefore needs to be warned at this critical moment to exercise watchfulness at the time of cooling emotion which is certainly at hand; warned that his sincerity is to be tested, not by his feelings at the present time, but by his actions when the present feeling of fervour has passed away.

The question will naturally be raised as to the length of time which would necessarily be occupied in the process of treatment which has been sketched in the preceding pages, and the writer would take advantage of this opportunity to express his conviction of the necessity of such a prolonged course of treatment, especially in the case of those who are novices in the realities of the spiritual life, if the treatment is to be productive of any permanent effect and is to penetrate into the real depths of the man’s inner nature. His experience would teach him that a man cannot be1 St. Mark 1. 9-1 3a. * 2 Cor.  12:2-10.

TREATMENT OF INDIVIDUAL SOULS 111

hurried into the possession of spiritual life. The mind must be left to ” work out its own salvation with fear and trembling/ * only guided in so doing by wise and kindly direction; and can only attain it step by step, each stage of advance being carefully made sure before the next is aimed at. The writer would commend this view most earnestly to the consideration of his younger brethren. His own experience is to the effect that more than one interview, sometimes several, will be found necessary before the confession is satisfactorily completed and the penitent may be regarded as ripe for absolution.

1 Phil. 2:12.



12. The Sick

THE SICK

I. GENERAL

THE sick, for the purpose of spiritual treatment, may generally be divided into four classes as regards their condition of infirmity

1. The aged or permanently infirm.

2. Sickness of considerable duration, but not permanent.

3. Temporary and not immediately dangerous sickness.

4. Dangerous or mortal sickness, again subdivided into (a) Slow and long continued.

(b) Comparatively rapid.

(c) Hurried cases, e.g. where the patient has but a few days or hours to live.

In connection with any of these, special treatment may be required for cases in which the powers of the mind are affected, whether by way of exhaustion or aberration.

A different and carefully thought-out method will have to be undertaken in each of these several classes.

No extemporary or haphazard treatment should be practised. It may be well in each case to have a method drawn out in writing, including subjects of reading and exhortation, prayers, Offices used, and so

THE SICK 113

forth. Of course these will have to be modified by circumstances, and by any peculiarities of character and disposition which the patient may develop. Under the skilful touch of the experienced practitioner the patient may develop conditions of soul entirely novel and unexpected.

With regard to their spiritual condition patients may roughly be divided into five classes 1. Faithful and devout Church-people.

2. The careless, formal, and indifferent.

3. The manifestly irreligious, Churchmen or other wise.

4. Dissenters, religiously minded.

5. The sceptical or unbelieving.

It may be difficult to decide into which category his patient is to be assigned, but the pastor must, like the physician, carefully note all the symptoms, taking into consideration whatever knowledge he may possess of his patient’s lack of conversion, and form his judgment and regulate his treatment accordingly. The best course will usually be to ascertain the patient’s own view of his condition by direct questions, plain and straightforward, yet carefully chosen; any bluntness or harshness, or anything which is likely to wound the feelings unnecessarily, being carefully avoided. The class to which the patient belongs, and the treatment to be pursued, must at the outset be a matter of careful consideration and prayer for guidance.

The pastor must avoid the two opposite forms of error, (i) depending on his own powers, (2) neglecting to exercise those powers to the utmost, as expecting spiritual guidance apart from that exercise. It is said somewhere, ” To pray without working is presumption; to work without praying is atheism.” The man who,

114 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

instead of exercising careful self-preparation, allows himself to approach this duty unprepared has no right to expect that the hurried uplifting of a prayer for help and guidance, at the moment when it is needed, will draw down such spiritual aid as to make up for the deficiency caused by his own laziness and negligence.

As to the length of the visit, better too short than too long. Twenty minutes may perhaps as a general rule represent a duration which is sufficient without being too lengthy. In cases of extremity it will often be necessary to cut down the visit to a much shorter period, five minutes being sometimes as long as a patient’s condition will bear.

The priest must, of course, make a point of keeping himself in cordial touch with the doctor. Difficulties between the two professions often arise with regard to this matter of sick visitation. Such difficulties, how ever, as the writer’s experience would tend to suggest, are in most cases the consequence of lack of judgment on the part of the clergyman. Whenever he manifests a readiness to place himself in the doctor’s hands as regards time, the duration and character of his visits, he will seldom find much serious objection on the part of the latter. In fact, the experienced physician will generally recognise that the ministrations of a wise and gentle clergyman have a beneficial effect in the way of quieting and soothing the patient’s nerves, and there fore, even when no one else is admitted to the sick-bed, the priest’s visits will be allowed under proper restrictions. In the sick-room the doctor’s word is law. The priest may indeed recognise his own rights as guardian of the soul, as the doctor is of the body, but practically speaking, he will not find it feasible to pit himself as a matter of right against the physician of the body.

THE SICK 115

Hence his only course is to make it a matter of earnest effort to establish and maintain friendly relations and mutual confidence between himself and the doctor.

In cases where the patient’s condition is not of that extreme character calling for special brevity on this account, a little general conversation on ordinary topics may be a suitable opening for the visit, and may tend to do away with anything like stiffness or formality.

In proceeding to the really spiritual ministrations it is absolutely necessary to secure the kindly and cordial attention of the patient, to avoid anything which may have the effect of repelling or irritating him. To this end the very greatest patience is requisite.

The priest should avoid pressing his exhortations if the patient appear tired or fretful. He should in this case desist with a good grace and in a good humour, and let them stand over for another occasion. He must himself beware of the very slightest loss of temper.

At the same time let it be understood that these matters are standing over, not abandoned.

It is a matter of great importance that the priest should make a point of seeing the patient alone from time to time, especially in his earlier visits. This is necessary in order that he may come to an under standing with the patient as early as possible, and the attainment of this object must be brought about carefully and deliberately, and in no wise hurried over.

Arrangements for his being left alone with the patient should be made with the friends before entering the sick-room, in order that it may be brought about easily and naturally so as to avoid the possibility of disturbing the patient’s feelings by making the request in his presence. It will, however, be desirable that

116 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

friends should be present during a portion at any rate of each visit (except in cases of extreme weakness or nervousness), and in general, that the family should be present during a brief office of reading and prayer with which the clergyman will usually close his visit.

In many cases it will be found desirable from time to time for the priest to pray with the patient alone after having attained his confidence as to the needs which the prayer should specially express. The main reason for being often alone with the patient is that of affording opportunities for the reposal of such confidence. The faithful priest will always make it a matter of earnest endeavour and careful thought to invite and draw out this confidence. He must feel that he has not attained his true position as pastor until he has won the patient over to speak freely and confidentially to him. For the attainment of this end he should make it manifest that he regards sin from the standpoint of a fellow-sinner with heartfelt sympathy for the offender, without censoriousness, and at the same time with a deep and awful sense of its ruinous character. If, by reason of the patient’s weakness or disinclination, he drops the subject for a while and speaks of other things, he must return to it again at an early opportunity (perhaps his next visit, made as early as possible for the purpose) with gentle firmness, and seek, by a manner expressive of great earnestness coupled with loving sympathy, to overpower the disinclination to approach a subject so tender, which a patient unaccustomed to spiritual things will often manifest.

It is certainly desirable that the pastor should not confine himself to spiritual topics in his conversation with the patient. He will generally find him ready

THE SICK 117

to speak on the subject of his malady; sometimes also on more general topics: but the pastor must carefully avoid allowing this kind of conversation to take up any considerable portion of the time of his visit, unless indeed he is in the habit of paying visits more frequently than necessary for spiritual intercourse, that is, more than once a day.

As regards the office of prayer to be used, it may be somewhat as follows,1. Afew introductory words giving the keynote to the exercise that follows.

2. Ashort reading, followed by some words of definite application.

3. Prayers bearing some reference, if possible, to (a) The subject of the reading and exposition.

(b) The patient’s condition and needs.

4. Some closing form of Benediction.

The priest should then take his leave at once, always making the act of worship the last thing, and not allowing its effect to be impaired by subsequent conversation on ordinary topics.

The prayers had better be, in part at any rate, extempore. The great value of sound forms of prayer should be kept before the view of the flock, and emphasised by the pastor’s use of them, even though meanwhile he includes the use of extempore prayer as needful to meet certain objects which are not included within the printed forms.

The priest should see that the patient’s friends are provided with suitable prayers, and should make it one of his first acts to instruct them in the use of these, and to urge that use upon them. He should also point out portions of Scripture suitable to be read to the sick person.

118 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

II. EMERGENCY CASES OF GREATER OR LESS

URGENCY

The priest will naturally provide himself with forms of offices to suit all classes of cases, from those with reference to whom time is no object to those who are in urgent extremity. Some cases may mean even minutes, when the priest can hardly do more than point to the cross of Jesus. Even in such a case he should remember that there are two objects to be sought: (i) Confession of sin in the heart of the sufferer, i.e. repentance the act of turning from sin; (2) the act of grasping the personal Jesus Christ as the Saviour from sin. There must be a realising (i) of sin as sin, and as separating from God, and (2) of Love, infinite and perfect, as the bond of union between Saviour and sinner.

Remember it is not enough, in cases where the sufferer is conscious, to pray for him; the act of renunciation of sin and the act of acceptance of Christ must be his own, and it is the priest’s part to help him to make it. Even the case of one apparently unconscious is not necessarily to be despaired of in this sense.

It will often be found suitable to address a word or two to one in this state, such as: ” Brother, draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.” The priest will in such a case frame his prayer in brief, simple phrases with perhaps a short interval between each, embodying what he realises as the actual need of the sufferer in his present position. Let him thus plead for him, at the same time wording his prayer in such a manner as to make it suitable to be the prayer of the sufferer for himself. It would be well that the priest should beforehand prepare suitable forms for such an occasion,

THE SICK 119

in order that there may be no waste of words, no hesitation, no room for regret afterwards at having left out something of importance.

When the time for preparation is longer, but yet only a few days or perhaps weeks in duration, or when the condition of weakness makes it necessary to lay as little strain as possible on the patient’s attention and feeling, it is important that the priest should carefully consider what is the minimum in the way of treatment which he is justified in exercising on account of the taxing of the patient’s powers. Of course this will vary almost indefinitely in different cases in accordance with the different stages of spiritual condition which the patient may exhibit, as also with the patient’s capacity for apprehending spiritual truth.

The actual requirements may perhaps be divided somewhat as follows, (1) The love of Christ.

(2) The actual effective presence of Christ, and the love of Christ as we are concerned in it, i.e. as shown as a love for sinners.

Hence the patient must be led to realise the fact of his position as a sinner as being the point of touch between him and the love of Christ as the Lamb of God Who takes away sin. And for the attaining of this end his sin must be in some way brought clearly home to him. If his conscience, unaided by external influence, is sufficient to bring about this object, it is well; but this will be the case only in a small minority of instances. The natural tendency to put sin on one side is one of the most frequent and serious difficulties attending the office of the spiritual director to convince the ordinary patient of this condition of sin.

There is danger, no doubt, of offending and repelling

120 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

a patient to such an extent as to be fatal to the priest’s influence, but there is greater danger of confirming his apathy and impenitence, which is still more fatal.

The priest must be loving, gentle, humble, ready to speak of himself as a fellow-sinner, eager to point out to his erring brother the source of peace and deliverance which he has already found for himself. Let the intensity of his earnestness appear in his manner, but let him avoid the smallest approach to harshness or impatience. He must beware of wearying the patient; physical weariness is oftentimes utterly subversive of spiritual benefit. The priest should if possible avoid carrying his ministrations to the point at which such a condition begins to manifest itself, unless of course time is very pressing and the end very near. He should break off the interview with a kindly, pleasant word the moment he perceives any approach to irritation or impatience on the part of the patient: a watchful eye should be kept on the patient’s frame of mind and feeling, and the treatment adapted accordingly.

In the framing of the diagnosis the treatment would, of course, be modified according to the confidence felt as to spiritual attainment on the part of the patient; but its general principles would be applicable to all. Having thus awakened in the penitent a true consciousness of sin, that is, of his own special and particular sins, the priest now goes on to set before him the duty of repentance; carefully explaining the difference between that sorrow which is the result of regret for, or dread of, the consequences of sin and which is only a form of selfishness and on the other hand, sorrow for the sin itself as being offensive to a loving Father, the root of which sorrow is therefore love. The next step to be enforced is confession

THE SICK 121

clear, definite, explicit, special as well as general to be made by the penitent to Christ as the great High Priest, Who, although He knows all things, requires confession as a condition of forgiveness in order that the penitent may fully realise his own need of such forgiveness. The act of confession must, of course, be accompanied by 1. An act of contrition.

2. An act of faith, or acceptance of the pardon desired, as effected through the atonement accomplished by the Blood of Christ.

3. An act of resolution, including the abandonment of motives governing the past life, and the adoption of the new motive of love of God for the life which is to follow.

To make these steps effectual the exercise of faith, or the reposal of the trust on the Saviour’s willingness and power to grant what is asked, is an essential requirement. The patient, when truly in earnest, will often be found to complain of weakness of faith, or even of absence of faith. He must be assisted by the explanation of the difference between faith and assurance, and reminded of the fact that faith may often be truly present and effectual even though it be hampered and clouded by much of doubt and mental uneasiness. He should be taught that it is an act which he is to perform, that is, an act of self-surrender, and not merely a feeling for him to entertain. He should be supported by the declaration that Christ’s promise is an absolutely sure thing; that it applies to his case as much as to that of any other person, and that the only question is whether he is willing to accept it and to yield his whole heart and life in return.

Lastly, the penitent must be reminded of the necessity of steady and consistent effort on his own part to

122 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

carry on the process of grace and ” work out his own salvation with fear and trembling,” remembering that such a crisis as this calls forth Satan’s strongest efforts to counteract the Spirit’s influence; and that on this account special watchfulness, instant prayer, and active effort will be necessary to maintain and carry forward the benefit which has been gained.

In the application of this method of special treatment it is, of course, most necessary to take into consideration the patient’s physical condition. The priest must avoid wearying him by remaining with him too long; he must be careful not to repel him by the slightest note of harshness or severity of manner or tone, not to frighten him by abruptness or by a dictatorial air. WithSt. Paul, he must be “all things to all men, that by all means he may save some.” 1 He is to angle for souls. His whole bearing must be kindly and soothing, avoiding anything like gloom or dismalness of aspect or manner. He must aim at appearing cheering and sunshiny, yet, with all this, his treatment of the patient’s soul must be firm and decided, avoiding anything like timidity or false diffidence. He must sum up his manhood, his sense of responsibility, and speak plainly and straight to the point. He will find this method of treatment to be most satisfactory to the patient, as well as most effectual in its results. On first entering upon a case it may not be desirable to proceed abruptly to spiritual matters, but while exercising his judgment in this matter as to what other topics he shall touch upon, he must be careful not to waste time and the patient’s strength should the patient be very weak and unfit for much talk or thought.

1 I Cor. 9:22b.

THE SICK 123

A frequent fault in pastoral visits is that they are too long. A visit is better too short than too long.

It is absolutely essential that the clerical visit should be regarded by the patient as something pleasant and desirable. It may ^sometimes appear difficult to reconcile the attainment of this object with that degree of faithfulness and effective spiritual treatment which is the main object of all pastoral ministration, and possibly there are times when the condition of the patient’s mind may render it impossible to make the visit an agreeable and pleasant thing in his eyes. But this unsatisfactory frame of mind may generally be avoided by (i) kindly and affectionate gentleness on the priest’s part, and (2) the manifestation of profound earnestness and eager interest in the patient’s spiritual welfare. Those two sentiments evidenced by the priest’s manner towards the patient will generally be found irresistible in winning his good will and securing a welcome on his part for the priest’s presence.

Supposing a visit to be necessarily unwelcome in its character, it should be made as brief as possible in its duration, and there should be an effort to close it with some expression of kindly and affectionate interest such as might win the patient’s good will for the next visit, time having clasped for the present feeling of irritation to pass away. It is most important that the priest and the penitent should always part at the close of such a visit in a spirit of cordiality on both sides.

One great secret of success in making his presence welcome and pleasing to his patient is that of a cheerful manner. Carefully avoiding anything like levity, an air of quiet cheerfulness, even brightness, of manner should always be aimed at. A gloomy manner, even without harshness, is always repellent. The writer

124 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

can never forget an instance which was brought to his notice in his earlier years. A parishioner of his own, a man who had lived a worldly life, was suddenly stricken down by erysipelas whilst on a visit in the course of business to a distant city. The clergyman of the parish, an earnest, faithful man, was sent for to visit him.

The wife of the sick and as it turned out, dying man described with indignation the manner in which he had made his approach to the patient. ” Mr. ,” he said, in a loud, harsh voice, ” is your soul saved? ” The sick man turned his face to the wall and refused to listen to, or accept any effort of ministration from, the clergyman whose presence in the first instance he had desired. And so he died.

Cases of such glaringly injudicious conduct would no doubt be rare, still there is need of constant watch fulness to guard against even slighter approach to undue severity of manner: suaviter in modo fortiter in re (gently in manner, strongly in matter) is a safe motto for clerical conduct. The attitude of feeling the spiritual as well as the physical pulse, metaphorically speaking, is one of the great secrets of success in this branch of work; and the main secret in attaining this attitude is the cultivation of personal love towards the patient. Remember that love is a thing to be cultivated, and not only and solely spontaneous in its production.

Sin, then, is to be viewed, and brought before the patient’s view, in its relation to the love of Christ Who bore sin, and the Blood of Christ, the outcome of that love, which takes away sin. The priest must avoid the common error of practically appearing to do all for the patient, while the patient merely watches him do it.

His work is a failure until he has led the patient distinctly

THE SICK 125

to undertake two acts for himself: (i) renunciation of sin, (2) grasp upon Christ. For both, of course, the Spirit’s power is necessary and must be sought for accordingly by the priest for the patient, and by the patient for himself. The capability for setting these fundamental truths in a plain and practical manner before the penitent, and of moving and assisting him to act upon them, must necessarily call for diligent and careful planning and preparation in the solitude of the study. To relegate it to the spur of the moment is sinful remissness which can hardly escape failure.

The above-stated view is, of course, that of the fundamental aspect of the object to be sought. But the objective point to be aimed at in the treatment of the patient must always be the Sacrament of the Holy Communion, not as an end in itself, but as a means of supplying the end, recognition of which and the longing for its supply have already been awakened.

It cannot be too often insisted upon that the object to be kept in view is the love of Christ, rather than the dread of judgment. At the same time, due stress must be laid upon the fact of Christ’s awful purity which makes the contact of sin intolerable to Him, though not the contact of the sinner longing to be freed from it. The case of the leper in St. Mark 1. 40 may be taken as representing the ideal view of the approach of the sinner to Christ: “If Thou art willing, Thou art able to cleanse me.” The reference is not to deliverance from the consequences of sin, but to the cleansing from sin itself, and the recognition of the fact of that cleansing as following necessarily on the touch of Christ’s personality ” Jesus put forth His hand and touched him.” The personal apprehension of the personal, loving, present Jesus, listening, speaking,

126 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

touching, is the only effective presentment which will prevail upon the penitent in his work of conversion.

A very important point is the aspect of Christ to bq set before the penitent. It is possible that he will simply view Him as a mere invisible man, differing from any ordinary human being only in the fact of being invisible and of being specially powerful and specially kind. This inadequate view must be guarded against. It is Jesus as God as well as man Who must be set before the eyes of the penitent, and Who must be kept in view as the ultimate Object of his love and trust and obedience, as well as the Father as Father.

It is true that the presentment of Christ may come first he who sees Him sees the Father x but this should be only a stepping-stone to the view of the Father as Father. The penitent must learn to approach the Father’s presence as brought to it by the Son, the barrier between the sinner and the Father being removed by the Father’s acceptance of the Son’s blood-shedding.

“I go to My Father and your Father ” 2 is amongst our Lord’s parting words. The Father is ours because His. He is the Only-Begotten, the Only SON. We are sons simply through our share in the single sonship of the Only-Begotten, because through the Incarnation we are made one with Him, so that His life is our life, His sonship our sonship. The Latin term ” adoption,” so often used to distinguish our relation to the Father from that of the Only-Begotten Son, is altogether misleading, as implying a fiction.

The Greek term vloOtvia 3 is capable of a much deeper sense, that of our transference to the actual condition of sonship, not a mere supposition of such relationship.

1 St. John xiv. Qb.2 St. John  20:17.

8 Eph. 1. 5; Gal. 4:5; Rom. 8:15, 23; 9:14.

THE SICK 127

The sinner must learn to approach the Father for himself, at the same time holding fast to the Mediator Who has taken him into union with Himself, and Who is the means of extending the Father’s love to Himself as Son so as to make it the possession of the sinner who has become one with Him by His Incarnation, made individually effective by the use of sacraments. The Holy Spirit must, of course, be kept in view for His work’s sake.

The aid of His energetic operation is requested for the purpose of enabling the penitent to turn to due account the means of the approach to the Father through the Son in which his salvation consists. Such collects as that for the Nineteenth Sunday after Trinity and that at the beginning of the Communion Service are amongst the most suitable for this purpose.

III. THE USE OF THE VISITATION OFFICE

There are probably few clergymen who have not been conscious of a sense of disappointment on first taking up this Office, even while recognising the fact that the acts of worship of which it consists are, as regarded in themselves, most beautiful and suitable. The disappointment arises from the fact that it lacks any distinct act of supplication for the patient’s relief from his present sickness and restoration to health. With the exception of the phrases ” assuage his pain ” and (with reference to a sick child) ” deliver him in Thy good appointed time from his bodily pain,”

we have no definite prayer for bodily relief or recovery. l Ancient offices on this subject were well provided 1 This was written before the revision of the Canadian B.C. P. ED.

128 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

with acts of intercession of this sort. The following beautiful prayer is founded on the Greek, ” O Lord our God, Who curedst by a word alone terrible and deeply rooted diseases, and didst heal a fever of the mother-in-law of Peter; do Thou, O Lord, now also heal this Thy servant of the plague which afflicts him, Thou Who chastenest in compassion and healest in mercy, Thou who canst remove all disease and weakness, raise him from a bed of sickness and a couch of suffering, laying upon him the balm of Thy mercy. 1 Grant him perfect health and soundness, for Thou art the Healer of our souls and bodies. To Thee we ascribe glory, Father, Son and Holy Spirit, now, always, and for ever and ever. Amen.”

The Gospel used in connection with this prayer is St. Mark 5:24-34, * ne healing of the woman with the issue.

This deficiency in the matter of direct and definite supplication for removal from bodily sickness and1 “Laying on him the balm of Thy mercy ” there may not be any actual reference in this expression to the practice of anointing the sick, though it looks somewhat like it. The question, however, of the observance of this sacramental ordinance is being revived at the present time, and it will probably pass into general use in the near future. This is not the place for discussing the general subject, but it is the writer’s opinion that its use may be found most helpful in consideration of the fact that the Church has the deepest interest and responsibility in the welfare of the bodies, as well as the souls, of its members. And the analogy of our Saviour’s own practice and that of His Apostles, together with the charge expressed in the oft-cited passage in St. James (v. 14, 15), would seem likely to imply the Church’s duty in taking her part in working for the welfare of the bodies as well as the souls of her children. It is not a miraculous cure that is sought, or one directly effected by the agency of prayer irrespective of external means; it is rather an act of invoking a blessing on the use of those means, and of appealing for their salu tary effect. The sacramental use of the outward and visible sign thus prescribed will no doubt be most helpful in stimulating the faithful recipient at a moment when, owing to physical weakness, he may be expected to stand in most extreme need of such assistance.

THE SICK 129

restoration to bodily health is a very serious one, and if, as is generally suggested, our present Office be taken as a model on which to found our method of ministration, in this branch of its application it will be necessary for the priest, in this respect, to deviate widely from the example here set before him. Prayer, clear, definite and explicit, for succour in bodily need must form a conspicuous feature in ministrations of this kind.

It is most essential that a sick person should be brought to converse with the pastor easily and freely, and not that he should merely listen to reading, ex hortation, and prayer. The priest cannot feel that he has made any satisfactory progress in the work of dealing with his patient until he has succeeded in leading him to open his heart as to his spiritual condi tion. In many cases there will be difficulty in bringing this about. The utmost gentleness as well as firmness and unconquerable patience will be necessary. The patient’s reserve of diffidence should be overcome by “drawing him into the expression of feeling or opinion, not necessarily at first in direct reference to his own case, then gently drawing him into saying something about himself. The main secret consists in the manifestation of heartfelt interest on the priest’s part in everything concerning the welfare, whether spiritual or temporal, of the patient.

A great help towards giving point and purpose to instruction and exhortation, and also towards drawing forth the confidence of the patient, will be found in making the Holy Communion the preparation for it, and the blessings attached to it a leading subject of consideration. This should in fact, in the case of serious or prolonged sickness, after the diagnosis has once been determined, be made the principal topic

130 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

towards which the patient’s attention is directed. Of course this subject, the Holy Communion, is only applicable to baptised members of the Church. It may be said that the subject of the Holy Communion to our own people, and baptism or confirmation to out siders, will be the key to the regulation of all sorts of spiritual intercourse; and this as a goal in each case that is, an embodiment of the means for the attain ment of the object to be ever kept in view the love of Christ in its constraining effect upon the love of the member of Christ. The method of preparation and the qualifications exacted must indeed vary according to the patient’s capabilities and the character of the case, its urgency, and the probable duration of the sickness. The priest, like his Master, must judge a man ” according to what he hath,” and not ” according to what he hath not.” l He must in each case consider how ” much has been given ” in the way of light and capability, and then judge how ” much will be required.” Where there is a sufficiency of time, full and careful preparation should be made if present readiness is lacking. One form of error, which is very generally prevalent, to be carefully avoided is that of endeavouring to teach the patient too much at a time, or to carry him along too rapidly. Even in the case of the most intelligent, the priest must be prepared for what will seem to him a considerable degree of obtuseness on the part of his learner. He must therefore be careful to make sure, by conversation, that each step of the instruction he is endeavouring to impart is followed and apprehended by the patient. Hence it is always better to limit the instruction to matters absolutely essential. In any case he should satisfy 1 2 Cor. 8:12. * St. Luke  12:48.

THE SICK 131

himself that the patient has attained the following requisites,1. Aconsciousness of sin, definite and specific, in himself personally.

(a) As a condition of general ruin and disorder.

(b) As exhibited in definite acts of transgression.

2. Sorrow for sin, as an outrage against the love of a Father.

3. Confession of sin, both general and particular.

(The question whether this should be through the human priest, or to the Saviour alone, is one to be settled according to the priest’s best judgment.), 4. Renunciation of sin as accompanying the act of confession.

5. The possession of faith, that is, faith in general such as consists of belief in the facts of the Christian system. (For this purpose the interrogatory form of the Creed is most suitable, with expansion and possibly pauses for audible answers if the priest thinks necessary.), The priest must take particular care in the matter of the examination, as also of exhortation or consolation, lest the patient should be inclined to listen to these with a general sense of vagueness and lack of definite application. He must avoid the condemnation of crying ” Peace, peace, when there is no peace.” l Many souls have certainly suffered, it may be perhaps shipwreck, from their hurts thus being healed slightly.

The patient will generally be satisfied with the vague and indecisive method of treatment referred to, at all events, will appear to be satisfied; for there can be no doubt that many, under these circumstances, are 1 Jer, viii. n.

132 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

conscious of needs and desires which this superficial treatment does not reach, and which, through diffidence or reserve, they are led to repress. In some instances this lack of faithfulness on the part of the priest is followed by the melancholy (for the Church’s credit) result that the patient will open his grief to some other adviser with whom he feels more at ease, or whose greater plainness of speaking has succeeded in extracting those expressions of fear, desire, or aspiration, which the pastor has failed to elicit. Many are lost to the Church and gained to Dissent in this way.

Whatever may be the reason, it is certain that conversation on directly spiritual subjects is more usual among Dissenters than among Church-people; to our shame be it spoken.

Great plainness and directness of speech, therefore, is amongst the first requisites for profitable visitation of the sick. It must, however, be chastened by sympathetic tenderness and gentleness, for no doubt some have been lost to the Church through harshness and abruptness, what may be called ” clumsiness ” in the priest’s method of dealing with them.

As in the treatment of physical disease, each case will call for its separate method of dealing. A pastor’s first duty, therefore, on undertaking a case of spiritual visitation, is to make a diagnosis of it on the same principle as though it were one of physical disease.

He must first carefully note and combine the symptoms as they are presented to his view, partly by inquiry, partly from observation, and partly from his previous knowledge of the person. Any inquiries which he may make must, of course, be carefully and cautiously conducted; that is, in such a manner as not to repel or irritate. It is generally desirable to seek some sort

THE SICK 133

of information as regards the patient’s spiritual state from his friends, say parents or husband, but in so doing he must guard against what may appear intrusive or impertinent; good taste must be his guide. His method of inquiry must vary according to the patient’s position in life, habits, education, and so forth. The poor will accept and expect much more direct and paternal treatment than those in what are termed the ” upper ” classes. Priests are warned to be ” wise as serpents ” 1 to entrap souls, using various kinds of ” bait,” of ” play,” to land different kinds of fish.

The priest will find a great secret for success in the practice of keeping plainly before his own eye, and the eyes of all concerned, his position of responsibility and authority which gives him the right of interposition such as belongs to no other relation of life in the spiritual instruction of those under his charge.

Yet this assertion of responsibility and authority must be carefully guarded against any appearance of self assertion. His attitude, so far as regards his own personality, must be one of humility, gentleness, and unfailing kindliness. Remember that you have to lead the patient not merely to place himself in your hands (as in the Roman system) for you to manage the work of his salvation, but that you have rather to lead him to ” work out his own salvation in fear and trembling,” the Holy Spirit working in him ” both to will and to do.” 2

The priest must carefully ascertain the patient’s own view of his spiritual condition, and, knowing how liable human nature is to ruinous error on this point, his manifest duty is to set before him clearly and fully the tests on which his act of self -judgment should be1 St. Matt. 10:16. Phil. 2:13.

134 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

founded. He must especially guard him against the false peace which is expressed in such assertions as: ” I know that I have sinned; but I am not worse than others; ” I trust in God’s mercy, and I hope that all will be well in the end.” The duty of self-examination must be clearly explained and strictly enforced.

The question as to how far the priest is justified in seeking an explicit confession of sin from the sick member is a difficult one; in deciding it the strong prejudice on this subject which is generally current among Church-people must be taken into consideration. The Rubric in the Visitation Service seems to direct that the priest should not insist upon any such confession unless he perceives, or has strong reason to believe, that the patient has that on his conscience which will render its quieting impossible by any other means. It is under such circumstances as we are now considering that the priest’s possession of that principle of tact which is one of the most radically essential of all his qualifications for the satisfactory fulfilment of his official duties may be effectually tested. It will seldom be found difficult to elicit such a degree of confidential acknowledgment on the part of the patient as may suffice for all essential purposes, without exciting the ever-ready suspicion of sacerdotalism, if only the priest be capable of exercising wise judgment in his manner of dealing with him. It may often be found the best course to enumerate the various forms of sin one after another, giving sins of omission their due place, touching with gentle and firm hand those sins of the flesh from the acknowledgment of which men usually shrink most of all. This enumeration should expressly be made for the purpose of aiding the patient in self-examination, and may well be put in

THE SICK 135

the form of questions with a pause at the close of each inquiry, and the patient be invited to answer each one silently in his own heart to God, if not audibly to his pastor. Such treatment will not only conduce towards the patient’s self-acknowledgment, and hence selfconviction, but will often have the effect of disposing him, either then and there, or later, to acts of confession to the priest as suggested in the Prayer Book.

The priest should beware of allowing in himself any false diffidence in accepting, and indeed urging, the direct confidence of his people on such occasions, remembering the unspeakable benefit, if not absolute necessity, of free and unrestrained intercourse between penitent and pastor on the subject of spiritual difficulties, and above all on that of the crowning difficult}/, namely, sin. He should be on the alert to watch for the smallest indication of desire on the part of the patient to communicate to the priest any expression of spiritual feeling. Care must be taken, however, to avoid any possible substitution of this explicit confession to the priest for the direct and personal confession to Christ, and committal of sin to Him, as made consciously by the sinner. This must be kept clearly before his view, Christ the true Confessor, the true Absolver. Hence the main object aimed at in seeking a confession of sin from the sinner should be that of leading him to bring his sin not so much to the priest as to Christ Himself, to commit it directly to Him, and seek from Him the pardon for the past and the grace for the future. Otherwise there is danger lest the priest suffer himself to be intruded into that position of mediator which belongs to Christ Himself, a procedure which has been the cause of fatal error in the Church.

Yet, on the other hand, it is most important that the K

136 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

priest should win the perfect confidence of the patient, and should invite and encourage it, and in many cases urge it, with all his power. Thus it is most important that the patient should clearly understand that his confidence will be fully respected, that what he may say under this seal of confidence will never be repeated without his consent.

The frame of mind which the clergyman will find most generally prevalent amongst those who have lived a worldly and unspiritual life is not that of terror, or even uneasiness, in the prospect of death, but rather that of apathy and indifference. Such persons will readily listen to his words of exhortation and admonition, to the reading of the Scriptures and to the prayers he may offer on their behalf; yet he will find as a general rule that such acts of ministration, although they may evidently be attended with a soothing and cheering effect on the mind (probably from the impression, however vague and uncertain, that something spiritual is being done for the hearer), nevertheless will have little or no effect in promoting any actual result of good to the sick person. Such result can only be brought about, humanly speaking, by leaving the patient to express himself freely to his director on the subject of his spiritual condition. Hence the necessity of endeavouring to lead him, by such means as have been suggested above, to a definite consciousness of sin, and especially of his own particular and personal sins.

Should the priest always accept the request to receive a definite act of confession? He certainly should do so when once he feels himself to have acquired the necessary knowledge and experience, for it by no means follows that he possesses such knowledge and experience simply because he is a priest. He should

THE SICK 137

bear in mind especially the case oi those who stand in actual need of personal direction, young men or lads and, more particularly, converts from Romanism who have been accustomed to personal guidance and nurture. 1

If the priest should find difficulty, from the shyness or. reserve of the patient, in deciding in what way he may enter upon subjects of this character, he will often find the topic of the Holy Communion an excellent means for introducing a conversation which may bring about the result sought for. He would naturally ask whether the patient was desirous of receiving the Sacrament, at the same time setting forth its special benefits for one in his condition; and, whether his answer should be in the affirmative or negative, or simply expressive of doubt and uncertainty, the priest would certainly find in it an opening for the introduction of the subject so needful at this stage.

In the case of those who are manifestly strangers to the religious life, it is absolutely necessary to ascertain that the patient is seriously in earnest as regards under taking a new life. When this has been ascertained, some kind of mental retrospect (proportionate to physical strength and intellectual capacity) over his whole past life should be gently urged upon him; also an..effort at self-examination which may place clearly before him a view of his leading sins and habits of sin.

Unless this is done, the apathy produced by a protracted course of irreligion or indifference to religion will blind his eyes to his sins, and his confession will be simply that of the sinfulness of the race rather than the sins of an individual. The priest needs to bear in mind the dreadful possibility of confirming a sinner in his unrepentant condition by acquiescing in an act 1 See also notes on Auricular Confession, p. 66.

138 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

of worship and devotion which is merely formal and utterly unreal. In many cases, especially those of the most ignorant, specific questions will be found absolutely necessary to convey the true recognition of sin. It is probably on this particular point that the success of our Church as a saving institution mainly depends, and on which its failure hitherto (in so far as there has been failure) has been chiefly owing. We are afraid oi pressing individual confession in its completeness as a sacramental act, whilst on the other hand, we are hardly provided with anything to serve as an adequate substitute -I mean, anything that is direct, systematic, exhaustive, habitua 50:1 To the lack of this, probably, is due in great measure the deficiency of spirituality so often lamented in our Church. Of course regard must be paid to cases in which such questions will only repel the patient owing to prejudice or suspicion of Romanising methods. In such cases his confidence should be invited by the manifestation of very deep and sympathetic interest in his spiritual condition, and care should be taken to avoid such terms and expressions as would naturally be associated in the patient’s mind with Romanism or ritualism. It may even be found desirable in some cases, as has already been suggested, to put the questions without insisting on an audible answer, the patient being urged to make his confession to our Lord in the secrecy of his heart, under each head, a pause being left for him to do so.

The Absolution in the Visitation Office is directed to be used only if the patient “humbly and heartily desire it/ and then only after “a special confession of his sins/ 2 The priest must ascertain whether the 1 See also notes on Sacramental Confession, p. 72 bb.

2 B.C.P. Rubric. See also section on Sacramental Confession.

THE SICK 189

desire exists, and must make himself perfectly sure of the patient’s repentance and faith. It is clear that the Absolution should never be used except after a full and explicit confession to be conducted in accordance with the priest’s own judgment. He must assure himself of its completeness by such questions as may seem to him necessary for the purpose. The frequency with which clinical Communion should be celebrated must vary according to the patient’s habitual practice in this respect, his own sense of need and desire for it, the priest’s own judgment in the matter, and the probable duration of the sickness; but it should certainly be, if possible, at regular intervals.

IV. INFECTIOUS DISEASES

Should the clergyman visit all infectious cases?

Yes, certainly; even those of young children where his instructions and consolation are not needed, and of persons in a state of unconsciousness or delirium.

It is most important that the priest should not exhibit any timidity or dread of infection on his own account or that of his own family. True he may have a family at home, yet let him remember that although celibacy is not required by the Church of England of her clergy, it is not meet that this relaxation should be suffered to become a hindrance to their usefulness, and thereby place them in an inferior position as regards readiness for work to that occupied by our Roman brethren. As taught in our Saviour’s answer to the man who asked leave of absence to bury his father, family ties must be disregarded when duty to the Church is in question on the other side. 1 The least sign of shrinking from the bedside of a sufferer,1 St. Luke 9:60.

140 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

from personal motives, produces an impression on the minds of the sufferer and his friends more unfavourable than he who exhibits such a sign can have any idea of.

He may not take encouragement from the acquiescence of the sufferer and his friends, for this will in most cases be given without question. He must beware of allowing unfavourable comparisons to be drawn between his conduct and that, for example, of the doctor. Let him feel that his place is where his Master’s was, that is, wherever sorrow and suffering are, and let him go there fearlessly, commending himself to his Master’s care. Yet, on the other hand, it is not only the part of prudence, but of imperative duty, to take every precaution against contracting infection himself or imparting it to others. He has no right to expect special or miraculous exemption from the dangers which others would incur under the same circumstances. He may not allow himself in that presumptuous idea which some clergy have been known to express that he bears, as it were, a charmed life while in the fulfilment of his duty. To expose oneself rashly or wilfully and unnecessarily to danger must always be regarded as directly sinful. The priest should therefore inform himself as to suitable disinfectants. He should take care not to inhale the patient’s breath, and should take precaution against carrying away in his clothes particles which may be germs of disease. His best plan is to have a special coat for the visitation of infectious diseases; after every such visit he -should go straight home before entering any non-infected house; he should remove his coat outside, shake and brush it well, and then hang it up in the open air. Of course his next action would be to wash his face, head, and hands thoroughly.



13. Care in Preparation for Reception of the Holy Communion

ON THE NECESSITY OF CARE IN PREPARING FOR THE RECEPTION OF THE HOLY COMMUNION BY THE PATIENT

MENTION has been made of the Holy Communion as the objective point to be aimed at, so far as regards external observance, in the process of dealing with a soul which needs pastoral care. At the same time, great care and caution will be found necessary to guard the learner against approaching the Sacrament without due preparation and qualification. A man may be in the practice of observing this, and other means of grace, without actual hypocrisy; he may experience a certain degree of pleasure and satisfaction in the observance; he may be regular in his prayers and in the performance of other religious duties; he may appear to himself sincere in his prayers and to a certain extent earnest in their utterance; his life may be free from gross or flagrant sin yet, nevertheless, he may be entirely devoid of what may be called real grace: and this because his heart and life have never been completely given up to God, self in some form or other being the ruling principle of his character, and showing itself to his conscience at every turn of his life as the ruling principle.

Such a man will always carry about with him an under lying suspicion that all is not right with him, that his 141

142 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

religion consists merely in external form and observance.

He will probably, if he set about the work of selfexamination, find himself to be living in the allowed commission of some form of habitual sin. His life has no real conflict in it, or if such a thing should occur at all, it is merely occasional, and the real victory is always gained by the power of evil, that is, self.

Dealing with a case of this kind calls for the very utmost degree of skill on the part of a spiritual director.

There is terrible danger of confirming the soul in a condition which is on the way to become ruinous.

The priest, then, is to be on the look out for this subtle form of spiritual evil, that, namely, of mere formalism.

It may appear to some persons a monstrous thing to say, yet nevertheless it is none the less true, that in many cases there is danger in too frequent Communions.

Not that Communion can of itself be too frequent, even daily Communion, but it may be too frequent for the spiritual attainment of the observer. Frequency in Communion calls for a high degree of spiritual attainment, spiritual energy and devotion, or it may be a positive source of injury by degenerating into mere formalism. ” Let a man test himself, and so let him eat of that bread and drink of that cup.” l Clergy have been known to urge a man to come to Communion with a view to acquiring that, without the possession of which he ought not to come at all. Communion is meant to feed and sustain those who are in a state of grace, not to convert men to that state.

It is the fashion nowadays to speak of redemption as though it represented merely deliverance from sin itself, and not from the penal consequences of sin, as though when the sin was forgiven those consequences 1 I Cor.  11:28.

PREPARATION FOR HOLY COMMUNION 143

must still hold on their way unchanged. This surely is an error. The consequence of sin is death death in its various aspects and stages of moral and spiritual disintegration the dissolution of that Order which is Heaven’s first law. No doubt there are certain con sequences which follow the commission of sin in any case, and which are not averted by repentance and absolution; but those consequences are not to be regarded as penal; they are simply permitted as remedial, disciplinary in their character, wholesome ” chastening ” which ” yields the peaceable fruit of righteousness in them that are exercised thereby “: in those, that is, who ” endure ” it as chastening, in accordance with the pleasantly expressed charge in the Visitation of the Sick: Take therefore in good part the chastisement of the Lord.” We may believe, then, that in the case of true repentance the consequences of sin in so far as they are attended with suffering follow naturally to such an extent as they are necessary for the prosecution of the course of discipline which is requisite for the soul’s health. It must frequently be the case that while such results of past sin may for one person be a means of salutary discipline, and have the effect of raising him to a higher level of spiritual attainment and growth in grace, to another individual circumstances of similar or practically identical character following as consequences of past sin may form a stage in his downward career, confirming his condition of alienation from the love of God. In one case such consequences become ” a savour of life unto life “; in the other, ” a savour of death unto death/ l The actual consequences of sin as sin must be unspeakably more serious than these temporal accessories which 1 2 Cor. 2:16.

144 STUDIES IN SOUL TENDING

are merely incidental. You will sometimes hear a penitent say with regard to such temporary ills, “God is punishing me for my sins, and I must bear it, for I know I deserve it.” He should be taught that the visitations to which he refers have a much. deeper significance and wider purpose than he as yet realises.

They are to be exhibited and utilised, turned to their due account in the way of promoting the work of correcting his tendencies to sin, and aiding his growth in grace and knowledge.

————————————

Appendix: Standard Theological Works

STANDARD THEOLOGICAL WORKS PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE

LondonS.P.C.K. House, Northumberland Avenue, W.100:2
New York The Macmillan Company.
Toronto The Macmillan Company ofCanada.

TRANSLATIONS OF CHRISTIAN LITERATURE
Over 50 volumes of this important Series have now appeared.

TRANSLATIONS OF EARLY DOCUMENTS
A Series of texts important for the study of Christian origins. Under the Joint
Editorship of the Rev. W. 0. E. OESTERLEY, D.D., and the Rev. Canon
G. H. Box, M.A., D.D. Twenty-four volumes of this Series have now appeared. “The Book of Enoch ” is the best known of the documents, but all deserve the attention of students.

HELPS FOR STUDENTS OF HISTORY Edited by C. JOHNSON, M.A., H. W. V. TEMPEKLEY, M.A., and J. P. WHITNEY D.D., D.C.L.

TEXTS FOR STUDENTS
Little paper covered books costing from 3d. upwards, many with a special appeal to Theologians.

Detailed lists may be had, post free, on application.

Standard Theological Works

ADENEY, Rev. J. H., M.A., Missionary to the Jews in Roumania.
THE JEWS OF EASTERN EUROPE. With four Illustrations. 3s. 6d.
ARNOLD-FORSTER, FRANCES, S.Th.
THE HYMN-BOOK OF THE CHURCH; or, THE GROWTH OF THE

PSALTER. 8s.

BARRY, G. D., B.D.

THE INSPIRATION AND AUTHORITY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. A

Study in the literature of the first five centuries. 4s. 6d.

BELL, Rev. G. K. A., M.A. (Editor).

THE MEANING OF THE CREED. Papers on the Apostles Creed.

7s. 6d.

BENSON, Edwin, B.A.

LIFE IN A MEDIAEVAL CITY ILLUSTRATED BYYORKIN

THE FIFTEENTH CENTURY. With eight Illustrations. Paper, 4s. ;

cloth, 5s.

BIRKBECK, W. J., M.A., F.S.A.

BIRKBECK AND THERUSSIANCHURCH. Essays and Articles

collected and edited by his friend, ATHELSTAN RILEY, M.A. With Portrait.

8s. 6d.

BROWNE, The Right Rev. G. F., D.D., formerly Bishop of

Stepney and ofBristol.

THE VENERABLE BEDE. His Life and Writings. With Illustrations.

10s.

KING ALFRED S BOOKS. Cloth boards. 30s.

THE IMPORTANCE OF WOMEN IN ANGLO-SAXON TIMES ; THE

CULTTJS OF ST. PETER AND ST. PAUL, and other addresses. With two

Illustrations. 7s. 6d.

CARPENTER, S. C., M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Selwyn

College,Cambridge.

CHRISTIANITY ACCORDING TO ST. LUKE. 10s. 6d.

CARRINGTON, Philip, B.A.

CHRISTIAN APOLOGETICS OF THE SECOND CENTURY. 7s. 6d.

 

Standard Theological Works

 

CUTTS, The late Rev. E. L., D.D.

TURNING POINTS OF ENGLISH CHURCH HISTORY. 3s. 6d.

TURNING POINTS OF GENERAL CHURCH HISTORY. 3s. 6d.

PARISH PRIESTS AND THEIR PEOPLE IN THE MIDDLE AGES IN

ENGLAND.} .With numerous Illustrations. 7s. 6d.

DARRAGH, Rev. John T., D.D.

THE RESURRECTION OF THE FLESH. 18s.

DUCHESNE, Monsignore L.

CHRISTIAN WORSHIP. ITS ORIGIN AND EVOLUTION. A Study

of the Latin Liturgy up to the Time of Charlemagne. Translated by M. L.

McCLUiiE. Fifth Edition. 15s.

ELLIS, Harold, B.A.

CONFIRMATION INTERVIEWS. 7s. 6d.

FERRAR, W. John, M.A.

THE EARLY CHRISTIAN BOOKS. A short introduction to Christian

Literature to the middle of the second century. 3s. 6d.

THE UNCANONICAL JEWISH BOOKS. A short Introduction to

the Apocrypha and the Jewish Writings 200 B.C. to A.D. 100:3s. 6d.

FIELD, John Edward, M.A.

THE ENGLISH LITURGIES OF 1549 AND 1661 COMPARED WITH

EACH OTHER AND WITH THE ANCIENT LITURGIES. 12s. 6d.

FLETCHER, J. S., Member of the Yorkshire Archaeological

Society.

THE CISTERCIANS IN YORKSHIRE. With Seven Illustrations by

WARWICK GOBLE, and a facsimile from the Chronicles of Meaux. 17s. 6d.

FOXELL, W. J., M.A.

THE TEMPTATION OF JESUS. A Study. 6s. 6d.

GEDEN, Rev. A. S., D.D.

COMPARATIVE RELIGION. 3s. 6d.

GOUDGE, H. L., D.D.

THREE LECTURES ON THE EPISTLE TO THE EPHESIANS. 3s. 6d.

 

4 Standard Theological Works

 

GREENWOOD, Alice Drayton, RR.Hist.Soc.

HISTORY OF THE PEOPLE OF ENGLAND. The BEDE HISTORIES.

Edited by Miss H. L. POWELL, St. Mary s College, Lancaster Gate.

Vol. 1:55 B.C. to A.D. 1485. With 27 Illustrations and 15 Maps. 8s. 6d.

Vol. 2:1485-1689:7s. 6d.

HANDCOCK, P. S. P., M.A., Lecturer of the Palestine

Exploration Fund.

THE LATEST LIGHT ON BIBLE LANDS. Second Edition, revised.

With numerous Illustrations. 6s.

HARDEN, J. M., B.D., LL.D.

DICTIONARY OF THE VULGATE NEW TESTAMENT. 4s.

HARDWICK, John Charlton.

RELIGION AND SCIENCE. From Galileo to Bergson. 8s.

HARDY, Rev. T. J., M.A.

SPIRITISM IN THE LIGHT OF THE FAITH. A Comparison and a

Contrast. 3s.

HASLEHURST, R. S. T., B.D.

THE PENITENTIAL DISCIPLINE OF THE EARLY CHURCH IN THE

FIRST FOUR CENTURIES. 5s.

HIGGINBOTTOM, Sam, M.A.

THE GOSPEL AND THE PLOW; or, The Old Gospel and Modern

Farming in Ancient India. 5s.

HOLLOWAY, Henry, M.A., B.D.

THE REFORMATION IN IRELAND. A Study of Ecclesiastical

Legislation. 7s. 6d.

HOPE, The late Sir William St. John, Litt.D., Hon. D.C.L.,

Durham, and ATCHLEY, E. G. Cuthbert, F.,L.R.C.P. Lond.,

M.R.C.S. Eng.

ENGLISH LITURGICAL COLOURS. With a Coloured Frontispiece. 25s.

ENGLISH LITURGICAL COLOURS, An Introduction to. 3s. 6d.

HUMPHREYS, Arthur James, B.A., D.J).

CHRISTIAN MORALS. Cloth boards. 4s.

 

Standard Theological Works

 

JENKINSON, Wilberforce.

LONDON CHURCHES BEFORE THE GREAT FIRE. Illustrated by

twenty reproductions in collotype, from old prints and drawings, by Mr.

EMERY WALKER. 15s.

KELLY, The Rev. Alfred Davenport, M.A., Society of the

Sacred Mission.

VALUES OF THE CHRISTIAN LIFE. With a Preface by the Right Rev.

WILLIAM TEMPLE. 7s. 6d.

KIDD, B. J., D.D. (Editor).

DOCUMENTS ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE HISTORY OF THE CHURCH.

Vol. I. To A.D. 313:7s. 6d.

LUCE, A. A., M.C., B.D.

MONOPHYSITISM PAST AND PRESENT. 7s. 6d.

MACKEAN, W. H., D.D.

CHRISTIAN MONASTICISM IN EGYPT TO THE CLOSE OF THE

FOURTH CENTURY. 8s.

MACLEAN, The Right Rev. Arthur J., D.D., Bishop of

Moray, Ross, and Caithness.

RECENT DISCOVERIES ILLUSTRATING EARLY CHRISTIAN LIFE

AND WORSHIP. Second Edition, revised. 2s. 6d.

MARTIN, Edward J., B.D., formerly Scholar of Oriel College,

Oxford.

THE EMPEROR JULIAN. An Essay on his relations with the Christian

Religion. 3s. 6d.

MAY, G. Lacey, M.A.

SOME EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY CHURCHMEN. Glimpses of English

Church Life in the Eighteenth Century. With several Illustrations. 9s.

MERCER, The Right Rev. J. E., D.D.

THE PROBLEM OF CREATION. An attempt to define the Character and

Trend of the Cosmic Process. 7s. 6d.

MINISTRY OF WOMEN, THE. A Report by a Committee appointed by

the LORD ARCHBISHOP OF CANTERBURY. With Appendices and fifteen Collo

type Illustrations. 12s. 6d.

 

Standard Theological Works

 

MORISON, The Rev. E. F., D.D.

THE LORD S PRAYER AND THE PRAYERS OF OUR LORD. A

Scriptural Exposition. 3s. 6d.

MOZLEY, The Rev. J. K., B.D.

THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF CHRISTIANITY. 2s. 6d.

OESTERLEY, W. O. E., M.A., D.D.

IMMORTALITY AND THE UNSEEN WORLD. A study in Old Testa

ment religion. 12s. 6d.

OESTERLEY, W. O. E., M.A., D.D., and BOX, G. H.,

M.A., D.D.

A SHORT SURVEY OF THE LITERATURE OF RABBINICAL AND

MEDIEVAL JUDAISM. 12s. 6d.

TRANSLATIONS OF EARLY DOCUMENTS. A Series of texts important

for the study of Christian origins.

Twenty-four volumes of this series have now appeared. The Book of Enoch is the best

known of the documents, but all deserve the attention of students.

PAGE, Jesse, F.R.G.S.

SCHWARTZ OF TANJORE. With Photogravure Frontispiece, Map, and

six Illustrations. 7s. 6d.

PAKENH AM- WALSH, Herbert, D.D., Bishop in Assam.

DIVINE HEALING. Paper, Is. 3d. ; cloth, 2s. 6d.

PARRY, The Right Rev. O. H., D.D., Bishop of Guiana.

THE PILGRIM IN JERUSALEM. With numerous Illustrations. 10s.

PEACOCK, Alice Evelyn, M.B.E.

THE DELIGHTFUL JOYS OF HEAVEN. 6s. 6d.

PEARCE, Ernest Harold, Litt.D., F.S. A., Bishop of Worcester.

WALTER DE WENLOK, Abbot of Westminster. With a Frontispiece. 12s.

POOLE, Reginald Lane.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL THOUGHT

AND LEARNING. Second Edition, revised. 17s. 6d.

RELTON, Herbert M., D.D.

A STUDY IN CHRISTOLOGY. The Problem of the Relation of the Two

Natures in the Person of Christ. Preface by the Rev. ARTHUR C. HEADLAM,

TVD. 10s.

 

Standard Theological Works

 

REICHEL, The Rev. O. J.

THE CANON LAW OF CHURCH INSTITUTIONS. Vol. 1:10s. 6d.

ROBINSON, J. Armitage, D.D., Dean of Wells.

BARNABAS, HERMAS AND THE DIDACHE. Being the Donnellan

Lectures delivered before the University of Dublin in 1920:6s.

ROBINSON, C. H., D.D., Editorial Secretary of the S.P.G.

HOW THE GOSPEL SPREAD THROUGH EUROPE. With Maps.

Paper, 3s. 6d. ; cloth, 5s.

ROGERS, The Rev. Clement R, M.A.

WHY MEN BELIEVE. The Groundwork of Apologetics. 2s. 6d.

ROLT, The late C. E.

THE SPIRITUAL BODY. Edited with an Introduction by W. J. SPARROW

SIMPSON, D.D. 6s.

SANDERS, E. K.

JACQUES BENIGNE BOSSUET. With two Photogravure Portraits. 15s.

SAINTE CHANTA 50:1572-1641. AStudy in Vocation. 10s. 6d.

SCOTT, Melville, D.D.

THE MESSAGE OF HOSEA. With Preface by the DEAN OF LICHFIELD.

8s. 6d.

SHEBBEARE, The Rev. Charles J., M.A.

THE CHALLENGE OF THE UNIVERSE. A popular restatement of the

Argument from Design. 7s. 6d.

SIMPSON, W. J. Sparrow, D.D.

THE LETTERS OF ST. AUGUSTINE. 10s.

FRENCH CATHOLICS IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. 5s.

SNOWDEN, P. L., Vicar of Hepworth.

THE ATONEMENT AND OURSELVES. 10s. 6d.

STANTON, The Rev. H. U. Weitbrecht, Ph.D., D.D.

THE TEACHING OF THE QUR AN. With an Account of its Growth, and

a Subject Index. 7s.

STEWART, The Rev. D. A., M.A.

THE PLACE OF CHRISTIANITY AMONG THE GREATER RELIGIONS

OF THE WORLD. 7s. 6d.

 

Standard Theological Works

 

STOKES, The Rev. H. P., LL.D., LittD., F.S.A.

A SHORT HISTORY OF THE JEWS IN ENGLAND. With eight Illus

trations. 5s. 6d.

STURGE, M. Carta, Moral Sciences Tripos, Cambridge.

THEOSOPHY AND CHRISTIANITY. A Comparison. Second Edition. 2s.

SWEET, Charles F.

NEW LIFE IN THE OLDEST EMPIRE. [Japan.] 6s.

SWETE, The late Rev. Henry Barclay, D.D., D.Litt.

THE LIFE OF THE WORLD TO COME. With a Portrait. 3s.

SWINSTEAD, The Rev. J. Howard, D.D.

THE SWEDISH CHURCH AND OURS. With two Illustrations. 6s. 6d.

WATSON, Herbert A., D.D.

THE INCARNATION AND PERSONALITY. 9s.

WESTLAKE, H. F., M.A., F.S.A.

THE PARISH GILDS OF MEDIEVAL ENGLAND. With six Illus

trations. 15s.

WILLIAMS, The Rev. N. P.

THE FIRST EASTER MORNING. Paper, 2s. 6d. ; Cloth, 3s. 6d.

WILSON, The Rev. James M., D.D., Canon and Vice-Dean.

THE WORCESTER LIBER ALBUS. Glimpses of Life in a Great

Benedictine Monastery in the Fourteenth Century. With a collotype

facsimile. 15s.

WOOD, Percival, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.

MOSES : THE FOUNDER OF PREVENTIVE MEDICINE. 4s.

WRIGHT, The Rev. Leslie, M.A., B.D.

THE EUCHARISTIC OFFICE OF THE BOOK OF COMMON

PRAYER. 3s. 6d.

YOUNG, The Rev. P. N. F., M.A., and FERRERS, Agnes.

INDIA IN CONFLICT. 3s. 6d.

ZWEMER, Samuel M., F.R.G.S.

THE INFLUENCE OF ANIMISM ON ISLAM. An account of popular

superstition. With twelve Illustrations. 10s.

SOCIETY for PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE

S.P.C.K. House, Northumberland Avenue, London, W. 100:2.

 Posted by at 10:01 pm
Feb 222012
 

Title: The Christian Ministry

by Lyman Abbott (1835-1922)Bostonand New York
Houghton, Mifflin and Company
1905

Copyright 1905 by Lyman Abbott
All Rights Reserved

Published May 1905

To the Christian Ministers who are attempting to impart that acquaintance with God which is the secret of life this volume is dedicated. Continue reading »

 Posted by at 10:00 pm